Home

Core Entities User Manual

1. Include From Date Auto Manual Yes ONo Create Active Contract View Advice External Reference Tax Scheme Remarks Payment Method Schedule Type For more details on the Contract Online screen please refer the user manual for Deposits ORACLE 7 2 4 Viewing FX Details You can view details of all FX contracts for the selected customer through the Customer Position screen The entries are the consolidated amounts for contracts grouped by product branch and currency Double clicking a record displays the summary screen for that record and double clicking further displays the contract details screen for that record Click the FX tab The screen appears as shown below Customer Customer Information Linked Customer Customer Address Current Branch Only Relationship Customer Relation EEE Accounts Loans Deposits FX Foreign Exchange Details Product Description Currency Debit Credit Indicator Cellateesl Projection Asset Liability Accounting From Date E Transaction Date ToDate 8 Value Date Here the FX bought amount is displayed as Debit Balance and the FX sold amount is displayed as Credit Account Double clicking a record in the Customer Position screen displays
2. 118 2 7 5 Storing Authorized Variations of Customer s 119 2 7 6 Maintaining Float Days for Outward Clearing Customer Transactions eee 120 277 Extending Float Days for Outward Clearing Transaction eese 121 2 7 8 Extending Float Days of a Specific Outward Clearing Transaction esee 123 2 7 9 Eocation Malntenungce herede N NF eoe qe a Dee v Een Ee HEAR ee tue rere 126 2 8 CMAINTAINING KY TYPE eet RE RH EE ERU SEE E 127 2 8 1 Specifying Value Details ee re a e Eee EE reete cae 128 2 9 MAINTAINING CUSTOMER 5 ee eee eee ntes 133 2 9 1 Retail Customer oi d dang ee Ete eter i RR e e E EE DU 134 2 9 2 Corporate Customer Tab cta e a c e HORDE YR VERE EXER ee an 139 2 9 3 Financial Customer ode e acest ete EE sevens i rH P rA NL Pe Eel 147 2 9 4 VOI MUT E 149 2 10 MAINTAINING ALPHABET EQUIVALENTS cccsessscecececeesesececececsensauececececseseaseeesececeeseueaeseeececsentsaeeeeseeenes 150 2 10 1 Viewing Alphabet Equivalent 152 2 11 CREATING A MESSAGE ADVICE FORMAT e Ere E EAEE 152 MAINTAINING MANDATORY INFORMATION reser ee teen
3. ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing Standing Instruction under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 3 3 Viewing Periodic Instructions Click Periodic Instructions button to view the Periodic Instructions screen In this screen you can view the period instructions Periodic instructions 1010 Instruction Reference Number Product Code Product Category Customer Account Branch Counterpa Refer the section titled Viewing Periodic Instructions under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details ds ORACLE 8 4 3 4 Viewing Transactions Click Transactions button to view the Customer Account Transaction Query screen In this screen you can query the transactions of an account during a given period Accounting Entry Retrieval Query Criteria Contract Reference Transaction Code Event Code Value Date Related Reference From Date Account Details Branch Code Starting Balance Currency Debit Credit Balance Account Number Account Description Transaction Details W Contract Reference Debit Credit Currency Module Code Transaction Date Entry Serial No Related Account To Date Module Code Transaction Code Event Code Transaction Date
4. Customer Group You need to specify the Customer Group for which you wish to maintain Tax waiver Select a customer group from the option list provided Customer Number All customers who have been maintained under the selected customer tax group will appear for selection If the maintenance is applicable to all customers select All as customer number If no maintenance is done then there will be no tax waiver at the customer level Tax Category You need to specify a tax category for which you wish to main tax waiver Tax Currency You need to specify the currency in which the tax waiver should be defined Select All if you wish to define tax waiver for all currencies Product Or Account Class You need to specify the Product Account Class for which the tax waiver is being defined All account classes and all LD MM products will be available for selection You may also select ALL in which case the tax waiver would be applicable to all products and account classes s ORACLE From Date and To Date You need to specify the date from which the particular waiver rule is applicable The To Date is the date up to which the waiver rule is effective The To Date should be greater than or equal to the From Date The To Date field can also be left blank which would indicate that the maintenance is open ended Waiver 96 Specify the tax waiver in terms of percentage which should be made applicable for the per
5. Specify the following details Score Name Select the score name The adjoining option list displays the all the score names maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Score description System displays the description for the selected score name Score Specify score value for the selected score name Qro an existing Liability system displays the score details when the liability is selected ES ORACLE 2 2 19 2 Specifying Credit Rating Details You can maintain credit rating details in the Credit Rating screen Click Rating button to invoke this screen Credit Rating 101 LBL CREDIT RATING Primary Agency Name Select the credit agency name The adjoining list displays the name of all Credit agencies maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Credit Rating Select the credit rating The adjoining list displays all the Credit Ratings maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Primary Check this box for primary rating Qr an existing Liability system displays the credit rating details when the liability is selected i ORACLE 2 2 19 3 Specifying Liability Linkage Details You can maintain Customer Exposure details in the liability linkage Details screen Click Linkage Details button to invoke this screen Liability Linkage Details CustomerNo undefined Liability Number undefined Liab
6. Here you can query on the basis of any one of the following details e Customer No e Short Name l ORACLE e Unique identifier Name e National ID e External Reference e Full Name e Unique Identifier value e Onentering any one of the following details and clicking Search the system displays the following details e Customer Number e External Reference e Short Name e Full name e Unique Identifier Name e Unique Identifier Value e Passport Number e Telephone e Mobile Number When you double click on the customer record the system will launch either Retail view screen or corporate view screen depending on the type of customer You can query or modify the customer details whose accounts are permitted to you for the query modification in the Group Code Restriction screen 8 3 Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details You can invoke 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen if the customer is Retail by double clicking on the customer record in the 360Degree Customer View Entry Point screen or by typing STDRETVW in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button ORACLE 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number Short Name KYC Status Since Credit Rating Full Name Reporting Currency Frozen Deceased Whereabouts Unknown BERI oe Deposits Loans Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposi
7. Tag Name Description Data Type TXNNUMBER The contract reference number Alphanumeric 16 characters CALCDATE The tax calculation date Date COMPCCY The interest component currency Alphanumeric 3 characters ae ORACLE Tag Name Description Data Type TAXCCY The tax currency Alphanumeric 3 characters TAXAMTINTAXCCY The tax amount in tax currency Number INTERESTAMT The interest amount basis amount on which the Number tax has been calculated Utility Provider Utility Providers are the recipients of the bill payment Typical entities involved in a bill payment transaction are the consumer your bank and the institutions utility providers Utility Provider Check this box if the customer whose details you are maintaining happens to be a Utility Provider Utility Provider Id Assign a unique ID to identify the utility provider Check Digit Validation Required Check this box to indicate whether the check digit validation should be performed for the consumer number that is captured while making bill payment for the utility provider Algorithm ID If the check digit validation should be performed you must also identify the Algorithm ID which is used to perform the check digit validation on the consumer number Utility Provider Type Indicate the type of utility provider The option list adjoining Utility Provider Type displays all valid utility provider types maintained in the s
8. All the allowed currencies you have defined for this account class will be displayed in the option list adjoining the Currency Code field You can enter the minimum balance that should be maintained against each currency You can also specify the minimum amount that should be deposited at account opening This value should not be less than the minimum balance for the currency Additionally you can specify charges that should be levied against each currency for opening a customer account You can also maintain the maximum number of ATM transactions that can be carried out on every currency Similarly you can maintain the maximum cash that can be withdrawn from an ATM for every currency If the box Escrow Transfer Applicable is checked for the account class you can capture currency wise cash deposit limit for the Trust accounts linked to the account class If Large Debit Balance Tracking Required check box is checked at the preferences level then you have to maintain threshold amount for large debit balance If the threshold amount is not maintained for large debit balance and the Large Debit Balance Tracking Required check box is checked then the system displays an error message 3 2 22 Maintaining Customer Preferences Instead of linking each customer account to an account class a customer category is linked to the class For an account class you should specify the category that should be linked to it and also sp
9. Delay Period Debtor Up to 30 Between 31 Between 61 Between Beyond Financial days and 60 days and 90 days 91 and 180 Standing 180 days days Good Regular Watch Substandard Doubtful Loss Unstable Watch Substandard Doubtful Loss Loss Not Good Substandard Doubtful Loss Loss Loss Deteriorate Doubtful Loss Loss Loss Loss Bad Loss Loss Loss Loss Loss Provision for General Credit Risk General Credit Risk includes all contracts and accounts in Regular status The provision amount computation could be done as follows according to the following categories 14 ORACLE Exposure to Corporate Customers The expression used for this category could be PA OD RFC x where PA Provisioning Amount OD Outstanding Overdraft Amount Principal Overdue Interest RFC Risk free Collateral PP Provisioning Percentage The provisioning percentage could be computed as shown Loan Type Categorization Provision Corporate Small CS Exposure lt BGN 50 000 1 596 Corporate Intermediate Exposure gt BGN 50 000 and lt BGN 2 0 Cl 500 000 Corporate Large CL Exposure gt BGN 500 000 and lt L Sig 3 0 Corporate Big CB Exposure gt L Sig 0 0 Here L Sig could correspond to one percent of bank s capital base rounded to nearest lower amount divisible by 50 000 Typically the bank sets this figure In arriving at the to
10. Insurance 1010 Product Name Policy number Number of units Insured amount Premium amount Purchase Date Mutual Fund 1010 Name of Fund Number of Units Purchase NAV Purchase Value Current NAV Processing Date Credit Card Here you can view the following credit card details e Card Number e Card Type e Credit Limit e Billed Amount a ORACLE Min Amount Due Available Limit Due Date Delinquent Y N Processing Date Insurance Here you can view the following insurance details Product name Policy Number Number of units NAV Insured Amount Premium Amount Purchase date Term Maturity date Next Premium Date Processing Date Mutual Fund Here you can view the following mutual fund details Name of Fund Number of units Purchase NAV Billed Amount Min amount Due Processing Date 58 ORACLE 8 4 Viewing 360Degree Corporate Customer Details You can invoke 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen if the customer is Corporate by double clicking on the customer record in the 360Degree Customer View Entry Point screen or by typing STDCUSVW in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below E 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Reports EN 7 Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Aler
11. 80 3 3 8 Maintaining Narratty6s a se iss aeg reg 61 3 3 9 Maintaining Customer Instruction Details eese esee eese nennen 63 3 3 10 Maintaining Lead Details esee eene ae AREE teee trennen trennen nein ens 88 3 3 11 Maintaining Service Request Input Details 91 3 3 12 Viewing Service Request Details esee eene enne tnee tenete en trennen rennen 95 3 3 13 Maintaining Location Details eese eret etre aei op dee ereiteak ea Edris 96 3 3 14 Capturing Algorithm Details in Oracle FLEXCUBE esses enne eene 98 3 3 15 Maintaining Turnover Limits 100 3 4 MAINTAINING DEPOSITS INSTRUCTIONS eese eene teen innen innen enne 103 FOREIGN ACCOUNT TAX COMPLIANCE ACT eese esee sees tuse tasse tan 1 4 1 INTRODUCTION 1 4 2 MAINTAINING CUSTOMER TYPE WISE FATCA eee ene nen eene 1 4 3 VIEWING CUSTOMER TYPE WISE FATCA PARAMETERS eee 2 4 4 MAINTAINING CUSTOMER FATCA CLASSIFICATION eene en nen n 4 4 5 CRITERIA FOR APPEYING US INDICIA ne neret eir Perry 7 4 6 VIEWING CUSTOMER FATCA CLASSIFICATION eeeeeeeee eene ener trennen 8 4
12. Customer x Description Relations Include Relationship You must specify a customer code provide a description and ID for the relationship Customer Select the customer code from the option list You can link any number of customers to the primary holder the customer for whom you are capturing the CIF details through this screen by establishing a relationship between the two customers ds ORACLE Description In this field the system displays the name of customer that you have selected in the previous field You cannot change this description Relationship You have to choose a relationship code to establish a relationship between the customer being selected and the customer primary holder you are maintaining By default the system will select the customer of the account as the Primary Holder This is a pre shipped relationship and you will not be allowed to change the relationship Include Relationship When you specify the relationship of the customer you can also choose to default the same preference to the customer account maintenance for the specified customer by checking the Include Relationship box Also specifying this option at the customer maintenance level will inherit all the properties of the customer relationship to the counterparty of the loan deposit during the contract input d ORACLE 2 2 34 Maintaining Risk Category for Customers In order to support risk weighted risk tracking
13. Marital status of the customer A customer could be married single re married divorced separated widowed etc You have to indicate the appropriate e The name and employment status of the customer s spouse e The educational status of a customer Under Graduate Graduate Post Graduate and Non student If the customer has received no formal education select Non student e family members children and others who are dependent on the customer financially You can indicate any number between 0 and 99 e The type of accommodation this customer is availing of The types could be classified into own accommodation company provided and others Others include all types other than self owned and company provided You can select the appropriate option d ORACLE 2 2 8 Maintaining Professional Details of Individual Customers After having captured the Domestic details of the individual customer you can capture the professional details about the customer These details include the customer s employment status employer details or the annual expenses that the customer incurs and so on Click on Professional button The Customer Professional Details screen will be displayed Professional Details Employment Employment Employment Details Tenure Retirement Age Previous Designation Previous Employer Current Designation Current Employer Employer Description Income Currency of amounts Salary Other Official
14. lt gt Not equal to please note that there is no space between the two symbols Equal to Oracle FLEXCUBE allows data store for tracking of SOD debit interest due During Interest liquidation for debit interest the system populates the SOD Debit Interest Due Data Store with the Amount Due as debit interest for the SOD utilized amount and the due date of payment for the interest amount ORACLE The debit interest due amount is adjusted in the SOD utilized amount and the system checks for any credit entries for the SOD corresponding to the debit interest During EOD if any credit entry exists for the account then the system does adjustments on the amount due for the SOD debit interest due data store The system also adjusts the debit interest payment against the oldest available debit interest due amount and so on Oracle FLEXCUBE provides SDEs for SOD Due Count and SOD Overdue Days for status rule generation During EOD while running the status update batch the system calculates SDE SOD Due Count value as the count of the records having due amount not equal to zero from the SOD debit interest due data store The system updates the SOD Overdue Days with the number of days since the last debit interest payment done for the account Oracle FLEXCUBE provides an account status called DIDF for an SOD account which is available as part of Status Rule Screen If the SOD Due Count or
15. ORACLE Place of birth of the beneficial owner Birth country of the beneficial owner It is mandatory to maintain birth country if the FATCA is enabled for the bank Birth date of the beneficial owner International dialling code for the office telephone number Telephone number of the beneficial owner s office International dialling code for the residential telephone number Residential telephone number of the beneficial owner International dialling code for the mobile number Mobile phone number of the beneficial owner International dialling code for the fax number Fax number of the beneficial owner o If the FATCA is enabled for the bank and any of the Office number Residential telephone number Mobile number or Fax number is maintained then it is mandatory to maintain the corresponding ISD code as well Purpose of opening the account Other details Type of account Whether power of attorney is given to beneficial owner Passport number of beneficial owner Expiry date of the passport Visa number of the beneficial owner Expiry date of visa Currency in which KYC amount is maintained Power of Attorney Whether the customer account is to be operated by the power of attorney holder The person who has been given the power of attorney Nationality of the power of attorney holder Address of the power of attorney holder Country of the power of attorney holder International dialling code for the telephone number Telephone
16. D M Limit Amount Details 4 1070 M Currency Amount Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Here you need to specify the following details Limit Code Specify a unique code used to identify turnover limit Description Specify a brief description associated with the turnover limit Period Details You can specify the following details pertaining to the period for limit application 101 ORACLE Period Code Specify a unique code to identify the financial period for which you wish to maintain turnover limits Start Date Specify the start date of the financial period using the adjoining calendar End Date Specify the end date of the financial period using the adjoining calendar You can maintain multiple period codes However the periods cannot overlap Limit Amount Details You can specify the following details pertaining limits applicable on the period code Limit Currency Specify the currency of the limit amount This adjoining option list displays all valid currency codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Limit Amount Specify the limit amount applicable of the financial period Note the following e You can increase or decrease the maximum turnover limit as part of record modification The modified limits will be applicable only for subsequent transactions e Unutilized limit amount does not get car
17. Here you can view capture the following details ee ORACLE External System Response The response from the external system regarding the black listed customer is displayed here User Remarks Specify your remarks regarding the black listed customer here 2 2 14 Viewing KYC Details KYC refers to know your customer You can view the KYC details maintained for a customer on KYC Maintenance screen Click KYC Details button to invoke the screen Alternatively you can You can invoke this screen by typing STDKYCMN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button KYC Maintenance New KYC Reference Full Name of Customer KYC Customer Type Risk Level Retail Customer Corporate Customer Financial Customer Fields Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status The system displays the following details KYC reference number Full name of the customer Type of customer Risk level of the customer 38 ORACLE 2 2 14 1 Viewing Details of Retail Customers You can view the KYC profile details for retail customers on KYC Retail Profile screen Click Retail Customer tab in the Maintenance screen KYC Retail Profile Beneficial Owner Information Nationality Account Type Birth Place Passport Number Resident Birth Country Passport Expiry Date Birth Date Visa Number Of
18. If the amount received is not sufficient for full liquidation then depending on the minimum amount required for liquidation the system would initiate a partial liquidation for loans but for retail teller contracts liquidation will be initiated only when full amount is available The following example illustrates the manner in which the system will use the sequence for allocation of funds Assume that you have maintained the following product sequence for funds allocation Sequence No Product ui ORACLE Sequence No Product 1 ADBN 2 LDBD 3 ABCD The liquidation schedule dates for the various loan contracts are as follows Contract Liq Schedule Dt Amt in USD LDBDOO1 1 January 2002 1000 LDBD002 1 January 2002 500 ADBNOO 1 2 January 2002 1000 ABCDO01 2 January 2002 500 Further all contracts are marked for auto liquidation and the settlement account for all contracts is A1 The balance in account A1 as 1 January 2002 is 500 USD Batch liquidation run as part of BOD EOD on 1 Jan Liquidation does not occur as the system detects insufficient funds in A1 only 400 USD The account is marked for receivable tracking and a block is placed on 400 USD A credit of 500 USD to A1 on 2 Jan The total amount blocked gets updated to 1000 USD Since we have two contracts involving the same product
19. Nationality 4 180f81 y Telephone County Party ID Fax Incorporation Party Name Email Id Date Ratio Mobile Number Currency of Amounts Identifier Language Capital Communication Mode Mobile Net Worth Email Country Description of Business Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status Address For Correspondence Address for Correspondence contains the physical address of the customer You need to specify the following address details m ORACLE Specify the name of the customer The customer will be addressed by this name in all correspondence sent from the bank These characters should conform to SWIFT standards The number of characters that you can enter in this field is determined by the preference that you specified in the Bank Parameters screen However in the advices and statements that are sent to the customer only the first 35 characters of the name will be displayed Address Specify the mailing address of the customer Country Specify the country as given in the address of correspondence of the customer You can select the appropriate country from the adjoining option list Nationality Specify the nationality of the customer You can select the appropriate nationality from the adjoining option list Telephone Specify the telephone number of the customer Fax Specify the fax number of the customer for correspondence Email Id Specify the email a
20. 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view details of Islamic finance 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Reports Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits IEE s Trade Is Treasury Extemal Products 1010 Branch Code Product Code Product Description Account Number Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed Outstanding lt Islamic Financing Total Component Details Refer the section titled Viewing Islamic Financing Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details e ORACLE 8 4 13 1 Viewing Component Details You can view details about the components linked to an account in the Component Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Component Details button in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen The screen is as shown below Component Details 100 Fi Component Name Component Currency Expected Overdue Out Standing lt Component Schedule Details 1010 O Component Name Schedule Due Date Due Amount Settled Amount EMI amount Refer the section titled Viewing Components Details under Viewing Loan Details for further details os ORACLE 8 4 14 Viewing Islamic Trade Details Click Is Trade tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer V
21. Display Type as Informative or Both in Instruction Maintenance screen then the instruction will be displayed in the following Customer Instruction View screen by pressing the hot key F at the time of saving the input stage and authorizing the transaction If F6 is pressed form Customer Id field system fetches all the instructions of the selected customer If F6 is pressed from an Account Number field system fetches all the instructions of the contract instructions Maintenance Memo ID Branch Code Category A Customer Account No Description Instructions Details 10 Instruction ID Display User Message Instruction Date Instruction Expiry Date Show to Customer Customer Message Checker Maker Date Time Mod No Record Status Date Time Authorization Status The Customer Instruction View screen will be launched with all the instructions maintained for the customer account The following Details can be viewed in this screen Customer Account Number Customer Account Name Category Instruction Number Instruction Description Effective Date 85 ORACLE e Instruction Expiry Date 3 3 9 2 Viewing Customer Account Instruction Details in Override Screen If you have selected Display Type as Override or Both in Instruction Maintenance screen then the instruction will be displayed in the following
22. ER This status will be marked as NULL after the hand off System grants cheque issue facility only if the cheque issue facility is revoked through the NSF process If the cheque issue facility is revoked manually then system does not grant the cheque issue facility Se ORACLE 3 3 2 Maintaining Advice Message for NSF Level Click on the Advice button in the NSF level maintenance screen to invoke NSF Advice screen NSF Advices NSF level Description NSF From Level 10710 From Level Description NSF Level Advices 10185 Message Type Description Suppress Format x o NSF Level The system defaults the NSF Level code to which advice is configured Description The system defaults the description for the NSF level From Level Select the source of your NSF level which has been moved to target level SP1 level Description The system defaults the description of the from level Message Type Select the Message type from the adjoining option list Description The system displays the description for the advice message 53 ORACLE Suppress Check this box to suppress the message Format Select the advice format from the adjoining option list Note the following e After the NSF Level change system generates advices which are configured for that specific NSF Level e Maintaining advice messages for the same Levels From NSF level and To NSF level are sam
23. In Oracle FLEXCUBE you can maintain details regarding the employer of a customer You can maintain the employer details in the Employer Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing SMDEMPMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Employer Maintenance New Employer Maintenance Employer Code Employer Description Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status You can maintain the following details here Employer Code Specify a unique code for the employer The employer code can be an alphanumeric character with a maximum length of nine characters Employer Description Enter a small description for the employer code entered 2 2 22 Maintaining Waiver for Customer Tax Group You can maintain waiver related information for Customer Tax Group Tax Category combination Invoke this screen by typing STDTAXWV in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button ORACLE The screen is as shown below Tax Waiver Maintenance Customer Group Description Customer Number Description Tax Category Description Tax Currency az Description Product Or Account Class Description From Date To Date Waiver Percentage
24. Linked Account Result E Customer Number Branch Code Customer Account Number Currency Facility Identifier Liability Number You can view the following information in this screen e Customer Number e Account Branch e Account Number e Account Currency e Facility Identifier e Liability Number e Payable Balance Linked Customer Check Linked Customer and provide Customer Number and click Query button to view all the Overdrawn Account Numbers of the customer and its linked customers Linked Account Check Linked Account and provide Account Number and click Query to view all Overdrawn Account Numbers of the customer of the account The displayed values are based on the query fields provided e ORACLE 7 2 13 Uncollected Funds Query Invoke the Uncollected Funds Query screen by typing ACDFUNCO in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Uncollected Funds Query AccountDescription Linked Account Account From Date Total Uncollected Funds To Date 5 Query Uncollected Funds Wi available Date Transfer Reference Amount Bank Code Account Number Account Descri You can view the following information in this screen e Available Date e Transfer Reference Number e Bank Code e Amount e Amount Number e Account Description Linked Account Check Linked Account and p
25. Override screen at the time of saving the input stage and authorizing the transaction Customer instructions View Customer Account No Description Category Instructions Details 10m0 gt User Message Instruction Date Instruction Expiry Date Select the message and click Post to over ride the message 86 ORACLE 3 3 9 3 Viewing the Instructions Summary You can view the summary of instructions in the Instructions Summary screen It displays the status of the records maintained whether it is authorized unauthorized or rejected You can invoke this screen by typing CSSINSTR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button instructions Summary Authorization Status z Record Status ID Customer Account No Category Branch Code Advanced Search Records per page 15 z 13 0f 1 Authorization Status Record Status Memo ID Customer Account No Category Branch Code B E M To view the summary of instructions you can perform a search based on any of the following Authorisation Status Select the authorisation status of the instruction as e Authorised e Unauthorised Record Status Select the record status of the instruction as e Open e Closed ud ORACLE Customer number Select a Customer number from the
26. Product Description Currency Booking Date Value Date Maturity Date Interest Rate Contract Status Loan Details of Linked Customers M 4 10 M Branch Code Product Code lt Product Description Account Number Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed Outstanding Summary of Deposit Total Credit Amount Total Debit Amount Linked Account Details lt 100 gt M Branch Code Account Class lt Summary of Deposits Total Retail Deposits Total Corporate Deposits Account No Account Description Summary of Loans Total Leasing Amount Total Mortgage Amount Total Commitment Amount Total Ordinary Loan Total Syndicated Loan Current Balance Available Balance Blocked Summary Details Total Credit Balance Total Debit Balance Guaranteed Loans 10710 b M Product Code O Branch Code lt Total Guaranteed Loan Product Description Account Number Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed 15 ORACLE CASA Details of Linked Customers Here you can view the following details Branch Code Account No Account Description Current Balance Available Balance Blocked Uncollected Debit Interest Accrued Amount Credit Interest Accrued Amount Limit Currency Temp OD limit Temp OD Start Temp OD End Account Status Since Related Customer Account Class Retail Deposits of linked Customers Here you can view
27. Since New Status az C No Debit C No Credit Frozen Posting Allowed Status Change Automatic C Dormant Provide the following details in this screen to facilitate a manual status change Account No Select the customer account for which you are marking a manual status change from the option list provided On selection of the account the system will display the current status of the account as well as the date on which the account moved to the current status Account Description The system displays the description of the specified account number based on the details maintained at Customer Account Maintenance level New Status Specify the new status of the account You can select the appropriate status from this list 9s ORACLE If Status Processing Basis specified in the Branch Parameters for all the branches is Contract Account only status codes maintained with status type Account in the Status Codes Maintenance screen will be available in the option list If Status Processing Basis for even one of the branches is specified as Group CIF level then the only statuses available will be of type Both Account Statuses In addition to the new status you can also mark the account with any one of the following statuses if required e No Credit if checked no credit movement will be allowed on the account e Debit the system will not allow
28. Verified then all the accounts created for the customer would be allowed for withdrawals Power of Attorney If the FATCA is enabled at the bank and the check box Power of Attorney is checked here then it is mandatory to specify the Power of Attorney information Power of Attorney Check this box to indicate that the customer account is to be operated by the power of attorney holder Holder Name The person who has been given the power of attorney ORACLE Nationality Specify the nationality of the power of attorney holder Address Specify the address of the power of attorney holder Country Specify the country of the power of attorney holder Telephone ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the telephone number Telephone Number Specify the telephone number of the power of attorney holder 2 2 2 Corporate Tab Click the Corporate Details tab from the Customer Maintenance screen to define the details of a Corporate or a Bank type of customer The tab is enabled only for a corporate or a bank customer You need to specify the following details Customer Maintenance New e Enter Query Type Individual Full Name Customer Category Corporate Short Name C Private Customer Bank Branch Code Customer No Personal Additional Director Auxiliary Check List Address For Correspondence Registration Address Additional Details Name C Same as Correspondence KYC S
29. iO Component Name Schedule Due Date Due Amount Settled Amount amount You can view the following component details e Component Name e Component Currency e Expected the system displays the amount which is not due for the present date This amount is arrived during querying e Overdue the system displays the amount which is not overdue for the present date This amount is arrived during querying e Outstanding the system displays the amount which is due for the present date This amount is arrived during querying e Advance the system displays the amount pre paid for a component as on the present date This amount is arrived during querying e Latest Interest rate the system display the current interest rate only for main interest component e Number of Days Overdue ORACLE Component Schedule details Here you can view the following e Component Name e Schedule Due Date e Due amount e Settled Amount e EMI Amount e Accrued Amount 8 3 4 2 Viewing Collection Details You can view the collection details of a loan in the Collection Details of Default Loan screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Collection Details button in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen Collection Details of Default Loan 10f10 Collection Reference Number Asset Reference Number Collection Agent Collection Creation Date Here you can view the following de
30. CB Status Desc Indicates the description for the central bank blacklist status CB Eff Date Indicates the effective date from which the customer is marked as central bank blacklist status CB Exp Date Indicates the effective date till which the customer is marked as central bank blacklist status ORACLE 10 9 Report of Blacklisted Customers from Central Bank You can generate a report for blacklisted customers from central bank or agencies You can invoke Blacklisted Customers from Central Bank screen by typing STRNSFCB the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button BlackListed Customers From Central Bank Branch Code From Date To Date Report Format PrinterAt Client Report Output Printer Specify the following here Branch Code Select the transaction branch of the float extension from the adjoining option list From Date Indicate the date from which transactions are extended The system defaults current date From Date should be lesser than or equal to To Date To Date Indicate the date to which the transactions are extended The system defaults current date To Date should be lesser than or greater to From Date Report Format Select the format in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e
31. Customer Information Query ACDSQASL Customer Asset amp Liability Query ACDSQPRO Customer Projections Query BADIDBAT Intra Day Batch Start CSRSNREP Signatures not captured CSDALGGN Algorithm Generation Input CSDALGMT Algorithm Maintenance CSDINSTR Instructions Maintenance CSDRELMN Relationship Maintenance CSDSTNAR Statement Narratives Maintenance CSRCRDR Large Credits Report CSRDEBR Large Debits Report CSRDLACC Daily Account Opening Statistics Report CSRDRMAC Dormant Account Reactivated Report CSSINSTR Instructions Summary CSSJOBBR Jobs Browser ORACLE Function ID Function Description LDDECMNT Corporate Deposits Exposure Category Maintenance LDDETMNT Corporate Deposits Category Type Maintenance LDDPRULE Corporate Deposits Provisioning Rule Maintenance LDDPRVMN Corporate Deposits Provisioning Percentage Maintenance LDSETMNT Corporate Deposits Category Type Summary SMDEMPMT Employer Maintenance STDACCLS Account Class Maintenance STDACLOC Account Address Location Maintenance STDACTFR Account Class Transfer STDALPMT Quick Customer Addition STDAMDMT Gateway Amendment Maintenance STDCCMNT Customer Classification Maintenance STDCIFAD Quick Customer Addition Summary STDCIFNM Customer Name Maintenance STDCULMT Customer Tax Allowance Maintenance STDCULOC Location Maintenance STDCUREL Cu
32. In the Branch Parameters you can indicate the basis upon which status processing must be done at the branch for customer accounts as well as loan contracts Status processing can be done either at the level of individual contracts and accounts or at a customer group or CIF level 1 ORACLE 6 3 Status Processing at Group CIF Level If you opt for group or CIF level processing it is done in two stages e worst status among all loan contracts and accounts under a specific customer group or CIF is arrived at e All accounts and contracts involving the customer group or CIF are then moved to the worst status that was arrived at The individual status of the account and contract apart from the worst status being assigned is also captured and displayed in the respective account and contract screens 6 3 1 Processing at Individual Contract Account Level If you opt for status processing at individual contract account level the status of each contract or account would be assigned according to the status processing parameters that are operative for the contract or account For details about the Branch Parameters screen refer the Core Services user manual 6 4 Setting up Customer Groups for Provisioning You may wish to track exposure due to loans issued to a group of customers as a whole and assign the status of all loans issued to the group as the status of the loan with the worst status among those issued to the group You
33. Next Working Day If the expiry date falls on a holiday then the expiry date will be set to the next working day of the application Previous Working Day If the expiry date falls on a holiday then the expiry date will be set to the previous working day of the application NSF Rejection Code Select the reason for NSF rejection from the adjoining option list Account for Consideration Select the type of accounts to be considered for NSF return from the drop down list The options are Current Account If Current account is selected then the system will consider the NSF of current accounts cheques for the NSF blacklisting process Savings Account If Savings Account is selected then the system will consider the NSF of savings account cheques for the NSF blacklisting process Both If Both is selected then the system will consider both current accounts and savings accounts cheques for the NSF blacklisting process Note the following If the customer is blacklisted inside the bank or central bank the cheque book issue should be blocked for all his her accounts till the expiry date of the NSF level On the expiry date the restriction should be removed for the customer automatically If customer A who is blacklisted has personal account and also has a joint account with customer B then customer A cannot request for cheque book in his personal account and joint account However Customer B can still get c
34. Others If you wish to provide additional information on customer and sponsors use this field KYC Amounts Ccy Specify the currency in which KYC amount is maintained Reason of Account You can specify the reasons for opening the account in the following fields Purpose of Account Opening Specify the reason for opening an account The adjoining option list maintains all valid reasons maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Others If you wish to provide additional information and reasons use this field Nature of Business You can specify the nature of business in the following fields Nature of Business Specify the nature of business The adjoining option list displays all valid businesses maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Product Traded Specify the name and details of the product traded during the course of the business Main Source of Funds Specify the main source of funds Borrowing Account Group Specify the borrowing account group Annual Turnover Specify the annual turnover of the company ORACLE Details of Key Person You can specify the details of the key person in the following fields KYC ID Specify a unique identification for the KYC details of the key person Name Specify the name of the key person Position or Title Specify the position or title of the key person Relationship Specify the relationship between the key person and the cor
35. SOD Overdue Days satisfies the condition specified in the status change rule then the system changes the status for the account DIDP While running the status change batch the system updates the No Debit flag as Y for DIDF status account If payment for the debit interest happens on the SOD account against the utilized amount and if on recalculation the value of SDE SOD Due Count or SOD Overdue Days is not met the status batch changes the status of the OD account from DIDF to the previous account status and updates the No Debit flag as N Note the following e Amount block is not considered because of the possibilities of simultaneous utilizations of the SOD e credit transaction towards the SOD account is tracked under interest due for the SOD e Any impact on account status after the execution of account status change batch for the day gets reflected in the next EOD execution 31 ORACLE 3 2 14 2 Modifying Account Status Manually For status movements that have to be performed manually on a customer account you can use the Manual Status Change screen Invoke this screen by typing STDSTMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Click the new button on the Application toolbar Manual Status Change k Branch Customer Account Number Account Description Account Status
36. Select the effective date for account class transfer from the adjoining calendar System displays an error message in the following conditions e fthe specified date coincides with a holiday e Ifthe effective date is not provided and the transfer is based on actual date e Ifthe selected customer account has an unprocessed record el ORACLE GL Details The reporting GL details of the account selected is defaulted here when you click Default button o For successful account class transfer the CB and HO lines of both the account classes must be same Preferences You can specify preferences for your account here Cheque Book Check this box if you need a cheque book to be issued for your account Passbook Check this box if you need a passbook to be issued for your account ATM Check this box if you need to avail an ATM facility for your account Status Change Automatic Check this box if you need automatic status change for your account 3 3 5 1 Auxiliary Tab Specify the auxiliary details by clicking Auxiliary tab in the Account Class Transfer screen LZ Account Class Transfer Branch Code Old Account Class Account Account Class Currency Cheque Book Preferences Options Remarks Auto Reorder Cheque Lodgment Book Required Consolidated Certificate Processed Status Un Pre Reorder Cheque Level Required Reorder No of Leaves Back Period Entry Allowed Check Book Name 1 Referral Required Check Book
37. e Amount financed e Amount Disbursed e Amount outstanding e Book Date e Value date e Maturity Date e Account Status 55 ORACLE e User defined Status 8 3 11 1 Viewing Component Details You can view details about the components linked to an account in the Component Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Component Details button in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen Component Details n 1010 L ComponentName Component Currency Expected Overdue Out Standing ie Component Schedule Details 1010 ComponentName Schedule Due Date Due Amount Settled Amount EMI amount AC 56 ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing Components Details under Viewing Loan Details for further details 8 3 12 Viewing External Details Click External products tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view external details about products like credit cards insurance and mutual fund The screen is as shown below 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number KYC Status Short Name Since Credit Rating Full Name Reporting Currency Frozen Deceased Whereabouts Unknown Summary Prefile Deposits Loans Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Credit Card 1010 Card Number Card Type Credit Limit Billed Amount Min Amount Due Available Limit Due date
38. 10 13Missing Signature Report This is an exception report listing all the customers of a specified branch whose signatures have not yet been captured in the system While opening accounts customer s signature photographs thumb impression are captured and linked to the account This facilitates the signature verification in the system at the time of making payment Branches can generate this ad hoc report and capture the missing signature in the system a ORACLE You can invoke Signatures not Captured screen by typing CSRSNREP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Signatures not captured Branch Code Report Format Report Output PrinterAt Client Printer Specify the following details here Branch Code Select the branch code from the adjoining option list The list displays all valid branch codes Click OK button to generate the report Click Exit to return to the Reports Browser 10 13 1 Contents of the Report The contents of the report are discussed under the following heads Header The Header carries the Branch Date User ID and the Module for which the report is generated Body of the report The generated report will have the following information Customer ID This indicates the unique id of the customer Customer Name This indicates the name of the customer CIF Crea
39. 10000 USD OD Expiry Date 30 Jun 2011 Days after which Status Change should happen 90 Days In this example system modifies the customer account status based on the status rule maintenance since the OD utilization is not paid by 30 Sep 2011 ORACLE No Credit Days The system processes the status change on OD account if there is no credit transaction into the overdraft account for a specified number of days Example OD Utilization date 01 Jan 2011 OD Limit 10000 USD Last Credit Date 01 Feb 2011 Days after which Status Change should happen 90 Days In this example the system modifies the customer account status based on the status rule maintenance since there is no credit transaction made into the OD account by 02 May 201 1 For OD Accounts you can maintain the following rules for CROF and SUSP WOFF statuses of Write off processing Logical Operators Logical Operators are indicators of certain conditions that you specify while building a rule These operators are used in combination with the elements discussed earlier The following is a list of logical operators that you would require to build a status rule AND The conjunction and OR The conjunction or gt Greater than gt Greater than or equal to please note that there is no space between the two symbols lt Less than lt Less than or equal to please note that there is no space between the two symbols
40. ATM Account Number Nominee Details Initial Funding Guardian Name Account Opening Amount Relationship Pay In Option Pay In By Account Address 1 Pay In By GL Address 2 Offset Branch Address 3 Offset Account Address 4 Waive account Opening Charges Name Date of Birth Relationship Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 Minor Cheque Book Request Debit Card Request MIS You can maintain the folowing parameters here Auto Cheque Book Request Check this box if you want the system to create a request for the cheque book automatically for the account during account creation When you check this box the system allows you to capture cheque book request details in the Cheque Book Request screen as part of account creation Auto Debit Card Request Check this box if you want the system to create a request for the debit card automatically for the account during account creation When you check this box the system allows you to capture debit card request details in the Debit Card Request Details screen as part of account creation d ORACLE 2 2 20 1 Specifying Cheque Book Request Details Click on the Cheque Book Request button in the Account Details screen to invoke the Cheque Book Request screen Cheque Book Request Cheque Book Details Branch Account First Check Number Check Leaves Cheque Book Type Order Date Order Details Language Code Request Status Requested You w
41. Advanced Search Records per page 15 zi 1 Of 1 Authorization Status Record Status Category Type Basis Amount Currency Authorization Status A Authorized U Unauthorized Record Status C Closed O Open Category Type You must specify the customer category type for which you wish to link the appropriate exposure category type Basis Amount You must specify the basis amount range within which the total exposure will be tracked using the exposure category that you have associated for the customer category type For all slabs except the first one the To Amount of the previous slab must also be equal to the From Amount of the slab The To Amount of a slab must be equal to or greater than the From Amount of the same slab Exposure Category You can specify the exposure category that is to be used to track the total exposure within the basis amount range for the customer category type you have specified 9 ORACLE Q when the exposure category for a CIF or customer group is derived according to the logic maintained in the Exposure Category Type Linkage screen the outstanding overdraft in all accounts belonging to the group CIF as well as the exposure due to loans issued to the group CIF is summed to compute the total exposure 6 6 2 Specifying Exposure Category for Customer When you maintain CIF details for customers in the Customer Information Maintenance screen you can specify the exposure category under w
42. Authorization Status Record Status z Branch Code E Account Class Old Account Class Account Next Liquidation Cycle Advanced Search Records per page 15 z 4 0f 1 Authorization Status Record Status Branch Code Account Class Old Account Class Account NextLiquidation ul E E You can view records based any or all of the following criteria Authorization Status You can view records based on the authorization status of the account class transfer by selecting an option from the adjoining drop down list This list provides the following options e Authorised Select this option if the account class transfer is authorised e Unauthorised Select this option if the account class transfer is unauthorised Branch Code Select a valid branch code if you need to view records based on the branch code of the account ORACLE Old Account Class Select a valid account class if you need to view records based on the account class from which the account was transferred from the adjoining option list Next Liquidation Cycle Check this box if you need to view records based on status of liquidation cycle Record Status You can view records based on the record status of the account class transfer by selecting an option from the adjoining drop down list This list provides the following options e Open Select this option if the account cl
43. Director Details Permanent Address n L l Tax Id pe Telephone ISD Code ress Address 2 Telephone fe Mobile ISD Code ress Mobile Number Country Email Other Details Mailing Address Nationality Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 Country C Permanent US Resident Status Shareholding t Standing Instructions Linked Entities Image Limits CLS Restrictions MT920 Domestic Professional Issuer Cards Linked Account KYC Details NSF Black list status Change Log Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status You need to specify the following information ORACLE Director Details Director Details consists of the details of the corresponding branch s director You need to specify the following information Director Name Specify the corresponding director s name Tax Id Specify the Tax Id of the corresponding director Telephone ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the telephone number Telephone Number Specify the telephone number of the corresponding director Mobile ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the mobile number Mobile Number Specify the mobile number of the corresponding director Email id Specify a valid email address of the corresponding director Mailing Address Mailing Address contains the mailing address of the corresponding director You need to specify the following informa
44. Linked Customer Query Linked Customer W Account Number Customer Id o Customer Cash Flow Due Date User Reference Component Contract Reference Module Transaction Date Curre Total Amount Total Amount Debit Credit To view the settlement balance for the selected customer for a particular future date enter a date in the date field and click the Q button The system displays details of all the unsettled transactions which have occurred until the date indicated in the Date field Total indicates the sum total of all unsettled transactions in local currency for the selected customer number Check Linked Customer and provide Customer Number and click Query button to view all linked customers in Linked Customer Details To query on any linked customer displayed select the customer and click Fetch button A query operation is performed on the selected customer and the details are displayed The displayed values are based on the query parameters provided 18 ORACLE Double clicking a record in this screen invokes the contract summery screen for the selected contract The current balance of the selected customer is displayed at the bottom of this screen The current balance denotes the sum total of balances in all the accounts of the selected customer 7 2 11 Viewing Accounting Entries You can view all the accounting entries passed for a selected Customer Account in the
45. Specify the corporate National Identification Number of this customer in other words the registration number of your customer organization Joint Venture Select the check box if you have a joint venture Description of Business Specify the additional details of the business if any 2 2 3 Additional Tab Additional tab contains additional information of the individual corporate and bank customers Customer Maintenance New e Enter Query Type Individual Full Name Customer Category Corporate Short Name C Private Customer Bank Branch Code Customer No Personal Corporate IBI Director Auxiliary Check List Domicile Address Status Identifier C Same as Permanent O Frozen Name Address Deceased Value Address C Whereabouts Unknown Relationship Manager Eligible for AR AP Tracking RM ID CRM Customer RM Name Country Misc Details SWIFT Code Credit Rating Group Code Charge Group Clearing Group Tax Group Exposure Mailers Required CLS Participant C Issuer Customer C Treasury Customer C Joint Customer C 920 C Relationship Pricing ELCM Customer Exposure Category ELCM Customer Number Customer Classification External Reference Location FX Netting Customer Media SSN CIF Status Since naa Standing Instructions Linked Entities Fields Image CLS Restrictions MT920 Linked Account KYC Details Joint Venture Account Details NSF Black list s
46. e Date of STR using adjoining calendar e Reference number of the STR e Whether the CB should be responded e Date of the CB Response e Details of the activity e Reason for the activity e Dairy note iis ORACLE 2 2 14 4 Viewing Details of Financial Customers Financial Profile screen displays profile details for financial customer Click Corporate Customer tab in the KYC Maintenance screen Account Financial Details Bank Address Country KYC Amounts Currency Transaction Products Management Details 10107 10107 Transaction Products Rating Monthly Name Designation D lt Shareholders Details 10107 Name Holding Address Country m The system displays the following details e Address of the bank e Country of the financial customer e Currency of the amounts Transaction Products e Name of the transaction product e Rating of the product e Number of monthly transactions e Monthly amount Management Details e Name of the manager e Designation Share Holders Details e Name of the share holder 46 ORACLE Holding of the share holder Address of the share holder City of the share holder Country of the share holder 2 2 14 5 Viewing User Defined Fields User Defined Fields screen displays the all UDFs defined using Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by clicking Fields tab in the KYC Maintenance screen User De
47. e External Reference Number e Start Date The instructions will be valid from this date e Branch Code The branch code of the branch which is to be associated with the account M ORACLE Sequence Number The system generated sequence number for the instruction you are maintaining Currency Code The Currency of the particular account Deposit Currency The currency in which the deposit is made Tenor The tenor for the deposits that are opened under an account class Sweep Multiple of The sweep can only be in multiples of the sweep specified Retry Till Date The instructions specified will be invalid after this date Any failed sweeps after this date will not be picked up for processing the next day n ORACLE 4 Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act 41 Introduction FATCA is the acronym for Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act enacted by the US Government as part of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment HIRE Act in 2010 The purpose of FATCA is to help Internal Revenue Service IRS to identify and collect tax from US Persons USP holding financial assets outside US This chapter deals with Foreign Account Tax Compliance regulation It includes the description about functions that would help Oracle FLEXCUBE to support FATCA 4 2 Maintaining Customer Type wise FATCA Parameters You can maintain the FATCA parameters for different customer types in Customer Type wise FATCA Parameters screen To invoke this sc
48. e Open e Closed da ORACLE Branch Code The system displays the branch code where the debit card has been issued Request Reference Number The system displays the request reference number of the card issuance record Card Number The system displays the debit card number of the card holder Multiple cards can be issued to a customer 2 2 13 Viewing OFAC Check Response OFAC check enables the application to call an external web service to perform black list check for customer and customer accounts and give warnings appropriately while transacting with black listed customers You can also capture your remarks before overriding the black list warning Click OFAC Check button in Customer Account Creation screen to view the OFAC check response the External System Detail screen On clicking OFAC Check button system will build the request XML and call the web service The External System details screen displays the response is received from the external system and you will be also allowed to enter your remarks in this screen The response received will also be sent to Oracle FLEXCUBE Database layer for any further interpretations of the same This button can be made visible while carrying out the actual customization Request building response interpretation in the database layer needs to be done as part of customization to enable this External System Details External System Response User Remarks
49. you will have to maintain risk details for Customers You can maintain different Risk Categories for Customers in the Risk Category Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDRKMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Risk Category Maintenance Ne Risk Category Description Specify the following details in this screen e Risk Category Define the type of Risk Category in this field e Description Provide a brief description of the Risk Category being maintained The types of Risk Categories defined in this screen will be available for Liability maintenance of customers and Risk percent maintenance only upon authorization of the details maintained Risk Category is not a mandatory input during Customer Maintenance Risk Category is applicable to the Customer and not to the Customer s Liability ID d ORACLE 2 3 Invoking Quick Customer Addition Screen In the Quick Customer Addition screen you can create delete and authorize customer accounts This screen facilitates creating a new customer account only with basic details Additional details are added and amended in the Customer Maintenance screen You can invoke the Quick Customer Addition screen by typing STDCIFAD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Quick
50. 13 Maintaining Location Details While maintaining Customer Information details through the CIF Maintenance screen in addition to indicating the name of the country in which your customer resides you can also choose to specify the name of the region or locality where your customer stays For instance Silas Marner a customer of your bank is a Londoner Great Britain is his country of residence He lives in the northern part of London therefore North London becomes the location where he resides Location codes along with a brief description of the locality can be maintained through the Location Details maintenance screen i ORACLE Invoke the Location Maintenance screen by typing STDCULOC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Location Details Location Code Description Location Code You can capture a unique three character code to identify the locality where the customer resides white maintaining customer information details and associating a location code with a Customer and Country Code combination a list of all the valid location codes you have maintained in this screen will be available in the option list for the Location Code field You can select the appropriate code Description You can also associate a brief description with the location code This description is for information purposes only and will not be print
51. 2 2 23 Maintaining Tax Allowance Limit for Customers esee 74 2 2 24 Amendment Maintenance eese esee entente enne nette 75 2 2 25 Specifying Details for Generation of MT920 cessent eene nennen eene eene enne 78 2 2 26 Defining Customer Category moios aea EE E 79 2 2 27 Invoking Customer Category Screen sese enne rennen teen en 80 2 2 28 Creating Customer Categories 80 2 2 29 Maintaining Customer Groups esses eene 61 2 2 80 Maintaining Limits for Customer Group eese eterne 82 2 2 81 Associating Customer Account with 63 2 2 32 Maintaining Type of Relationships aot deter tvi kt et event pube o Y neue S Vane 64 2 2 33 Relationships for Customers ice Gee det dide ede id tb rete fe seizes e tere d 85 2 2 34 Maintaining Risk Category for Customers 67 2 3 INVOKING QUICK CUSTOMER ADDITION SCREEN cccsssseceessscecsensececseceececseeecsesseeecseseecesseeecseaeeeeseeeeeess 88 2 3 1 Specifying Personal Details of the Customer eese eene enne entren 89 2 3 2 Specifying Corporate Details of the 93 2 3 3 Specifying the Check List eie aeo ne itat aede feb ede eite oder bebe do 97 2 3 4 Specifying Add Account Details iiss i
52. 7 RACKING FATCA CUSTOMERS itte ettet reri er DE PIDE PS 9 4 8 MAINTAINING INTRADAY r eaer EE EEEE TE AEE ES EEEE EEEE rE Eea 11 4 8 1 Processing FATCACOM Batch tert i Per ERR E PS eb iren gehe 11 4 8 2 Processing FATCAINC Batch onte URS 12 4 8 3 FATCA Classification Data Population into Data Stores eese eene enne nennen 12 PROCESSING REFERRALS IN ORACLE enean tatnen stato setas tano 1 5 1 E 1 5 1 1 Maintenance Required for Referral Processing eese eene eene nennen 3 PROVISIONING FOR CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS eere eese esee enses ense en tussis sensn sesto sees sosta sosta an 1 6 1 INTRODUGTION e RIO REP Roque eee ee 1 6 2 SPECIFYING BASIS FOR STATUS 1 6 3 STATUS PROCESSING AT GROUP CIF LEVEL eeeeeeee eene enne enn 2 6 3 1 Processing at Individual Contract Account Level eee eene nennen rennen 2 6 4 SETTING UP CUSTOMER GROUPS FOR PROVISIONING 2 6 5 SETTING UP CUSTOMER CLASSIFICATIONS FOR STATUS PROCESSING eseeeeeeee een enne 4 6 6 SETTING UP EXPOSURE CATEGORIES isse eene 5 6 6 1 Specifying Status wise P
53. Account Number Select the Account Number from the adjoining option list Float Extension Specify the number of days by which the float days is extended for clearing the instrument The system defaults the extension day as 1 Clearing Type Select the Clearing Type from the adjoining option list New Value Date The system displays the value date calculated based on the float extension days Instrument Type Select the Instrument Type from the drop down list Value Date The system displays the current customer value date of the transaction FLEXCUBE Reference Reference Number of the transaction is displayed here Click Populate to view the current customer value date and the new customer value date based on the float extension days and clearing house holiday maintenance You can Save Query Authorize and Delete Float Extension of an Outward Clearing During Authorization the float extension for the given instrument triggers e The value date of the transaction to the new value date e Reversal of accounting entries for the transaction e Post accounting entries for the transaction with new value date e available date of the fund to the new value date s ORACLE 2 7 8 1 Float Extension Batch Process CGBFLEXT batch can be configured as an intra day batch to trigger the float extension of the cheque transaction based on the float extension maintenance CGDBFLEX The batch process of float extension takes place a
54. Accounting Entry Retrieval screen To invoke this screen select a customer account and a date range in the Customer Position screen and then click Accounting button The Accounting Entry Retrieval screen is displayed with all the accounting entries passed for the selected customer account and date range Accounting Entry Retrieval Query Criteria r Debit Credit Contract Reference Currency Transaction Code Module Code Event Code Transaction Date Related Account Related Reference To Date JE From Date Query Account Details Branch Code Starting Balance Currency Debit Credit Balance Account Number Account Description Transaction Details W Contract Reference Entry Serial No Module Code Code Event Code Transaction Date Double clicking on an accounting entry in this screen displays the corresponding contract input Screen Click Query button if you wish to query for any particular accounting entry i ORACLE 7 2 12 Overdrawn Accounts Query Invoke the Overdrawn Accounts Query screen by typing ACDCODQS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Overdrawn Accounts Query Customer Number 5 Customer Account Number laz Currency Facility Identifier C Liability Number az Linked Customer
55. Address Address Contact Telephone Telex Fax Email Id Expense Rent Insurance Loan Payments Other House Value No of Credit Cards You can capture the following professional details of the individual type of customer through this screen Employment Details e The employment status of the customer full time permanent full time temporary part time self employed retired pensioned retired non pensioned unemployed e The number of years the customer has been in his her current job e The age at which the customer is due to retire from his her current job or business e designation this customer held in his her previous job or employment e The name of the previous employer of this customer e designation held by this customer in his present job e The name address country telephone telex fax and E mail address of the customer s current employer The name address and country of the employer should conform to SWIFT standards ORACLE Current Employer field is used by the system to map the user to his current employer Click the adjoining option list to display all the authorised and open employer codes maintained in the system Income Details e The annual returns that your customer earns through salary and other sources of employment if any If your customer earns revenue through other source apart from a monthly salary you have to capture the customer s combined income from all othe
56. Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button LI Cheque Return Data Over Counter Branch Code From Date To Date Report Format PrinterAt Client Report Output Printer Specify the following here Branch Code Select the transaction branch of the float extension from the adjoining option list From Date Indicate the date from which transactions are extended The system defaults current date From Date should be lesser than or equal to To Date To Date Indicate the date to which the transactions are extended The system defaults current date To Date should be lesser than or greater to From Date ORACLE Report Format Select the format in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e HTML Select to generate report in HTML format e RTF Select to generate report in RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format e EXCEL Select to generate report in EXCEL format Report Output Select the report output in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report e View Select to print the report e Spool Select to spool the report to a specified folder so that you can print it later PrinterAt Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoinin
57. Ar m Guarantee Other Details Summary of Trade Details Total Bill Amount Total LC Liability Amount Total Bank Guarantee Liability Bills Detail Here you can view the following bills details e Branch Code e Contract Reference Number e Counter party e Product e Product Type e Product Description m ORACLE Beneficiary Bill Currency Bill Amount Maturity date Outstanding Amount Discrepancy Flag System will derive this flag based on the availability of discrepancies of bill Exception Flag System will derive this flag based on exception data LC Reference Number Contract Status LC Details Here you can view the following details relating to Letters of credits Branch Code Contract reference number Product Code Product Type Product description Currency Contract Amount Customer Beneficiary Current Available Amount Liability Contract Status Expiry date Guarantee Details Here you can view the following details relating to guarantees Branch Code Contract reference number Product Code 85 ORACLE e Product Type e Product description e Currency e Contract Amount e Customer e Beneficiary e Current Available Amount e Liability e Contract Status e Expiry date e Guarantee Type 8 4 5 1 Viewing Additional Bills Details You can view additional details about the bill from the Bills Other Details screen You can invoke this scree
58. Code e Description e Joint Holder Type e Start Date e End Date ORACLE 8 3 3 15 Viewing Schedule Details Click Schedules button to view the Schedule Details screen In this screen you can view the schedule details of all components attached to the corporate deposit contract The screen is as shown below Schedule Details 10f10 Component Component Description Schedule Type Reminder Frequency Here you can view the following details e Component e Component Description e Schedule Type e Frequency e Unit e of schedules e Start date e Amount 8 3 4 Viewing Loan Details Click Loans tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the details of the customer s loan The screen is as shown below dd ORACLE 360 Degree Retail Customer View Summary Profile Deposits BH E Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing External Products Summary of Loans Total Commitment Amount Total Ordinary Loan Total Mortgage Amount Total Syndicated Loan Total Leasing Amount Loan Details 41070 gt Product Code Branch Code lt Account Number Customer Number Short Name Credit Rating Frozen Deceased Description Currency KYC Status Since Full Name Reporting Currency Whereabouts Unknown Amount Financed Amount Disbursed Verified Outstanding Commitment Details 4 4 101 g
59. Customer Addition New 9 Enter Query Type Individual Full Name Customer Category Corporate Short Name Private Customer Branch Code Auto Account Creation Auto Created Account Customer No Personal Corporate Check List Basic Details Address For Correspondence Additional Details Prefix Name First Address KYC Status Middle KYC Reference Last Guardian Telephone Minor Fax Country Email Id Nationality Identifier Permanent Address Communication Mode Mobile Name Email Same as Correspondence Address Sex Male Address SSN Female Submit Age Proof Not Required Value National Id Date of Birth Resident Status Resident Country Non Resident Language Add Account MIS Change Log Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status The system does not allow to add Bank type customers through Quick Customer Addition Screen You need to specify the following details Type Select the customer type from the following options e ndividual e Corporate Customer No Specify the customer number The option list displays valid customer numbers Choose the appropriate one Pe ORACLE In bank parameters if the Auto CIF Generate checkbox is selected the system generates and displays CIF Else you need to specify the CIF as per the CIF mask Full Name Specify the complete name of the customer Short Name Specify the customer s unique ab
60. Female Prefix First Name Last Name Middle Address Passport Details Number Issue Date Expiry Date Here you can view the following details e Customer No e Sex gt Male gt Female e Prefix e First name e Last Name e Middle e Address line 1 to e Passport Details e Passport Number e Issue Date e Expiry Date e Date of Birth e Resident status Date of Birth Resident Status Deceased Telephone Email SSN Resident Non Resident Deceased Non Deceased ORACLE Resident Non Resident e Deceased gt Deceased gt Non Deceased e Telephone e E mail e SSN 8 3 2 7 Viewing Customer Entities Click on the Linked Entity button to invoke Linked Entity screen Here you can view details about customers who are linked to this customer accounts for which this customer is linked and loans which are guaranteed by this customer ORACLE Linked Entity Account Details of Linked Customers IM 4 40g P Branch Code Account Class lt Account No Account Description Current Balance Available Balance Retail Deposits of Linked Customers M lt 10D P Branch Code Account No lt Account Description Term Deposit Amount Maturity Date Interest Start Date Tenor in Days Interes 4 MH Contract Reference Corporate Deposits of Linked Customers
61. Identification Number Identity Number Date of Birth Blacklist Effective Date Blacklist Expiry Date Remarks Our Bank Customer Details Customer Name Customer No Customer Type National Blacklist Reference Number Select the National Blacklist Reference Number from the adjoining option list Blacklisted Customer details Customer Name The name of the blacklisted customer is displayed here Customer Type The system displays the customer type Account No The system displays the account number of the blacklisted customer Account type The system displays the type of the account which is marked as blacklisted Tax Identification Number The system displays the tax id of the blacklisted customer ORACLE Identity Number Unique identification number of the blacklisted customer is displayed here Date of Birth The system defaults date of birth of the blacklisted customer Blacklist Effective Date The system displays the blacklist effective date Blacklist Expiry Date The system displays the expiry date for the blacklist status Remarks The system displays the remarks sent from the central bank Other Bank Details Bank Ref No The system displays the blacklisted customer s bank reference number Bank Code The bank code in which the customer is marked as blacklisted Bank Name The system displays the name of the bank of blacklisted customer Address The address of the blacklisted customer is dis
62. Name 2 Track Receivable ATM Preference ATM Account Number Daily Amount Limit Daily Amount Count Consolidated Charges Statement mis Account Status Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status Cheque Book Preferences Maintain the following cheque book preferences if you have opted for a cheque book for your account in the Main tab Auto Re order Cheque Required Check this box to automatically reorder cheque books for all accounts belonging to this account class Reorder Cheque Level Specify the level at which you need a cheque book for the account Reorder Number Of Leaves Specify the number of cheque leaves you need in the reordered cheque book Cheque Book Name 1 Specify the name used for opening savings account A1 This name will be printed on the cheque book and will be used for all cheque transactions Cheque Book Name 2 Specify the name if you need to enter the name of the joint account holder on the cheque book if the customer account is joint operations account ATM Preference You can maintain the following parameter if the ATM box is checked in the Main screen Atm Account No Specify the valid ATM account number that should be linked to the new account class Daily Amount Limit Specify the daily limit for the amount that can be withdrawn from the ATM Daily Amount Count Specify the daily count for the amount that can be withdrawn from the ATM Options
63. Number KYC Status erified Short Name Since Credit Rating Full Name Reporting Currency Frozen Deceased Whereabouts Unknown Summary Profile Deposits Loans Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments s Financing External Products Islamic Accounts 10f n Branch Code Account Account Description Currency Current Balance Available Uncollected Summary of Islamic Accounts To enter Period Total Credit Balance From Date Total Debit Balance To Date Account Sianatory Standing Instruction Periodic Instructions Transacions Uncleared Cheques Statement Genel Islamic Term Deposits 1010 Branch Code Account No Account Description Currency TermDepositAmount Maturity Date Profit rate Profit Start Date Total Islamic Term Deposits lt Islamic Accounts Here you can view the following details for an active CASA account e Branch code e Account e Description e Account Class e Related Customer e Account Status e Status Since e Currency ORACLE Current Balance Available Balance Uncollected amount Blocked amount Debit Interest Accrued Amount Credit Interest Accrued Amount Limit Currency TOD Limit TOD Limit Start Date TOD Limit End Date Account Type Single or Joint Qcosec accounts will not be displayed Islamic Term Deposit The following details about Islamic term deposit will be displayed Account Number Branch Code Description Accoun
64. ORACLE e The Automatic Daily Contract Update process in the Loans module To trigger the provisioning batch you can use the Provisioning Batch screen When the batch is triggered the provisioning events SPRO provision and SPWB write back are executed 6 9 1 Specifying Frequency at which Provisioning Batch is Executed To recall provision processing depends upon status processing for accounts and contracts The provisioning batch executes after the status processing batch as explained in the previous section If status processing is indicated to be processed at group CIF level you can indicate the frequency at which the provisioning batch is to be executed for your branch You can specify the provisioning frequency in the Branch Parameters Preferences screen The frequency options available are daily and monthly To view the Branch Parameters Preferences screen refer the Core Services user manual The Provisioning Process If status processing for your branch is done at customer group CIF level as specified in the Branch Parameters the provisioning process executes according to the frequency defined in the Branch Parameters The process executes as described below 10 The exposure categories for the customer group or CIF are first derived either from the specification for the same in the contract and account details or depending upon the total exposure of the group or CIF according to the logic maintained for deriving the exp
65. Record Status v Segment Code Minimum Segment Amount Maximum Segment Amount ai Segment Currency ai Advanced Search Records per page 15 1 Of 1 Authorization Status Record Status Segment Code Minimum Segment Amount Maximum Segment Amount Segr You can search for records based on any one or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Record Status e Segment Code e Minimum Segment Amount e Maximum Segment Amount e Segment Currency Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The records meeting the selected criteria are displayed ORACLE 2 4 3 Associating Segment Code to Customer Customers can be associated to segment code by mapping customers in Customer Segment Association screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDSEGAS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Segment Association New Enter Query Customer No Customer Name Customer Currency Segment Description Segment Code Segmentation Status Net Worth Currency Net Worth Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status The Customer Segment Association screen provides the following fields Customer No Specify the Customer Number You can select the customer number from the adjoining option list The customer C
66. Remarks Specify the remarks about the workflow of the bank if any ORACLE 2 3 4 Specifying Add Account Details You can capture the details to open a customer s account quickly using the Quick Customer Account Opening screen To invoke this screen click Add Account button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Quick Customer Account Opening Customer No Currency Account Class SD User Reference El check ist Account Description Account Open Date Account Type Mode of Operation Location List of Joint Holders Single Joint Customer Name Account Branch Code Options Account Facilities Replicate Customer Signature Salary Account Spend Analysis Cheque Book 10 B Passbook JointHolder Code Description Joint Holder Type StartDate Date ATM Alternate Account Number More Preferences Auto Debit Card Request Auto Cheque Book Request Cheque Book Name 1 Cheque Book Name 2 ATM Account Number Nominee Details Initial Funding Guardian Name Account Opening Amount Relationship Pay In Option Pay In By Account Address 1 In By GL Address 2 Offset Branch Address 3 Offset Account Address 4 Waive account Opening Charges Name Date of Birth Relationship Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 Minor Cheque Book Request Debit Card Request After specifying the basic details you can create a new account in addition to
67. Sex Communication Mode National Id Birth Place Birth Country Date of Birth Language Country Nationality Permanent Address Address Country Resident Status Same as Correspondence Address Resident Non Resident Permanent US Resident Status Visited US in last 3 years Expiry Date Additional Details KYC Status KYC Reference Guardian Submit Age Proof Power of Attorney Holder Name Address Country Nationality Telephone ISD Code Telephone Number Staff Yet To Verify Minor Not Required Power of Attorney Group MIS Standing Instructions Linked Entities Image Limits CLS Restrictions MT920 Linked Account KYC Details Joint Venture NSF Black list status Change Log Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status ORACLE You need to specify the following basic details of the customer Type You have to indicate the Type to which the customer whose details you are capturing belongs The options available are e Individual e Corporate e Bank To recall if a customer record is created from an external Siebel CRM application after a successful upload into Oracle FLEXCUBE the CRM Customer flag gets checked after the upload You can however uncheck the same when you unlock such a record and make changes When you unlock such a record system throws up an override stating that the customer is a CRM customer and asks whe
68. The report options that you selected while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The contents of the report are discussed below Body of the Report Counterparty This is the name of the counterparty whose netted contract details are being displayed Contract Reference This is the reference number of the contract which was Number netted Component This is the name of the component Amount Tag involved in the transaction Amount This is the amount for which the particular entry was passed Account Due This is the account to which the netted amount is either debited credited 10 12Combined Statement Reports This report is an ad hoc combined statement of accounts for a customer generated for a particular period This report is grouped account class wise This report helps in providing a single statement to the customers who own multiple accounts You can invoke Statement of Combined Generation screen by typing CSRCSTAD the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button m ORACLE The screen is as shown below Combined Statement Generation Branch Code Customer Number From Date To Date ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client v Report Output Print v Printer Specify the following details here Branch Code Select the branch cod
69. You can maintain the following parameters for your account here m ORACLE Lodgement Book Check this box if you need a lodgement book to be issued for the account Consolidated Cert Reqd Check this box if you need a consolidated certificate to be issued for the account Back Period Entry Allowed Check this box if you need back period entries for the account Referral Required Check this box if you need a referral check for your account Track Receivable Check this box if you prefer to track the receivables for the account Remarks Specify the reason for the account class change Processed Status System displays the status of account class transfer here The drop down list displays the following options e Unprocessed This status is defaulted till the account class transfer is effective e Processed This status is defaulted when the account class transfer is effective zd ORACLE 3 3 5 2 Maintaining IC Special Conditions You can maintain the interest and consolidated charges of the account class in the IC Special Conditions Maintenance screen The system would generate the details by default You can manually maintain the products if IC special condition is applicable for this account account class combination Click Interest button in the Account Class Transfer screen to invoke IC Special Conditions Maintenance screen IC Special Conditions Maintenance Branch Code Interest Start Date Calcul
70. account level Ref Spread Specify the reference spread for the account Rate Flag Select a valid rate flag from the options The following values are available for selection e Pool Code Select this option if you need to apply the rate maintained for the pool to which the account belongs di ORACLE e Contract Level Select this option if you need to apply the rate maintained at contract level Pool Code Select a valid pool code to which the account class belongs from the adjoining option list Reference Rate Select a valid reference rate from the adjoining option list Transaction MIS Code The system generates transaction type of MIS code from the Account Class level You can select a valid MIS code from the adjoining option list if needed Composite MIS Codes The system generates composite type of MIS code from the Customer Maintenance level You can select a valid MIS code from the adjoining option list if needed Cost Codes The system generates cost codes from the Account Class level You can select a valid cost code from the adjoining option list if needed 3 3 5 7 Maintaining Account Status Click Account Status button in the Account Class Transfer screen to invoke Account Status screen Account Status Account Branch Code Account Account Status 4 180f01 Status Description GL Lines HO Lines Credit Debit CB Lines r ORACLE All the parameters are defaulted here Y
71. account moves from one status to the other You can post all debit and credit balances of one account class to a single General Ledger account Conversely you also have the option of posting debits and credits to separate GiLs Ez ORACLE The status codes and the reporting lines for each status may be defined in the Status Details screen Click the GL Lines button in the Account Classes screen to invoke it The screen is as shown below Account Class Description 180f21 y Status Description Rebook Provisioning on Status Change Debit Reporting Lines Credit Reporting Lines Debit Credit Status Details 1015 Account Role Role Description Account Head GL Description You can specify the following details in this screen Status You can select the different status codes applicable to the account class in this field Use the Add icon to define each status and the attributes for the same You can use the navigation icons to move from one status to the other Only status codes with status type Account will be available in the option list if the Status Processing Basis is defined as Contract Account for all branches in the Branch Parameters If the Status Processing Basis is defined as Group CIF level for any branch then the statuses of type Both are available In this case it is mandatory to link all the statuses defined On selection of the status the associated descriptio
72. account results in the account moving to overdraft the account and transaction details will be sent to the Referral Queue Lodgement Book If you wish to allow orders of lodgement books for all accounts that use an account class you can indicate so in the Account Class Maintenance screen by selecting the Lodgement Book option Back Period Entry Allowed if checked indicates that back valued entries can be posted to account belonging to the class as long as the account is open You will be allowed to change this specification for a specific account Integrated Liquidity Management check to indicate that the accounts created under this account class would be part of an ILM Structure Large Debit Balance Tracking Required Check this if you require large debit balance tracking for the account class 18 ORACLE While posting back valued transactions the System verifies whether the Back Period Entry Allowed option has been enabled for the account class If the option has not been enabled an error message is displayed This check is also performed while uploading journal entry transactions Replicate Customer Signature Check this box to indicate that customer signature should be replicated On checking this option the signature of the customer gets defaulted to account level Spend Analysis Spend analysis classifies the debit transactions from an account under different spend classes Check this box to enable spend anal
73. all the conditions are false the account will automatically move to the next available status for which the condition is true The following elements are available based on which you can build a condition for automatic status change You can associate each of these elements with an account in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen The set of elements are as follows e Frozen e Dormant e Nodebits e Nocredits e Stoppayment e Current Status id ORACLE In addition the following elements will also be available for processing e OD overdraft Days e Inactive Days e Overline Days e TOD Temporary Overdraft Days e Customer Classification e Debit Interest OD Days e OD Limit Breach Days e OD Expiry Days e Credit days 3 2 14 1 Status Change for Overdraft Accounts Oracle FLEXCUBE processes the status change for overdraft accounts based on the following rules e Debit Interest OD Days e OD Limit Breach Days e OD Expiry Days e Credit days Debit Interest OD Days The system processes the status change on overdraft account if the customer fails to pay the debit interest of the overdraft account for specified number of days Example OD Utilization date 01 Jan 2011 Days after which Status Change should happen 90 Days Debit interest due date 01 Feb 2011 In this example the system modifies the customer account status based on the status rule maintenance if the customer fails to pay the debit interest
74. aq ete e d tv Ee ete eed eite aeu dede 25 10 18 300 DEGREE CUSTOMER REPORT 5 15 eet rhe etr berti rete trt e pee eset un 26 10 18 1 Contents of the RepoFt Ju eei teg Rute Eee eedem td Ru dpt 27 10 19 NETTING GROUP TRANSACTION REPORT seseesseeee nenne nne 29 10 19 1 Contents of the Report ui ea ete Rte Ete eed uite t RU det 30 10 20 PRINT MAINTENANCE CONTROL LOG ene en nennen enne nennen 32 10 20 1 CONTENTS OF THE REPOTE iu eo qi tte e ett tete e ebbe re eet y See 32 SCREEN GLOSSARY tassa so oeae ssar 1 iu NB FUNCTION ID 1 1 About this Manual 1 1 Introduction This manual is designed to explain the Core Entities module of Oracle FLEXCUBE It provides an overview to the module and provides information on using the Core Entities module of Oracle FLEXCUBE You can further obtain information specific to a particular field by placing the cursor on the relevant field and striking F1 on the keyboard 1 2 Audience This manual is intended for the following User User Roles Role Function Back office managers officers Authorization functions Product Managers Product definition and authorization End of day operators Processing during end of day beginning of day Financial Controller Product Managers Generation of r
75. attributes that uniquely distinguish an account class You can specify the preferences of an account class in the Preference screen To invoke this screen click Preferences button in Account Class Maintenance screen The screen is as shown below Preferences Preferences Limit Check Overdraft Facility Pass Book Facility Track Receivable Account Statistics 0 ou 2 Exclude Same Day Reversal Transactions from Statement Back Period Entry Allowed Interest Statement Available Balance Check Required Referral Required Status Change Automatic Integrated Liquidity Management ATM Project Account Large Debit Balance Tracking Required Daylight Limit No of Days For Salary Block No of Days For Closing Unauthorized Accounts With No Activity No of Days For Closing Authorized Accounts With No Activity Cheque Book Preferences Reorder Level Reorder No of Leaves Max No of Cheque Rejections Turnover Limit Preferences Turnover Limit Code Passbook Preferences RT Charge Product for Passbook Issue Consolidation for Inward Clearing Interest Charges Track Accrued Interest Debit Credit Advices Posting Allowed Lodgment Book Replicate Customer Signature Spend Analysis Cheque Book Auto Reorder of Cheque Book The following are the preferences that you can specify for an account class e Limit Check you can check this box to indicate that a limit check for sufficie
76. bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Type Maintenance Screen KYC Type KYC Type Description KYC Value Details 10M 7 L Type Value KYC Type Value Description Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Here you can specify the following details KYC Type Specify the type of KYC that should be maintained KYC Type Description Specify the description that should be maintained for the specified KYC type 2 8 1 Specifying Value Details You can specify the following KYC value details KYC Type Value Specify the value of the KYC type ORACLE Type Value Description Specify the description for the KYC type value The table below illustrates the KYC types and the possible values for each KYC types KYC Type Possible Values DECLARED Ownership Shareholding KYC SRC INCOME Salary Rental Investment Business Concerns Professional Business Overseas Property Others KYC TYP COMP Sole Proprietor Partnership LLC PSC PJSC Free Zone Enterprise Government Entity Charity Orgn FZ Co Offshore Company FZLLC Others KYC PURPOSE Commercial Individual 129 ORACLE KYC DET PURPOSE COMM Commercial Banking Trade Services Private Banking Investments Loans Retail Banking Null Provide Details KYC DET PURPOSE IND Salary Transfer Savings Investment Loan Re
77. batch process executes at the frequency maintained in the Branch Parameters screen for your branch and not at the frequency maintained in the Account Classes screen e The currency in which the provisioning amount must be calculated either account currency or local currency e Default exposure category for accounts using the account class e Event class for which the provisioning accounting entries would be defined The specifications you make here are inherited by any account that uses the account class In addition to these preferences you must also indicate e The accounting roles and heads representing the GLs to which the accounting entries for provisioning must be passed for each account status e Whether provisioning entries for an account must be rebooked when provisioning is done after an automatic status change for the account You can maintain these details for each account status in the Status Details screen 3 2 10 Maintaining Escrow Details The following Escrow details can be maintained for the account class ORACLE Escrow Transfer Applicable Check this box to enable Escrow transfer for the accounts belonging to the selected account class Transaction Code Select the Transaction Code to be used for Escrow transfer from the adjoining option list The option list displays only those transaction codes which are not enabled for Escrow processing at the Transaction Code Maintenance screen 9 This is a
78. batch scans all the customer records to check whether the customers qualify for FATCA The batch identifies the FATCA classified customer records and marks them in FATCA classification data stores The FATCACOM batch should be run at least once so that the existing customer records can be scanned to check if they are eligible for FATCA The processing logic of the batch is available under the section FATCA Classification Data Population into Data Stores 4 8 1 1 Maintenance In order to enable this batch you need to maintain the following details in Batch EOD Function Input screen Function ID Specify the function ID as FATCACOM End of Cycle Group Select the end of cycle group Transaction Input Report Orientation Select Not Applicable For further details regarding Batch EOD Function Input screen refer to the chapter Automated End of Cycle Operations in the Automated End of Day user manual 4 8 2 Processing FATCAINC Batch FATCAINC batch checks whether a change in the customer records affects the existing FATCA classification of a customer This batch identifies such customer records and marks them in FATCA classification Data stores The data in the FATCA data store is picked up by the FATCAINC batch to determine any change in their US Indicia or recalcitrant status based on the following conditions e The expected submission date of the documents is less than the current application date and the act
79. be available in the options list from which the customer is selected Branch Code Specify the code of the corresponding branch i ORACLE Customer Category Each customer that you maintain can be categorized under any one of the categories that you have maintained in the Customer Category Maintenance screen Select from the list and indicate the Category under which the particular customer is to be categorized You need to capture the basic details for each customer regardless of the type of customer you are maintaining Private Customer Select the check box to indicate that the customer type is private The five parameters listed on top are the five lines along which you maintain customer details These details have been classified into the following broad heads Personal You maintain the attributes for individual customers Corporate You maintain the attributes for all corporate customers Additional Additional tab contains additional information of the individual corporate and bank customers Director Director tab consists of the director s basic information Auxiliary Auxiliary tab contains the information about the auxiliary department Check Check List tab provides the information about documents and its remarks if any List To define the basic details of the customer click on the tab titled Main The details that you can specify for a customer depend on the type of customer who
80. belong to any one of the types mentioned above Account Code As per your bank s requirement you can choose to classify account classes into different account codes The bank can decide the manner in which the account classes are to be assigned to different account codes An account code can consist of a maximum of four characters Depending on the customer account mask maintained the value in the account code field would be used during the generation of customer account numbers through the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen If you have decided to include account code as part of the customer account number in the account number mask then at the time of creating a new customer account number you will need to select the account class for the account number being generated In the option list provided the account class is displayed along with the associated account code When the account number gets populated it is the account code that forms a part of the customer account number Start Date Specify the date from which the account class should become active using the adjoining calendar You will be able to create accounts under this account class from this date End Date You can also specify the life span of the account class by indicating the end date The end date for an account class refers to the termination date after which creation of new account under the account class is disallowed Consequently the option list for A
81. by 02 May 2011 OD Limit Breach Days The system processes the status change on OD account if the OD limit of the overdraft account is breached for a specified number of days The system tracks the overdraft limit breach days based on the utilizations done at the line level Example Upward Revision of Overdraft Limits ORACLE OD Utilization date 01 Jan 2011 OD Limit 10000 USD OD Limit Breach Date 01 Feb 2011 Utilization as of 01 Feb 12000 USD OD Limit Revision Date 01 Mar 2011 OD Limit Revised 15000 USD Days after which Status Change should happen 90 Days In this example the system will not modify the customer account status on 02 May 2011 because the OD limit has been revised as of 01 Mar 2011 Downward Revision of Overdraft Limits OD Utilization date 01 Jan 2011 OD Limit 10000 USD Utilization as of 01 Feb 9000 USD OD Limit Revision Date 01 Mar 2011 OD Limit Revised 7000 USD Days after which Status Change should happen 90 Days In this example OD Limit has been revised as of 01 Mar 2011 which results in the OD limit breach In this case the system modifies the customer account status after the specified number of days from 01 Mar 2001 if the OD limit continues to be in breach OD Expiry Days The system processes the status change on overdraft account if the OD utilization of the overdraft account is not settled beyond the expiry date Example OD Utilization date 01 Jan 2011 OD Limit
82. calendar button Activity Specify the details of the activity Activity Reason Specify the reason for the activity Dairy Note Specify the dairy note 146 ORACLE 2 9 3 Financial Customer Tab You can specify the KYC details of financial customers using the KYC Financial Profile screen You can invoke this screen by clicking Corporate Customer tab in the KYC Maintenance Screen The screen is as shown below Account Financial Details Bank Address Country KYC Amounts Currency Transaction Products Management Details 101 i i 101 Transaction Products Rating Monthly Oo Name Designation 4 lt Shareholders Details 10f1 Holding Address Country Here you can specify the following details Bank Address Specify the address of the bank Country Specify the country of the financial customer KYC Amounts CCY Specify the currency of the KYC amounts Specifying Transaction Products Specify the following details Pu ORACLE Transaction Products Specify the name of the transaction product Rating Specify the rating of the product Monthly No of Transactions Specify the number of monthly transactions Monthly Amount Specify the monthly amount Specifying Management Details Specify the following details Name Specify the name of the manager Designation Specify the designation of the manager Specifying Share Holders Details Specify
83. characters alphanumeric in each line Only characters specified in SWIFT standards are permissible Country Along with the permanent address specify the country of permanent residence of the customer Incorporation Incorporation consists of the corporate details of the corresponding organization You need to specify the following details Date Specify the date on which the customer s company was registered as an organization Capital Specify the initial investment in the company Net Worth Specify the net worth of the company Country Specify the Country of registration of the office of the corporate Currency of Amounts Specify the Currency in which you specify the particular customer s various financial details like the Net worth of the customer organization the total Paid Up capital etc Additional Details Additional Details contains the details to Know Your Customer KYC KYC refers to Know Your Customer KYC details for customers are maintained using KYC Details screen The system generates a KYC Reference Number during this maintenance You need to specify the following KYC information ORACLE Status Select the status of the customer KYC Reference Specify the KYC Reference Number The option list displays all valid KYC reference numbers generated Choose the appropriate one The system will link the KYC details of the selected reference number to the customer CIF National ID
84. charge is to be waived 5 1 1 Maintenance Required for Referral Processing For the successful processing of referrals in Oracle FLEXCUBE you will need to maintain the following details 5 1 1 1 Enabling Referral Required Option You will need to enable the Referral Required option in the following maintenance screens e Customer Account Class Maintenance Enabling this option would indicate whether a referral check should be performed on accounts belonging to the account class Consequently the system checks the available balance not the current balance while performing the referral checks for all transactions involving the account e Customer Accounts Maintenance The Referral Required option is defaulted from the account class linked to the account However you can change it for a specific account If an account is marked for referral the details of transactions resulting in the account moving into Overdraft will be referred to the Referral Queue ORACLE e Product Preferences screens of the Funds Transfer Standing Instructions Payment and Collections modules and the Product Definition screen of the Clearing module While maintaining the details of an FT SI PC or CG product you can indicate whether transactions involving the product need to be considered for referral checks Enabling this option indicates whether the product needs to be considered for referral If a product is marked for referral the details of transactions
85. class is being defined This would be used for tracking NPA s on current and savings accounts 7 Maintaining status wise GLs for provisioning 8 Identifying the reporting lines GL Line Central Bank Lines and the Head Office Lines for each status ORACLE 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Maintaining account statement details like the type of statement that is to be generated the frequency at which statements should be generated for all accounts under a class Indicating the preferences unique to an account class like the check book passbook or ATM facilities to be given to account holders under this account class whether overdraft facility should be allowed for accounts linked to this class whether the credit limit should be checked for all accounts under the class interest and charges to be computed for accounts under this class Specifying preferences regarding account holder facilities interest computation etc Indicating whether status change for all accounts belonging to the account class should be automatic or manual Identifying and assigning preferred branches currencies and customers to the account class Specifying whether receivables should be tracked for the account class This specification will default to all accounts that are linked to this account class Specifying whether reordering of Cheque Books for all accounts linked to this account class should be triggered automaticall
86. creating a customer You need to specify the following details Location Each customer code should be associated with a location code The location is indicative of the place of residence of your customer The option list positioned next to this field contains a list of all the location codes maintained in the Location Details maintenance screen You can select the appropriate code to identify the place of residence of your customer Given below is an illustration of how a location code is associated with the CIF record of a customer n ORACLE You would like to maintain the CIF details of your customer Silas Marner Although Silas Marner is Irish he is a resident of London and lives in the northern part of London Your entries in the respective fields of the CIF Maintenance screen should be as follows Fields in Oracle FLEXCUBE Your entry Customer Code SILASO1 Nationality IRS Ireland Location Code NL1 North London Options Spend Analysis The system displays the status of spend analysis from the Account Class Maintenance screen For more details on the Quick Customer Account Opening screen refer to the section Quick CASA Account Opening in the chapter Maintaining Customer Accounts of the Oracle FLEXCUBE Current and Savings Account User Manual 2 3 5 Specifying MIS Details You can capture Management Information System details for the account us
87. debit movements on the account if you select this option e Frozen if selected no activity will be allowed on the account e Posting Allowed if checked posting of accounting entries will be allowed in the account Status Change Automatic You can select this option if you want the subsequent status change for the account to be performed automatically by the system After the account moves to the new status specified here all subsequent status movements will be triggered automatically during the EOD run for the branch However the changes will come into effect only upon authorization of the details maintained here At a later date you can switch back to the manual mode by unchecking this option and having the same authorized The manual status movement that you specify in this screen has to be authorized for the new status of the account to come into effect 3 2 14 3 Maintaining Status Change Processing For accounts marked with automatic status change you can execute a batch process at EOD to trigger the status movement and other associated changes Use the Account Status Update Processing screen available in the Application Browser to begin the batch process If the Status Processing Basis defined for the branch is Group CIF level the worst status for all loans and overdrafts accounts is calculated for a Group CIF level This status is displayed in the respective Group CIF screens as well as at the respective account and c
88. details final expiry date e System process with unmarking of Black list Customer unmarking of Black list Account granting chequebook facility for the respective customer account dd ORACLE STNSFCB batch is used only for marking Central bank Blacklisted status Not for Internal and Over the counter black listed 3 2 2 18 Maintaining Document Details You can capture the customer related documents in central content management repository through the Document Upload screen Click Documents button to invoke this screen Document Upload Document Upload 101 18 Document Category Document Type Document Reference Remarks Upload N CARD 28 PAN CARD az 2 1PM 000986 c usw Here you need to specify the following details Document Category Specify the category of the document to be uploaded Document Type Specify the type of document that is to be uploaded Document Reference The system generates and displays a unique identifier for the document Remarks Specify the additional information if any ORACLE Upload Click Upload button to open the Document Upload sub screen The Document Upload sub screen is displayed below Document Upload Document Upload 14 4 10 gt Document Category Document Type Document Reference v ADDRESSPROOF 8 ai c Document Upload Doc
89. discounted from the computed consolidated charges Discount Amount Specify a flat amount to be discounted from the computed consolidated charges m ORACLE 3 3 5 5 Specifying Statement Details Click Statement button in the Account Class Transfer screen to invoke Statement screen Statement Primary Account Statement Type None Summary Detailed Cycle On Secondary Account Statement Type None Summary Detailed Cycle On Tertiary Account Statement Type None Summary Detailed Exclude Same Day Reversal Transactions from Statement Specify the following parameters for each of the valid account type Primary A c Statement You can generate account statement periodically for primary account type Type Select the statement type to be generated from the options The following values are available for selection e None Select this option if you do not need an account statement e Summary Select this option if you need a brief account statement e Detailed Select this option if you need a detailed account statement Cycle Select the frequency to generate statement from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Annual Select this option if you need to generate the statement annually e Semi Annual Select this option if you need to generate the statement half yearly ORACLE e Quarterly Select this option if you need to generate the statement quarterly e Monthly S
90. e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wish to print the report from the adjoining option list ORACLE 10 10 1 Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The contents of the report are discussed under the following heads Header The header carries the title of the report branch code branch name module code report generation date and time user ID of the user who generated the report and the page number of the report Body of the Report Customer No Indicates the customer identification number of the customer who is marked as blacklisted customer Event No Indicates the Event number Action No Indicates the Action Number Action Comp Indicates the Action Component Status Indicates the Status Remarks Indicates the Remarks Err Code Indicates the Error Code Err Desc Indicates the Error Description Action Date Indicates the Action Date 10 11 Netting Report You can generate a Customer Currency and Date wise report to retrieve details of contracts amounts that were netted You can specify the following preferences for the report e Report Type You can indicate whether the report should contain details of contracts amounts that have the same Value Date or whether the details should be generated as per the Netting Reference Number If you indic
91. eese enne nennen ene 27 3 2 15 Maintaining Sequence for Funds Allocation eese eene eene 34 3 2 16 Maintaining Transaction Restrictions for Account Class eese nennen nennen 36 3 2 17 Maintaining Details of Account Statements Generation eene 37 3 2 18 Specifying Regulation D Applicability for Account Class esee eene 42 3 2 19 Assigning Preferred Branches Currencies and Customers esee eene 43 3 2 20 Maintaining Branch Preferences iei neret enne eu ae ho er eren nn 44 3 2 21 Maintaining Currency Preferences eese eet triti eta te e e ab eee eve Io d naa veste ei 44 7 3 2 22 Maintaining Customer 45 3 223 Maintaining Notice Preferences usse t b t EO RERO RU n Ere PH Per 47 3 3 MAINTAINING NSF CHEQUE 49 3 3 1 Action Components in NSF Level eet eee e ee Re ag e p drei ee erai 51 3 3 2 Maintaining Advice Message for NSF 1 1 53 3 3 3 Maintaining NSF Cheque Parameter 54 3 3 4 Mutual Settlement Transaction eee eain tki a iiiar EEE Enina 58 3 3 5 Maintaining Account Class Transfer eese eene retener enne tenen trennen trenes nein 60 3 3 6 Processing Account Class Transfer enne esas trennen trennen rene ene 78 3 3 7 Viewing Account Class Transfer
92. ene 29 2 2 8 Maintaining Professional Details of Individual Customers eene ene 30 2 2 9 Capturing UDF Values for Customers esee eene eterne enne neret entren nennen rennen 31 2 2 10 Special Customer ee deir rr aei ipee PE e etri o Rei rn 32 2 2 11 Other Basic Customer Information eese trennen eene enne enne ennen 34 2 2 12 Viewing Debit Card Details ed pee n ete t ree e Pg pe ER DRE 36 2 2 13 Viewing OFAC Check Response eddie de ere ter rei t ke ERR 37 2 214 Viewing KYC Details certe hr e e ere re PC e ER DRE err 38 2 2 15 Maintaining Joint Venture Details esee trennen rennen entente 48 2 210 Maintaining Account Details eeepc erede tee t ipee Heber ERE REI 49 2 2 17 Maintaining NSF Blacklisted Details esses nennen nennen eene emet enne 50 2 2 18 Maintaining Document Details eee ai tenen neet nente entere enne 60 2 2 19 Maintaining Limits Details i it aude e e tr ate IE aee RE MO entren CEP cates e RP ENTER GRE 62 2 2 20 Maintaining Customer Account Details eese eene enne nennen eene etre enne nnne 67 2 2 21 Maintaining Employer Details eese eee enne entente neee teste en rennen eene enne enne 71 2 2 22 Maintaining Waiver for Customer Tax 71
93. external system and source operation the amendment fails e list of fields available in the LOV that be amended for a particular Service and Operation combination is factory shipped for your bank You can add or remove fields based on your requirement To delete an element from the list of amendable fields you can use Delete icon To add an element to the same you can use the Add icon 2 2 25 Specifying Details for Generation of MT920 The SWIFT message MT920 is a transaction message requesting latest information available for the particular account The request will be to transmit account customer statement message MT940 or Balance report MT941 or Interim statement MT942 or a customer summary statement MT950 Check the MT920 checkbox only if the customer is eligible for requesting MT920 swift messages for transaction details In the Customer Maintenance screen you can indicate if a customer is eligible for requesting MT920 messages To do this you need to click MT920 button in the Customer Information Maintenance screen and invoke the MT920 screen d ORACLE The screen is shown below 920 100 BIC Code Account Here you can enter the following details BIC Code Enter or select valid BIC from the option list This BIC Code information provided by you is crucial Account Number Once you specify the BIC code you can enter the relevant Accou
94. following details e Your bank s name address and identification number e customer s name social security number and address e Plan product types that are being reported e distribution code and description e Gross distribution this is the total distribution amount for the distribution code that you have chosen across all the selected plan types e Taxable amount this is the same as the total gross distribution amount e Total distribution this is a confirmation that the gross distribution amount mentioned in the form is the total distribution for the selected distribution code ORACLE e Federal Income Tax withheld this is the total amount withheld as tax for all the distributions from all the selected plan product types for the selected distribution code 10 6 4 Filing IRS Forms Electronically IRS regulations stipulate that any entity filing 250 or more forms of each type must do so in electronic or magnetic form You can access IRS s Filing Information Returns Electronically FIRE system over a dial up network and through a browser or through communication software like ProComm You can log on to the system using the logon name password and PIN provided to you by the IRS 10 7 Report for NSF Returned Cheque You can generate NSF report to list the returned cheque details You can invoke Cheque Return Data Over Counter screen by typing STRNSFC in the field at the top right corner of the
95. for tracking exposure due to loans and customer accounts you will need to specify the applicable exposure category The exposure category for a group is either derived from the logic maintained in the Exposure Type Category Linkage maintenance for the group type or explicitly specified If it is derived it is displayed in this screen by the End of Day batch program The type of the group indicates the type of customers that belong to the group retail or corporate If no logic has been maintained in the Exposure Type Category Linkage for the group type you can indicate the applicable exposure category for the group Group Status All loans and overdraft accounts issued to customers in the group will be assigned the same status which will be the status of the loan overdraft account with the worst status among those issued to customers in the group The Group CIF and the loan contracts and overdraft accounts are all updated with this worst status if they have been marked for automatic status processing The individual status for the accounts and loan contracts apart from assigning the worst status is also captured and displayed In the Group Code Maintenance screen and the CIF Maintenance screen the status for the group is displayed as well as the date since which the status came into effect For details about loan status processing and provisioning consult the Loans user manual Customer Group When you maintain CIF details for c
96. information based the following parameters e Account Number e Account Description e Customer Number e Customer Name e Currency e Account Class e Linked Customer e Linked Account ORACLE Linked Customer Check Linked Customer and provide Customer Number then click Query button to view all the Account Numbers of the customer and its linked customers Linked Account Check Linked Account and provide Account Number then press F7 to enter query and F8 to execute query in order to view all account numbers of the customer of the account The displayed values are based on the query fields provided 9 You can query or modify the account details of the customers whose accounts are permitted to you for the query modification in the Group Code Restriction screen If you are allowed to query customer information the following account balance details are displayed based on the query parameters provided Account Number Account Description Currency Current Balance Available Balance Utilized Line Amount TOD Limit Total Available Balance Uncollected Funds Amount Blocked Sublimit Uncollected Funds Limit Accrued Interest Debit Accrued Interest Credit Customer Name The following account status details are displayed based on the query parameters provided Status Dormant No Debit No Credit Frozen The account status details can also be viewed by placing the cursor the Account Number field and pressing t
97. is settled then the system executes the NSF formula for all the NSF cheque transactions except NSF transaction E Manual Settlement Transactions New Reference Number Cheque Details Cheque Number CG Ref No Branch Code Cheque Date Customer Details Customer No Name Transaction Date Cheque Amount Cheque Process Status Manual Settlement Settlement Transaction Status Settled Remarks Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Specify the following here Reference No System defaults the unique reference number to identify the manual settlement transaction Customer Details Customer No Select the customer number from the adjoining option list Customer Name Specify the name of the customer P ORACLE Manual Settlement Settlement Transaction Status Select the settlement transaction status from the drop down list The options available are e Settled e Not Settled Remarks Specify the remarks for the manual clearance Cheque Details Cheque No Select the cheque number from the adjoining option list CG Ref No System defaults the clearing reference number based on the cheque number Branch Code System defaults the bank code to which the cheque has been cleared Cheque Date System displays the value date of the cheque transaction Transaction Date System displays the date of transaction for the cheque Cheque Amount System displays the cheq
98. last 3 years flag is Yes If the country in domicile address is US e lf the customer is a corporate then the customer record satisfies US indicia if any one or more of the following conditions are met gt gt gt If country in correspondence address is US If the nationality is US If the international dialing code for telephone number is that of US If the international dialing code for mobile number is that of US If the international dialing code for FAX number is that of US If the country in registered address is US If the Country of Incorporation is US If the international dialing code for mobile number is that of US for at least one of the directors If the international dialing code for telephone number is that of US for at least one of the directors If the country in mailing address is US for at least one of the directors If the country in permanent address is US for at least one of the directors If the US permanent residence Status is Yes for at least one of the directors If the nationality is US for at least one of the directors 4 6 e Ifthe customer is a financial institution then the US Indicia should be Y Viewing Customer FATCA Classification You can view the FATCA Classification details of the customers maintained in the Customer FATCA Classification screen using the Customer FATCA Classification Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSCFCLF in the field at the top
99. license restrictions applicable to the programs No other rights are granted to the U S Government This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications including applications that may create a risk of personal injury If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate failsafe backup redundancy and other measures to ensure its safe use Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law you may not use copy reproduce translate broadcast modify license transmit distribute exhibit perform publish or display any part in any form or by any means Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of this software unless required by law for interoperability is prohibited The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error free If you find any errors please report them to us in writing This software or hardware and documentation may provide access t
100. list key in a prefix of your choice ORACLE First Name Specify the First of the customer Middle Name Specify the Middle name of the customer Last Name Specify the Last name of the customer Telephone ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the telephone number Telephone Number Specify the telephone number of the customer Mobile ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the mobile number Mobile Number Specify the mobile number of the customer Fax ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the fax number Fax Number Specify the fax number of the customer Email Id Specify the email address of the customer Sex Specify the gender of the customer Communication Mode Indicate the mode of the communication to the customer to intimate about the beneficiary account credit You can select one of the following options e Mobile e Email ID a ORACLE The above field is enabled only for the product that uses the clearing network i e Network Qualifier of the Clearing network should be NEFT National ID Specify the national identification number or national social security number of the customer Birth Place Specify the birth place of the customer Birth Country Specify the birth country of the customer Date of Birth Specify the date of birth of the customer Language As part of maintaining customer accounts and transacting on behalf of your customer you
101. list to view the instructions maintained for that customer The following details of the record get displayed e Authorization Status e Record Status e Instruction Details This facility is generic for all the screens but you can make modifications for these instructions can query modify and amend other branch transactions through the summary screen only 3 3 10 Maintaining Lead Details You can capture details of products and offers that are rendered to a customer and the response of the customer to the same in the Lead Input screen To invoke this screen type STDLEDMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application toolbar and click the adjoining arrow button Lead Details Lead Id Customer No Address 1 Address 2 Email Address 3 Telephone Address 4 First Name Area of Interest Last Name Remarks Product Code Offer Details 1010 oO Product Code Product Description Interested Flag Oo u Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Specify the following details Pe ORACLE Lead Id The system displays the lead identification number Customer No Specify the customer identification number whose request is being maintained The adjoining option displays all the customer numbers that are maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one E mail The system will display the customer s email address based on the customer number selecte
102. maintain the authorized customer name variations through the Customer Names screen Invoke this screen by typing STDCIFNM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Names Customer Number Customer Name Customer Name Detail HEE Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Authorized Open In this screen you have to capture valid customer names which have to be associated with Customer Numbers maintained in Oracle FLEXCUBE Because of this maintenance each time an incoming FT or PC contact is processed the System validates the account number and name involved in the transaction with the authorized customer name If the validation is successful the customer name is added to the existing list and the contract is marked as authorized If the validation fails the contract is marked as unauthorized Even during manual authorization of such contracts an override is displayed asking whether the customer name needs to be added to the existing list It will be added to the existing list on confirming the override ne ORACLE 2 7 6 Maintaining Float Days for Outward Clearing Customer Transactions Float days applicable for arriving at the Credit Value Date for outward clearing customer transactions are defined through the Float Days Detailed screen Invoke this screen by typing STDFLTDS in the field at the to
103. maintained in the Customer Type wise FATCA Parameters screen using the Customer Type Wise FATCA Parameters Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSFATCA in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Type Wise FATCA Parameters Summary Case Sensitive Authorization Status Record Status Customer Type Threshold Currency Threshold Amount 7 Advanced Search Records perpage 15 1 0f 1 Authorization Status Record Status Customer Type Threshold Currency Threshold Amount In the above screen you can base your queries on any or all of the following parameters and fetch records e Authorization Status e Record Status e Customer Type e Threshold Currency e Threshold Amount Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The records meeting the selected criteria are displayed If you are allowed to query customer information then system displays the following details pertaining to the fetched records e Authorization Status e Record Status e Customer Type e Threshold Currency e Threshold Amount Maintaining Customer FATCA Classification You can maintain the FATCA classification details of a customer in the Customer FATCA Classification screen if the US Indicia conditions are satisfied or changed To invoke this screen type STDCFCLF in the fiel
104. mandatory input if Escrow transfer is enabled for the account class Transaction Code for Reversal Select the transaction code to be used for Escrow Reversal transactions from the adjoining option list The option list displays only those transaction codes which are not enabled for Escrow processing at the Transaction Code Maintenance screen During account class amendment the system does not allow you to disable Escrow process for an account class if a Project account has been created using that account class Cash Deposit Limit on Trust Account If you have checked the box Escrow Transfer Applicable you will have to specify the maximum cash that can be deposited in the Trust accounts under this account class 3 2 11 Maintaining Status Codes for Account Class Current and Savings accounts that have not generated any interest over a specific period or have remained inactive with interest overdue may be identified as NPAs Non Performing Asset In Oracle FLEXCUBE you can assign different status codes to an account class which will be applicable to all the accounts under it The accounts will move from one status to the other based on the number of days they have remained inactive in the system The status of an account will determine whether the account should be marked as an or not Further you can also specify the reporting lines for GL Central Bank and Head Office to which accounting entries should be passed when an
105. mandatory requirement you have to associate the status NORM Normal when maintaining status codes for an account class Accounting Roles and Heads for Provisioning In addition to the provisioning preferences that you specify for an account class you must also maintain the accounting roles and heads representing the GLs to which the accounting entries for provisioning must be passed for each account status You can maintain this information in the Status Details screen when you define each of the status codes Rebook Provisioning on Status Change In the Status Details screen you can indicate whether provisioning entries for an account must be rebooked when provisioning is done after an automatic status change for the account Rebooking essentially means that fresh provisioning is done after writing back the previous provisioning amount The provisioning batch process when executed not only computes the provisioning amount it also records the current status of the account and checks whether the current status is different from the status that was prevalent when the process was previously executed If so the old provisioning amount is reversed ifthe Rebook Provision option has been set in the Status Details and the entries for the new provisioning amount are booked into the provisioning and write back GLs maintained for the current status in the Status Details If the Rebook Provision has not been set there is no reversal of th
106. n e tae re re ie tree eia eder e eben 98 2 3 5 Specifying MIS Details itd eee bees aeri be idee ee oe ERR 99 2 3 6 Specifying UDF te te e pen te rir erre 99 2 3 7 Specifying Details to Change Log eee iret RR IH ERE EP bre RR Renata 99 2 3 6 Viewing Quick Customer Addition Summary eee 100 24b CUSTOMER SEGMENT terrere tone ieri pg teen etre rend 101 2 4 1 Maintaining Customer 5 eene nennen trennen eren rennen tenete teneret trennen 102 2 4 2 Viewing Customer Segment Summary screen eese 103 2 4 3 Associating Segment Code to Customer sese ener nnne trennen eren 104 2 4 4 Viewing Customer Segment Association Summary Screen essere 106 2 4 5 Viewing Customer Net Worth Report eese eene eene een rennen erte trennen nenne 107 2 5 VIEWING CUSTOMER INFORMATION eee eee nnne ee nennen nennen nennen nennen enne 108 2 6 SEARCHING FOR CUSTOMERS eese eene nnne nennen en enne tenete tenni nee teen E 110 BI MULTIPLE RELATIONSHIPS a dece tet tese eer see prd te ei eror RI EET Re iere ES 111 2 7 1 Maintaining Types of 1 112 2 7 2 Maintaining Relationships between Customers eese enne 113 2 7 3 Maintaining Customer 116 2 7 4 Capturing Customer Prefixes sie cies
107. number of the power of attorney holder 2 ORACLE If the FATCA is enabled at the bank and the check box Power of Attorney is checked here then it is mandatory to specify the Power of Attorney information Beneficially Owned Company Details Name of the company Location of the company Percentage of the holding Annual income of the company Line of business of the company Source of Income Whether salary is a source of income Whether rental is a source of income Whether investment is a source of income Whether business concern is a source of income Whether professional business is a source of income 41 ORACLE 2 2 14 2 Viewing Details of Corporate Customers KYC Corporate Profile screen gives an account of the KYC profile details for corporate customers Click Corporate Customer tab in the Maintenance screen The system displays KYC Corporate Profile screen The screen is as shown below Corporate Profile Bl compliance Audit HO Details Customer and Sponsor s Information Reason of Account Nature of Business Groups Name Purpose of Account Nature of Business Parent Company Country Opening Product Traded of Incorporation Others Main Source of Funds Type of Company Borrowing Account Group Others Annual Turnover KYC Amounts Currency GBP Details of Key Person 10f KYCld Position OrTitle Relationship Nationality Address Country 150 Code Telephone Num
108. of attorney holder Country Specify the country of the power of attorney holder Telephone ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the telephone number Telephone Number Specify the telephone number of the power of attorney holder b ORACLE Beneficially Owned Company Details You can specify the details of the beneficially owned company in the following fields Company Name Specify the name of the company Location Specify the location of the company 96 Holding Specify the percentage of holding Annual Income Specify the annual income of the company Line of Business Specify the line of business of the company Source of Income You can specify various sources of income in the following fields Salary Check this box to indicate that salary is a source of income Rental Check this box to indicate that rent is a source of income Investment Check this box to indicate that investment is a source of income Business concern Check this box to indicate that the business concern is a source of income Professional Business Check this box to indicate that the professional business is a source of income es ORACLE 2 9 2 Corporate Customer Tab You can specify the KYC profile details for corporate customer in the KYC Corporate Profile Screen You can invoke this screen by clicking Corporate Customer tab in the KYC Maintenance screen KYC Corporate Profile Bl compliance Audit HO Deta
109. of the Report Customer The CIF Number full Name and mailing address of the Information customer as recorded in the CIF Maintenance screen Plan Type The plan type involving the plan Plans Held This information includes Plan Number Plan Balances current year only Plan Balance Total Contributions Excess Contributions Total Distributions Total Employer Contributions where applicable Excess Employer Contributions Plan Remarks if any ORACL 10 4 Charge Advice Reports This advice is sent to all customers on whom you are levying a charge as a result of the IRA Charge set up The system generates this advice automatically as part of the EOD processes on the day the charge liquidation takes place 10 4 1 Contents of the Report Apart from the header the following details are printed for the report Body of the Report Customer The CIF Number full Name and mailing address of the Information customer as recorded in the CIF Maintenance screen Charge Code The Code associated with the Charge for which you are charging the customer Charge Level Indicates the level at which charging is being done CIF Level or Plan level Plan Type The plan type involving the plan Charge Amount and The charge is always charged in the local currency of your Currency branch Liquidation Date The date on which the charge amount was liquidated Debit Account The Branch Account Number a
110. re repete ds 3 10 4 CHARGE ADVICE REPORTS steve erri here e Pr etie EP E ERES 4 LOAD Contents of the Report se rr pee ee ER ORDER e rp Ue e ett CE 4 10 5 IRSFORM 9498 need D pee PERI RR REPRE E HP HERR DERE os satiated 4 10 5 1 Generating Form 5498 as Part of Initial Filing esee nee eene 5 10 5 2 Generating Form 5498 after Tax Filing essent nre 5 10 5 3 Details printed on Form 5498 2 10 6 IRS FORM 1099 nie inte ty neni ek Ay ve aise erie din eee LESER STER Mete cer Ie reden 5 10 6 1 Generating Form 1099 R as Part of Initial Filing eese nee 6 10 6 2 Generating Form 1099 R after Tax Filing 6 10 6 35 Details printed on Form 1099 R sss trente 6 10 6 4 Filing IRS Forms Electronically iy isre aresep enoe ennt nennen een nest eren rennen ennt 7 10 7 REPORT FOR NSF RETURNED 7 10 21 Contents Of the Report essc hee beh Pe Ie ENTIRE reper eo aar seb reu ed 8 10 8 REPORT OF BLACKLISTED CUSTOMERS nnn 9 10 8 1 Coritentsof the Report Pe epe es desee cecus 10 10 9 REPORT OF BLACKLISTED CUSTOMERS FROM CENTRAL BANK eee en eene ennemi
111. record into FATCA CLASSIFICATION data store with the following parameters e US Indicia Present flag set to Y e FATCA Classification set to PENDING CLASSIFICATION e Tracking Required flag set to Y The system inserts a record into FATCA CLASSIFICATION LOG data store with the reason for logging as NEW US Indicia Present The system also sets the US Indicia match criteria to the appropriate matching criteria and US Indicia Updated flag to Y 5 If the system finds that the customer record already exists in the FATCA classification data store there can be the following situations e US Indicia flag is set to N In this case the system updates the customer record in the FATCA CLASSIFICATION data store with the following details gt US Indicia Present flag updated to Y gt FATCA Classification set to PENDING CLASSIFICATION gt Tracking Required flag updated to Y The system inserts a record into FATCA CLASSIFICATION LOG data store with the reason for logging as CHANGE US Indicia Present The system also sets the US Indicia match criteria to the appropriate matching criteria and US Indicia Updated flag to Y e US Indicia flag is set to Y and the customer s FATCA classification is maintained as Reportable in FATCA Parameters Maintenance In this case the system checks document status for Recalcitrant flag fthe expected
112. standing of the customer would be considered for status processing You can set up these classifications in the Customer Classification Details screen You must specify an appropriate classification code and description You can invoke this screen by typing STDCCMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Classification Maintenance 1 New Customer Classification Description Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Authorized Open For instance you could set up the following classifications e Good for customers with no bad loans and no accounts with outstanding overdrafts e Unstable for customers with a few bad loans and accounts with outstanding overdrafts 4 ORACLE e Not Good for customers with many bad loans and accounts with outstanding overdrafts e Deteriorate for customers with mostly bad loans and accounts with outstanding overdrafts e for customers with only bad loans and accounts with outstanding overdrafts Customer Classification When you specify CIF details for a customer in the Customer Information Maintenance screen you can also specify the appropriate classification for the customer Description Enter a description for the classification 6 6 Setting up Exposure Categories You can maintain the different categories under which you wish to track total exposure due t
113. that the beneficial owner is a resident If you do not check this option the system will not consider the owner as a resident Politically Exposed Person Check this box to indicate that the beneficial owner is a politically exposed person PEP Remarks Specify the remarks about the declaration of the beneficial owner as politically exposed person Local Address Specify the local address of the beneficial owner Country Specify the country code of the beneficial owner Home Country Address Specify the home country address of the beneficial owner Home Country Specify the home country of the beneficial owner Permanent US Resident Status Check this box to indicate that the beneficial owner has a valid US residence status Visited US in last 3 years Check this box to indicate that the beneficial owner has visited US in the last three years Nationality Specify the nationality of the beneficial owner Birth Place Specify the place of birth of the beneficial owner Birth Country Specify the birth country of the beneficial owner Birth Date Specify the birth date of the beneficial owner Lis ORACLE Office ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the office telephone number Office Tel Number Specify the telephone number of the beneficial owner s office Residence ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the home telephone number Residence Tel No Specify the residential telephone number of t
114. the Exposure Type Category Linkage for the group type you can indicate the applicable exposure category for the group Group Code When you maintain CIF details for customers in the Customer Information Maintenance screen you can specify the customer group to which the customer belongs for provisioning and status processing You must specify a group code defined for a group type that is the same as the customer type for instance if the customer is a retail customer you must specify a group defined for retail customers 3 ORACLE Group Status All loans and overdraft accounts issued to customers in the group will be assigned the same status which will be the status of the loan overdraft account with the worst status among those issued to customers in the group The Group CIF and the loan contracts and overdraft accounts are all updated with this worst status if they have been marked for automatic status processing The individual status for the accounts and loan contracts apart from assigning the worst status is also captured and displayed In the Group Code Maintenance screen and the CIF Maintenance screen the status for the group is displayed as well as the date since which the current status came into effect For details about loan status processing and provisioning consult the Loans user manual 6 5 Setting up Customer Classifications for Status Processing You can set up the different classifications under which the financial
115. the UDF details of the customer The screen is as shown below User Defined Fields UDF Details 10m0 gt D 8 3 2 10 Viewing MIS Details Click on the MIS button to invoke MIS screen Here you can view the MIS details of the customer MIS Group v Link to Group Customer MIS Code Composite MIS Code az Customer Code EE EN Change Log Transfer Log 19 ORACLE 8 3 2 11 Viewing Interactions Details Click on Interactions button to invoke Interactions screen You can view customer s interaction details here E Interactions Interactions 10f Semice No RequestType Branch Code AccountNo Status Nature Criteria Contactdate TargetDate You can view the following details related to interactions e Service No e Request Type e Branch Code e Account No e Status e Nature e Criteria e Contact Date e Target Date e Service Details ORACLE 8 3 3 Viewing Deposit Details Click Deposits tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the details of the customer deposits The screen is as shown below 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number KYC Status erified Short Name Since Credit Rating Full Name Reporting Currency Frozen Deceased Whereabouts Unknown Summ
116. the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Annual Select this option if you need to generate the statement annually e Semi Annual Select this option if you need to generate the statement half yearly e Quarterly Select this option if you need to generate the statement quarterly e Monthly Select this option if you need to generate the statement monthly e Fortnightly Select this option if you need to generate the statement fortnightly e Weekly Select this option if you need to generate the statement weekly e Daily Select this option if you need to generate the statement daily On Select a month a date or a day to generate statement from the adjoining drop down list The drop down list displays following values e Displays names of the months when Annual Semi Annual and Quarterly are selected at the Cycle level e Displays numbers from 1 to 31 when Monthly is selected at the Cycle level f ORACLE e Displays names of the week days when Fortnightly and Weekly are selected at the Cycle level e Displays a blank list when Daily is selected at the Cycle level Exclude Same Day Reversal trns from stmt Check this box to exclude details of the transactions reversed on the same day from the generated statement 3 3 5 6 Maintaining MIS Details Click MIS button in the Account Class Transfer screen to invoke Management Information System screen The screen is as show
117. the exposure category under which contracts and accounts must be tracked The exposure category can be derived from the following parameters Category Type You may wish to track the exposure in respect of customers from different categories such as retail or corporate under different exposure categories Amount Limits You may wish to specify an amount range within which the total exposure would be tracked for the customer or group In the Exposure Category Category Type Linkage screen you can link the exposure category to be used for tracking different customer category types and total exposure in respect of a customer group 7 ORACLE Invoke this screen by typing LDDETMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Exposure Category i Category Corporate Basis Amount Currency Exposure Type Details Basis Amount From Basis Amount To Exposure Categon You can view the summary of the exposure category linkages in the Exposure Category Category Type Linkage Summary screen 8 ORACLE Invoke this screen by typing LDSETMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Corporate Deposits Category Type Summary Authorization Status Record Status Category Type z Basis Amount Currency les
118. then the system will consider both all current accounts and savings accounts for executing the actions NSF Cheque Clearance Clearance allowed Check this box to indicate if the cheque is Cleared within the clearance period Clearance with in days Specify the time span for clearance of NSF returned cheque Qu the following e Ifthe cheque is rejected due to NSF in joint account then the entire joint account holder s NSF level will be changed from level1 to level 2 e f you are blacklisted and you are an authorized signatory in a corporate account then the account will not be frozen e If the parameter is set then suppose a cheque is returned and represented for clearance If the cheque is cleared within the specified time then the system will consider the cheque as cleared cheque and up grade the NSF level of the customer SP2 to SP1 e If the parameter is not set then suppose a cheque is returned and represented for clearance If the cheque is cleared even then system will consider the cheque as a retuned cheque and keep the down grated status without any change RE ORACLE 3 3 4 Mutual Settlement Transaction You can settle the NSF rejected cheque transaction through offline settlement in Mutual Settlement Transaction screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDNSFMS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button If the settlement transaction status
119. will need to send periodic updates to your customers in the form of advices statement of accounts and so on You have to indicate the language in which your customer wants the statements and advices to be generated English is defaulted as the language of correspondence you have the option to change the default The list positioned next to the language field contains all the language codes maintained in the SMS module You can select the appropriate Address for Correspondence Address for Correspondence contains the physical address of the customer You need to specify the following address details Name In the lines that are provided you can enter the name of the customer The customer will be addressed by this name in all correspondence sent from the bank These characters should conform to SWIFT standards The number of characters that you can enter in this field is determined by the preference that you specified in the Bank Parameters screen However in the advices and statements that are sent to the customer only the first 35 characters of the name will be displayed Address You can specify the mailing address of the customer in the four rows that are provided In each line you can enter a maximum of 35 alphanumeric characters All characters should conform to SWIFT standards s ORACLE Country This is the country as given in the address of correspondence of this customer Click on the option list positioned nex
120. 1123 1000 E1 Account 3 300 September 5 2004 600502457 6000 E2 Due to some unexpected event all instruments sent for clearing to the sector 600 will be delayed by 2 days In such situations the float extension is to be maintained with the following particulars e ORACLE e Sector Code 600 e Bank Code 502 e Date of execution September 5 2004 e Float days to be extended 2 During Intra day batch the system will check for all instruments posted to the 502 Bank and Sector Code 600 e Instrument affected by value date extension Cheque number 300 e New value date of instrument September 7 2004 2 7 9 Location Maintenance In Oracle FLEXCUBE you have a provision wherein you can maintain location codes You do this through the Account Address Location Maintenance screen Invoke this screen by typing STDACLOC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Account Address Location Maintenance New 9 Enter Query Location Description Default Input By Authorized By Modification Number Authorized open Date Time Date Time Location The relevant location code This pertains to a particular area in a country It cannot be more than 15 characters Description A short description to the location code ORACLE Default If the location code is to be maintained as a default location code the same could be spec
121. 12 10 9 1 Coritenisof the Report iiec ger ee pie erectae p erba tote de eo EE Eee seb eco 13 10 10 REPORT FOR ACTIONS TRIGGERED DURING NSF STATUS CHANGE eene eene 14 10 10 1 Contents of the iota tr Y RO t rt n eer ce e ER ESO 16 10 11 NETTING REPORT ero me bus HR RAE EMN OG ices OnE EESE E EES E EEE AAA EES ATE EE NEM RE 16 10 11 1 Contents of the Report ted e re i e te E e eade Pi YR ce S ERE Sere 17 10 12 COMBINED STATEMENT REPORTS 17 10 12 1 CONTENTS Of the ia ote re Po NR cu sb UE LEER EE 18 10 13 MISSING SIGNATURE REPORT netnet snene seenen sientes Cen nee enint inneren 19 10 13 1 Contents Of the RepoFt i a ott e re DO tu s e e epe Pa ce 20 10 14 LARGE CREDIT TRANSACTION REPORT sseeeeeeee eene nnne nre nne 21 10 14 1 Contents Of the Report aio dte ee rer DO tu e me bie Po Re a 21 10 15 LARGE DEBIT TRANSACTION REPORT sese enne enn nennen 22 10 15 1 CONTENTS Of the Report pouce mie eda ee ertet eee uu pede 22 10 16 DAILY ACCOUNT OPENING STATISTICS REPORT eene nennen en nne 23 10 16 1 CONTENTS OF the Report nete edet Ea deu 24 10 17 DORMANT ACCOUNT REACTIVATED REPORT een eren ener 24 10 17 1 Contents of the Report s
122. 2 31 Associating Customer Account with Group While maintaining details of a customer account you can associate it with a customer group A customer can be associated with several customer groups Click Group button from the Customer Maintenance screen to associate the account with a customer group The screen is shown below Customer Group Group Details 10105 Group Id Relation Partnership Details 10107 Share Holder Id Shareholders Name Holding Percentage 2 2 31 1 Specifying Group Details To associate a customer account with a group select Group ID from the option list The option list will contain a list of all the customer groups that you maintained in the Customer Group Maintenance screen To add a group to the list click Add icon and select a Group ID from the option list To remove a group from the list highlight the Group ID and click Delete icon For each group that you associate with a customer you can specify the relationship that the customer shares with the group 2 2 31 2 Specifying Shareholding Details You can maintain percentages of shareholding of your individual customers in a corporate entity which is also your customer When maintaining customer details of the corporate entity you can capture names and shareholding percentages of your individual customers who hold shares in the corporate entity When you query in Oracle FLEXCUBE for limits utilizati
123. 30th is a holiday on the next working day If you set the statement date to 31 then account statements will be generated on e The 31st for month with 31 days if 31st is a holiday on the next working day e last working day for months lt 31 days For all other cycles account statement would be generated on the last day of that cycle Offline Limit This is the limiting amount till which transactions will be carried out between account s for the account class you are defining here between branches when the database connectivity is not functional Enter the off line limit here Note the following e f you are defining primary secondary and tertiary statements the frequency for each must be different and unique for instance if you define a monthly primary statement you cannot define a secondary or tertiary statement with a monthly frequency e Offline limit is maintained only for primary level ORACLE Document List Specify the following details Document Type Specify the document type The adjoining option list displays all the document types that are maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Customer Type Specify the customer type The adjoining option list displays all the customer types that are maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Mandatory Check this box to indicate that the document specified here is mandatory The document list is defaulted
124. 73 ORACLE Refer the section Querying Accounting Entries under Core Services module for more information 8 4 3 5 Viewing Cheques Click Cheques button to view the Cheque Details screen In this screen you can view the details of the cheques which are issued for a given period The screen is as shown below Cheque Details 10f1 Cheque Book Number Cheque Number Status Presentation Date o Refer the section titled Viewing Cheques under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details id ORACLE 8 4 3 6 Viewing Statement Generation Click Statement Generation button to view the Account Statement Report screen In this Screen you can generate adhoc statement for an account Account Statement Report Account Selection Type One Account Statement Type Brief Multiple Account Detailed Range Date Range From Date To Date Single Account Account Account Currency Charge v Book Date Booking Dated Bg Show Linked Account Value Date Details Multiple Account Print Options View 10710 P Server Spool Account Number Currency Print D Range From Account Number From Account Currency To Account Number To Account Currency Refer the section Account Statement Report under Current and Savings Account module for more information i ORACLE 8 4 3 7 Viewing Card Details Click Cards button to view the Debit Ca
125. Acceptances Risk Participation Funded and Non funded per annum KYC BANK STRUCTURE Board of Directors Executive Committees KYC RATING Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Fair 132 ORACLE SHARE HOLDER TYPE Legal Entity Individual 2 9 Maintaining Customer KYC Details You can maintain the KYC details of the customer in the KYC Details screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDKYCMN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button KYC Maintenance New Enter Query KYC Reference Full Name of Customer KYC Customer Type Risk Level Retail Customer Corporate Customer Financial Customer Fields Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Here you can specify the following details KYC Reference Number The system displays the reference number The KYC reference number will be generated and displayed while saving this screen Full Name of Customer Specify the full name of the customer KYC Customer Type Specify the type of KYC customer from the adjoining drop down list The list displays the following values e Retail Customer ine ORACLE e Corporate Customer e Financial Customer Risk Level Select the risk level from the drop down list The list displays the following values Levelli Level2 e Level3 2 9 4 Retail Cust
126. Branch Full Name Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments IE Is Financing Is Trade Is Treasury Extemal Products Islamic Accounts M 4 ong Branch Code Account Account Description Currency Current Balance Available Uncollected lt Summary of Islamic Accounts To enter Period Total Credit Balance From Date Total Debit Balance To Date Standina Instruction Periodic Instructions Uncleared Cheaues Islamic Term Deposits M Branch Code Account No Account Description Currency TermDepositAmount Maturity Date Profit rate Profit Start Date Total Islamic Term Deposits j 0 ORACLE 8 4 12 1 Viewing Additional Islamic Bill Details You can view additional details about the bill from the Bills Other Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking on Other Bill Details button The screen is as shown below Bills Other Details Base Date Value Date Liquidation Date Tenor Operation Reimbursement days Discrepancy Details 1007 Ei Description Resolved Loan Linkage Flag Interest Rate Interest Accrued Financing Details 100175 Account Currency Down Payment Refer the section titled Viewing Additional Bill Details under Viewing 360 Degree Corporate Customer Details for further details 103 ORACLE 8 4 12 2 Viewing Additional Islamic LC De
127. CDSQASL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Asset amp Liability Query I Enter Query Customer Details Customer Description l Linked Customer Customer Relation L Customer Id Customer Name E 7 Customer Assets Authorized Status Contract Status Branch Referen Customer Liability Customer Liability Authorized Status Contract Status Status Dormant 4 m Fetch Total The following customer liability details are displayed based on the query parameters provided e Authorized Status e Contract Status e Branch e Reference Number e Customer e Currency e Debit Credit e Amount 11 ORACLE e Local Currency Amount e Value Date The following account status details are displayed based on the query parameters provided e Status Dormant e Debit e Credit e Frozen 7 2 8 Viewing Limits Details Check Linked Customer and provide Customer Number and click Query button to view all linked customers in Linked Customer Details To query on any linked customer displayed select the customer and click Fetch button A query operation is performed on the selected customer and the details are displayed The displayed values are based on the query parameters provided You can view details of limits maintained for the selected customer through the Customer Position s
128. CHANGE Document not submitted and Recalcitrant Updated flag will be set to Y gt If the document expiry date is prior to the current date in document check list the Recalcitrant flag will be updated to Y The system inserts a record into data store with the reason for logging as CHANGE Document expired and Recalcitrant Updated flag will be set t Y 5 Processing Referrals in Oracle FLEXCUBE 5 1 Introduction Referral refers to the process of handling customer transactions which force the accounts involved in such a transaction to exceed the overdraft limit Examples of typical transactions which force an account to move into overdraft are Payment and Collections Funds Transfers Standing Instructions or Clearing transactions In Oracle FLEXCUBE if an account involved in a transaction moves into overdraft it is sent to the Referral Queue You can invoke this screen by typing STSREFQU in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Referral Queue Summary Account Number Available Balance Overdraft Limit Records per page 1 Branch Code Account Number Current B Current Balance Customer Name Advanced Search alance Available Balance Customer Name credit Rating Overdraft Limit In this screen the following details of the account are displayed e account Branch and Branch c
129. Cheques Returned Amount Block Details and Stop Payment Details You can view the limits and collaterals of the customer Payments You can view the FT and PC contracts of the customer which is not liquidated ls Daposits You can view details about active CASA account and Term ORACLE Deposit Is i Financing You can view details about Islamic Account and Islamic Term Deposit External Producta You can view external details about products like credit cards insurance and mutual fund 8 3 1 Viewing Summary Details You can view the address status Balance sheet asset and liabilities and off balance sheet asset and liabilities under the summary tab The following details are displayed here Address For Correspondence Here you can view the following details Status Here you can view the following details Name Address Telephone Fax E mail Frozen Deceased Whereabouts Unknown KYC Status CIF Status Since Credit Rating Customer Category Charge Group Tax Group ORACLE Balance Sheet Asset and Liabilities Here you can view the following details Off Balance Sheet Asset and Liabilities Asset Ccy Value Liability Ccy Value Here you can view the following details Asset Ccy Value Liability Ccy Value ORACLE 8 3 2 Viewing Profile Details Click Profile tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the deta
130. Closed Date will be blank Recalcitrant The check box Recalcitrant is checked based on the FATCA classification batch or the authorization of a customer record You can check this box if e The check box US Indicia Present is checked e FATCA classification is reportable FATCA Classification Select the FATCA Classification from the adjoining option list Remarks Specify remarks if any Customers FATCA Details Tax identification Number TIN Specify the tax identification number of the customer TIN Expiry Date Specify the expiry date of the tax identification number If TIN Expiry Date is blank it indicates that the tax identification number does not expire Tracking Details Tracking Required Check this box to indicate that the customer should be tracked for FATCA classification or re classification If this box is unchecked then it is mandatory to maintain Tracking Closed Date Tracking Closed Date Specify the tracking closed date Tracking closed date cannot be a future date For Corporates and Banks Employer Identification No EIN Specify the employer identification number EIN Issue Date Specify the date when the employer identification number is issued EIN Expiry Date Specify the date when the employer identification number has to be revalidated or renewed If EIN Expiry Date is blank it indicates that EIN does not expire GIIN Specify the Global Intermediary Identification Number issued t
131. Core Entities Oracle FLEXCUBE Universal Banking Release 12 0 1 15 4 November 2013 Oracle Part Number E51465 01 ORACLE FINANCIAL SERVICES ORACLE Core Entities Table of Contents 1 ABOUT THIS MANUAL m 1 I ENTRODUCTION 5 Sens estes bead sak seh IR Ime t eet eee Ue 1 1 2 AUDIENCE cic coon sch 1 L3 ORGANIZATION 220 8 osc 1 I4 REEATBD DOCUMENTS E 2 5 GLOSSARY ORTICONS 2 2 MAINTAINING CUSTOMER INFORMATION FILES eese sesta sees suse ta snae 1 Bl INTRODUCTION jes nean n eonimehenaongeo nine hne nin eni enin editi es 1 2 2 INVOKING CUSTOMER INFORMATION een en 1 2 2 1 iin eite eet deme ee nd ep E 4 2 2 2 Corporate Tab scent ute BI ente t dte 10 2 2 3 Additional TAD ss d in B ehe RI deter n 14 2 2 4 Director TAD xoi sni dnte RI ertet e a HR deett 19 2 25 Awxlliary ettet Ret tee tite tete tete Rire te 22 2 2 6 Checklist Ldb Eta eec te et e BR EAE 27 2 237 Maintaining Domestic Details of Individual Customer eerte
132. Currency Transaction Reference Number Indicates Transaction Reference Number Transaction Date Indicates Transaction Date Debit Amount Indicates Debit Amount Credit Amount Indicates Credit Amount Total Debit Indicates Total Debit Total Credit Indicates Total Credit Net Debit Indicates Net Debit Net Credit Indicates Net Credit ORACLE 10 20Print Maintenance Control Log Report The Print Maintenance Control Log report provides print maintenance control log details You can invoke the screen by typing the code STRMSMLG in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click on the adjoining arrow button Print Maintenance Control Log Report Options Function Id All Changes Unauthorized Print Copies ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer You can specify the following parameters Report Options You can specify the following parameters Function ID Specify a valid Function ID for which you want to generate the report from the adjoining option list You can generate the report based on the following change criteria The following options are available for section e changes e Unauthorized Print Copies Check this box if you wish to print copies of the report 10 20 1 Contents of the Report ORACLE The parameters specified while generating the report are p
133. Date The system displays the expiry date from which the Customer is internal Bank black listed due to NSF based on the Expiry period NSF month defined at STDNSMNT NSF level maintenance Central Bank NSF Details CB Blacklisted Status The system defaults the blacklisted status of customer which has been shared by Central bank Description Description for the blacklist status is defaulted here Effective Date The system displays the effective date on which Central bank has sent the File and processed for the marking CB black listed for Customer Expiry Date The system displays the expiry date of the NSF CB status which is available in CB File Web Branch NSF Details Counter Cheque Status The system displays the active blacklist status of the customer whose cheque is rejected over the counter Description Description for the blacklist status is defaulted here a ORACLE Effective Date The system displays the effective date on which cheque is rejected over the counter and processed for marking Web branch blacklisted for Customer Expiry Date The system displays the expiry date from which the Customer is black listed over the counter due to NSF based on the Expiry period NSF month defined at STDNSMNT NSF level maintenance 2 2 17 1 NSF Enquiry You can view the current NSF level customer blacklist status and cheque details rejected due to NSF in NSF Enquiry screen You can invoke the screen by typing STDNSFQY in th
134. Date v Alternate Account Number 01111111208 More Preferences Auto Debit Card Request Auto Cheque Book Request Cheque Book Name 1 Cheque Book Name 2 ATM Account Number Nominee Details Initial Funding Guardian Name Account Opening Amount Relationship Option Pay In By Account Address 1 Pay In By GL Address 2 Branch Name Date of Birth Relationship lt Cheque Book Request Debit Card Request System displays the following details e Branch Code e Account No e Customer No e Customer Name Currency Select the currency of the account from the adjoining option list By default system displays the local branch currency here Account Class Select account class from the adjoining option list for the account creation If you click the P button the system generates the other details in this screen ORACLE Note the following e Only few parameters can be maintained during account creation The system defaults the remaining based on the values maintained at Account Class Level e The system supports only Savings and Current Accounts For further information on the generic attributes that you can define while creating a customer refer Maintaining Customer Accounts section of CASA module 2 2 17 Maintaining NSF Blacklisted Details NSF blacklist status of the customer i
135. Days Frequency Months Frequency Years Installment amount Payment Branch Payment Currency Payment Date 33 Payment Date ORACLE 8 3 3 12 Viewing Redemption Details Click Redemption Details button to view the Redemption Details screen In this screen you can view redemption deposits of a deposit account Redemption Details 1010 Redemption Date Redemption Amount Principal Amount Interest Amount Penal Interest Amount o Here you can view the following details e Redemption Date e Redemption Amount e Principal Amount e Interest Amount e Penal Interest Amount ud ORACLE 8 3 3 13 Viewing Rollover History Details Click on Rollover History button to view Rollover History screen Rollover History Branch Code Account No Rollover History 1010 Sequence Number Rollover Date Rollover Type Principal Interest O You can view the following details here e Sequence No e Rollover Date e Rollover Type e Principal e Interest e Rollover Amount e Old Maturity Date e New Maturity Date ORACLE 8 3 3 14 Viewing Joint holder Details Click Joint Holders button to view the Joint Holders screen In this screen you can view the joint holders details Joint Holders 4 4 10 Joint Holder Code Description Joint Holder Type Start Date End Date oO Auth orized Signatory e you can view the following e Joint Holder
136. Deposit Details Displays Islamic Deposit Details Consumer Loans Displays Consumer Loans Details Mortgage Displays Mortgage Details Leasing Displays Leasing Details Syndicate Loan Details Displays Syndicate Loan Details Islamic Financing Displays Islamic Financing Details CASA Deposits Displays CASA Deposits Details Islamic Accounts Displays Islamic Accounts Details Bills Details Displays Bills Details Islamic Bills Displays Islamic Bills Details LC Details Displays LC Details Islamic LC Details Displays Islamic LC Details Foreign Exchange Details Displays Foreign Exchange Details Money Market Details Displays Money Market Details Security Portfolio Displays Security Portfolio Details Derivatives Displays Derivatives Details OTC Options Displays OTC Options Details ETD Portfolio Details Displays ETD Portfolio Details Islamic Money Market Details Displays Islamic Money Market Details Islamic Derivatives Displays Islamic Derivatives Details Upcoming Events Displays Upcoming Events Details ORACLE Field Name Field Description Overdue Loans Displays Overdue Loans Details Term Deposits Matured But Not Liquidated or Renewed Displays Term Deposits Matured But Not Liquidated or Displays Renewed Details Corporate Deposits Matured But Not Liquidated or Renewed Di
137. Description Input By Authorized By Modification Number Authorized Open Date Time Date Time Specify the following details in this screen e Relation Define the type of relationship in this field You can use a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters to define a relationship m ORACLE e Category Select the category from the drop down list to define the nature of the relationship with the customer The available options are Customer to Customer Customer to Account Customer to Contract e Description Provide a brief description of the relationship being maintained This will further help you in identifying the relationship You can enter a maximum of 35 alphanumeric characters in this field The types of relationships defined in this screen will become available for linking two customers only upon authorization of the details maintained 2 2 33 Relationships for Customers A customer of your bank can have relationships with any other customer of your bank Also a customer of your bank could be a joint account holder with another customer of your bank You can capture these details when you set up the CIF or customer account For linking a customer account you need to specify details of the relationship for the account Click the Linked Entities button in the Customer Maintenance CIF screen The Linked Entities screen is displayed Linked Entities Customer No Relationship Linkage 10f10
138. Description of the category e Customer log 2 2 28 Creating Customer Categories To create customer categories the following parameters need to be maintained Customer Category In this category you can classify customers of your bank When you are creating a product be it in a loan a deposit a placement a swap foreign exchange deal or a funds transfer you may want to restrict access to the product to a set of customers ORACLE For this the customers are classified into broad categories the code of which is input against this field A category consists of a group of like customers For instance if you create a category called Financial Institutions all financial institutions who are customers of your bank will come under this category Likewise all customers of your bank belong to some category It should be noted that at the product level specifications made for a customer overrides the specifications made for the category For example if all financial institutions are allowed access to a particular product you have the option of restricting the access of one or a few individual financial institutions to his product Input the customer category you want to create using not more than 10 characters alphanumeric The category code should be unique For Example for Financial Institutions category you can input the code as Finln Description This is the description of the customer category input above Enter the d
139. E 3 3 Maintaining NSF Cheque Level Oracle FLEXCUBE supports cheque processing through web branch screen and generic interface upload routine facility You can maintain customised Non Sufficient Fund Cheque level and the components associated with NSF level in NSF Level Maintenance screen You can invoke the NSF Level Maintenance screen by typing STDNSMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button NSF Level Maintenance NSF level Description Order Expiry period NSF Months Expression Rute Action Component Description Order Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status You can specify the following in this screen NSF Level Select the NSF level code to which the configuration is maintained from the adjoining option list Description The system defaults a brief description about NSF Level Order Specify the internal order of the NSF levels Expiry Period NSF Months Specify the Expiry period for the NSF level from the first NSF return ORACLE Expression Specify the formula expression to identify the NSF level of the customer Actions Details Action Component Specify the action component It is executed when the customer status is changed to the level that is maintained in NSF level Description The system defaults a brief description on the action component Action Ord
140. HTML Select to generate report in HTML format e RTF Select to generate report in RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format A ORACLE e EXCEL Select to generate report in EXCEL format Report Output Select the report output in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report e View Select to print the report e Spool Select to spool the report to a specified folder so that you can print it later Printer At Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wish to print the report from the adjoining option list 10 9 1 Contents of the Report The contents of the report are discussed under the following heads Header The header carries the Branch Code Blacklisted Type Application Date Body of the Report Customer No Indicates the customer identification number of the customer who is marked as blacklisted customer in central bank Account No Indicates the customer account number Branch Code Indicates the branch of the customer account NSF Level Indicates the current NSF level for the customer NSF Level Description Indicat
141. ID Description Scheme Stat Date Scheme End Date Eligibility Plan Code Details m o neris RP Scheme Linkage Details Here you can view the relationship schemes which are not linked to the customer The following fields are displayed e Pricing scheme Id e Pricing scheme description e Scheme Start Date e Scheme End Date e Eligibility Plan code s ORACLE 8 3 6 1 Viewing Relationship Pricing Schemes Linked to the Customer Click RP Scheme Linkage Details to view relationship pricing schemes linked to the customer The screen is as shown below Customer Scheme Linkage Query Customer Number Linkage Status Scheme Details W scheme Id Eligibility Plan Id Benefit Start Date Benefit End Date Linkage Status lt View Benefit Plan 44 ORACLE Refer Relationship Pricing module for more information about this screen 8 3 7 Viewing Alerts Click Alerts tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the alerts for overdue loans matured deposits and so on 39 ORACLE 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number KYC Status Short Name Since Credit Rating Full Name Reporting Currency Frozen Deceased Whereabouts Unknown Summary Profile Deposits Loans Events Schemes Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing External Products Overdue Loans i4 10nn gt Branch Cod
142. IF Number should be unique across all branches The option list doesn t include the customer numbers which are created under the BROKER and BANK customer category Example Assign a code using a maximum of 9 characters alphanumeric For example assume your customer is DOW Corporation US You can assign him a code which could either be a number representing the customer s serial number or an alphabetic code like DowCorp or an alphanumeric code like Dow1000US or DowUS1000 1000DowUS if he is the 1000th customer to approach your bank an ORACLE Customer Currency Specify the customer currency The system will use this as the default currency of the customer in the transactions Segment Code Specify the segment code While amending the segment code if the customer s relationship tag value or net worth range doesn t match with the minimum and maximum net worth amounts maintained at the segment code level then system will display the following override message Segment Code Specified doesn t match with the Min and Max Range maintained at segment level Segmentation Status Select the segment status of the account from the following options e Upgraded Select this option if you are associating the segment code to a customer for the first time It is available only for the first time association e Downgraded Select this option if net worth range or relationship tag value is less than the minimum amount of segment code attach
143. LDBD maturing on the same date funds will be allocated to the first contract 080001 based on the Contract Reference Number Subsequent credits to the account will be used towards loan LDBD002 Since contracts with LDBD have earlier schedule dates funds will be allocated to them though as per the product sequence contracts with ADBN should receive the funds first The liquidation schedule date takes precedence in this case Further credits to account A1 will be allocated against the contract ADBNOO 1 followed by the contract ABCD001 This will be based on the product sequence number since both contracts have the same schedule dates Within a contract allocation of funds towards the various components like interest penalty interest etc will be determined by the Liquidation Order maintained for the loan product To sum up the schedule date of the loan contract 35 ORACLE takes precedence followed by the product sequence and finally the liquidation order If insufficient funds are detected in an account with a receivable tracking the system will trigger the event LBLK indicating that enough funds are not available and that subsequent credits made to the account will be blocked as a receivable 3 2 16 Maintaining Transaction Restrictions for Account Class You can place restrictions on transactions involving customer accounts at the account class level As discussed earlier for customer accou
144. Medium e Low Status Select the status of the request complaint from the drop down list This list displays the following values e Open e Pending e Closed e Escalated Nature Select the nature of the request complaint from the drop down list This list displays the following values e Service e Sales Criteria Select the criteria of the request complaint from the drop down list This list displays the following values e Enquiry e Channel e Product e Application e Maintenance m ORACLE Contact Date Specify the date on when the request or compliant is made Target date Specify the date on when the request or compliant is to be closed Activation Date Specify the date on when the request or compliant is activated 3 3 11 1 Specifying Lead Details You can maintain both the customers and non customer details the Lead Input screen by clicking Lead button in the Service Request Input screen The following screen will be displayed Lead Maintenance New 1 Enter Query Lead Id Customer No Email Telephone First Name Last Name oer lon E ProductCode Product Description Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 Area of Interest Remarks Interested Flag Maker Checker Mod No Date Time Date Time Record Status Authorization Status 94 ORACLE For more details on the Lead Input screen refer the Maintaining Lead Det
145. RACLE 2 2 30 Maintaining Limits for Customer Group You can maintain Customer Groups and set up credit limits in the Customer Group Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDGROUP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Group Maintenance Group Id Group Name Limit Currency LimitAmount Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Authorized Open Group ID You can assign a unique identification code to each customer group that you create You can also enter the detailed name of the group In the subsequent fields you can set up credit limits for the group While setting up a customer you can indicate the group to which the customer is associated It is important to note that in Oracle FLEXCUBE a customer group is different from customer category You create customer groups only to set up group limits and report credit utilization by the customers that belong to the group Limit Amount and Limit Currency The limit amount indicates the maximum amount that customers under a group can utilize You can indicate the currency in which the limit amount is expressed The outstanding of all customers associated with a group is aggregated to arrive at the credit utilization of the group This includes issuer risk arising out of securities issued by your customers and held by the bank 85 ORACLE 2
146. Viewing Professional Details of the Customer Click on the Professional button to invoke Customer Professional Details screen Here you can view the professional details of the customer The screen is as shown below Customer Professional Details Employment Official Address Employment Full Time permanent Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Employment Details Tenure Retirement Age Previous Designation Contact Country Previous Employer Current Designation Current Employer Income Salary Other Currency of Amounts Expense Rent Insurance Loan Payments Other House Value Number of Credit Cards 11 ORACLE 8 3 2 5 Viewing Domestic Details of the Customer Click on the Domestic button to invoke Customer Domestic Details screen Here you can view the domestic details of the customer Customer Domestic Details Marital Status Single Spouse Name Spouse Employment Status Full Time Permanent Educational Status Accommodation Dependents Children Others Here you can view the following details e Marital status e Spouse Employment Status e Accommodation e Spouse Name e Dependents e Children e Others 12 Post Graduate ORACLE 8 3 2 6 Viewing Customer information Click on the Joint button to invoke Customer Information Maintenance screen Here you can view information about the customer E Customer information Maintenance Customer No 4 120f21 Male
147. You need to specify the details for an MT 941 MT942 message The screen is as shown below Interim Transactions and Balance Report Interim Transactions Report Generate Message Generate Message only on Movement Report Transactions Since Minimum Dr Dr and Cr Amount 10f1 Currency Amount Balance Report Generate Balance Report Times Interim Transactions Report Times Balance Report Interim Report Type z Minimum Credit Amount 10f1 Currency Amount This screen contains the details necessary for the account generation parameters The message details the balance of an account or group of accounts under a particular account class The account balances indicate the condition of the account for an identified time period 3 2 17 1 Specifying Interim Transactions Report Generate Message Check this box to indicate that the accounts belonging to the account class are to be considered for periodic interim statement generation i e MT942 Generate Message Only On Movement Check this box to indicate that the interim statement needs to be generated only if additional entries have been posted subsequent to the previous interim statement generation a ORACLE Report Transaction Since This is a list of all the transactions the accounts under a class have undergone on basis of which the transactions would be reported in the interim account statement Yo
148. addition to what you have specified in the Account Class Maintenance screen you have the option of specifying the following for an accounts class e List of allowed or disallowed branches and allowed or disallowed currencies e List of allowed and disallowed customer categories and allowed and disallowed customers You can specify the branch and currency preferences through the Account Class Branch and Currency Preferences screen Click Branches Currencies in the Account Class Maintenance screen The Account Class Branch and Currency Preferences screen will be displayed The screen is as shown below Branch Currency Account Class BERE Currency Details Branch Restrictions Allowed Disallowed Available Branches 10115 O Branch Code Currency Preferences In this screen you can specify the following for an account class e Those branches to which all parameters defined for this account class should be available s ORACLE e Those currencies in which all customer accounts linked to this account class can operate 3 2 20 Maintaining Branch Preferences Customer accounts maintained in any branch can be linked to any account class However you have the option of restricting the linkage of customer accounts in a particular branch or branches to an account class Example Your bank has a total of 25 branches Branch 001 and 004 handles only Corporate Customers For an account class s
149. ails You can view the collection details of a loan in the Collection Details of Default Loan screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Collection Details button in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen Collection Details of Default Loan 100 Collection Reference Number Asset Reference Number Collection Agent Collection Creation Date Refer the section titled Viewing Collection Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 95 ORACLE 8 4 5 Viewing Trade Details Click Trade tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of trade 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Reports Summary Profile Deposits Loans M Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing 18 Is Treasury External Products Bills Detail 14 4100 Branch Code Product Product Description Reference Counter Party Bill Currency Bill Amount Maturity Bills Other Details LC Details 1010 Branch Code Product Code Product Description Contract Reference Number Currency ContractAmountwith Tolerance Current Available Ar Oo LC Oiher Details Guarantee Details 10005 Branch Code Product Code Product Description Contract Reference Number Currency Contract Amount with Tolerance Current Available
150. ails section of this user manual 3 3 12 Viewing Service Request Details You can view the summary of service request details in the Service Request screen To invoke this screen type STSSRQST the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click on the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Service Request Fetch Authorization Status Record Status Service No Service Request Type Branch Code Customer No Account No Status Contact date Target Date Requester Type ane ana one Advanced Search Records per page 15 1 Of 1 Authorization Status Record Status Service Service Request Type Branch Code Requester Type Custome E You can query on records based on any one or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Record Status e Service No e Service Request Type e Customer No e Account No i ORACLE e Branch Code e Requestor Type e Status e Contact date e Target Date e Telephone Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Service No e Service Request Type e Customer No e Account No e Branch Code e Requestor Type e Status e Contact date e Target Date e Telephone 3 3
151. ails NSF Black list status Change Log Maker Checker Date Time Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Customer Category Passport Details Passport Number Issue Date Expiry Date Additional Details KYC Status KYC Reference Guardian Submit Age Proof Power of Attorney Holder Name Address Country Nationality Telephone ISD Code Telephone Number Private Customer Staff Yet To Verify Minor Not Required Power of Attorney In the Personal tab you can maintain generic personal details of a customer In addition you can also maintain the domestic and professional details of the individual type customer You can do this by invoking the relevant screens by clicking on the respective buttons The information that you capture in these screens forms more a part of a credit line questionnaire Whenever you are deciding on a credit limit for an individual customer you can use these details for verification You have to maintain the following parameters for every individual type of customer Prefix 1 2 and 3 Specify the title prefixed to the name of the customer whose code is input against Customer Code in the Main section The title could be Mr Mrs Ms Dr Prof etc The academic titles like Prof Dr etc of the customer along with the salutations like Consulate Senator Chancellor etc You can either select the prefixes from the option
152. aintenance screen where you open accounts for the customers of your bank each customer account is linked to an account class and the attributes defined for the account class are by default applicable to the customer account For instance if the frequency of account statement generation has been defined as daily for an account class CU COR the System generates statements for all accounts under this class on a daily basis However some of the parameters defined for the account class can be revised at the account level for any of the accounts linked to the class Account level parameters will supersede those defined for the account class While defining the account classes you should also keep in mind that the interest rate structure is also specified for an account class in the Interest and Charges module The account class table is maintained at the Bank Level by the Head Office branch ORACLE 3 2 1 Invoking Account Class Maintenance Screen You can invoke the Account Class Maintenance screen by typing STDACCLS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Account Class Maintenance Account Class Description Account Type Current ERI itene Parameters Account Code Dormancy Days Account Statement Format Display IBAN in Advices Inter Pay Dual Currency Deposit Natural GL Debit Start Date End Date Provisioning Details Provisioning Frequen
153. all accounts linked to the account class Turnover Limit Code Specify a turnover limit code that should be linked to the account class The adjoining option list displays all valid turnover limit codes maintained in the system using the Turnover Limit Maintenance screen You can choose the appropriate one 3 2 6 Specifying Liquidation Preferences for Debit Interest and Charges You must specify the liquidation preferences for debit interest and charges for those accounts classes where interest charge has to be debited from a Receivable GL before actually debiting the customer account This feature is applicable only for the debit interest and any charges on the account calculated through the IC module The preferences that you need to specify are e Liquidate Using Receivable Indicates whether receivable tracking is required for IC Debit interest and IC charges e Debit Notice enabling this option indicates that a notification needs to be sent to customers before debiting the customer account for the interest charge calculated for the period e Liquidation Days specifies the number of working days from the actual liquidation date before the interest charge can be liquidated into the customer account Working days are calculated on the basis of the Local Holiday Calendar e Liquidation Mode debit interest or charges be liquidated either Manually or Automatically If you choose the automatic mode of liquidation deb
154. alphabet equivalents maintained in the system using Alphabet Equivalent Summary screen To invoke the screen type STSALPMT in the field at the top right corner of the application toolbar and click the adjoining arrow button Alphabet Equivalent Mapping View mx Authorization Status Record Status v Alphabet Equivalent ai Alphabet ai Reset Records per page 45 iv 1 Of 1 Authorization Status Record Status Alphabet Equivalent Alphabet p v You can search for alphabet equivalent records based on one or more of the following parameters e Authorization Status e Record Status e Alphabet Once you have specified the parameters click Search button The system displays all valid records that match the search criteria You can view the details of a particular record by double clicking it 2 11 Creating a Message Advice Format You need to create a message advice format through the Advice Format Maintenance screen with the format named CUS_MIMJADV A batch function CASABAT will perform status change from Minor to Major during EOD ie ORACLE During EOD batch CASABAT which would check for the current age of each minor customer if the customer s current age is on or above the minor age limit maintained at branch parameters then you to do the following mentioned settings e option Minor at customer personal details will be unchecked in customer maintenance scre
155. also specify this preference through the Special Conditions screen Track Receivable if checked you can choose to block the subsequent credit that happens to the settlement account linked to this account class of a loan contract or retail teller contract if the system detects insufficient funds in the account during liquidation In other words the system will track the account for receivables credits As and when a credit happens the funds will be allocated to the loan or the retail teller contract for liquidation Posting Allowed This check box is checked by default Uncheck this check box to setup Monetary Accounts for the selected Account Class This check box is provided to handle IRA Monetary Accounts Using this facility you can avoid posting into the IRA Monetary Accounts from Teller Journal screens and ensure that the details are computed only through IRA subscriptions Uncheck this checkbox only for specific Inter Branch Accounts Available Balance Check Required Check this box to enable the system to check for the available of funds before posting a debit entry to a customer account Referral Required enabling this option indicates whether a referral check should be performed on accounts belonging to the account class Consequently the system checks the available balance not the current balance while performing the referral checks for all transactions involving the account If a transaction involving the
156. ance clearance using adjoining calendar Business Approval Specify the date of business approval using adjoining calendar Trade Licence No Specify the trade licence number The adjoining option list displays all valid licence numbers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one KYC Next Review Date Specify the next date of review Comments KYC Specify the comments on the KYC details of the corporate customer Sales and Service Officer Specify the comments of sales and service officer on the corporate customer Approvers Specify the name and comments of the approvers of the corporate customers 2 9 2 1 Corporate or Audit HO Details Tab Click Corporate or Audit HO Details tab in the Corporate Profile screen i ORACLE KYC Corporate Profile CID Number CB Response Name CB Response Date STR Raised Activity STR Date Activit Reason STR Reference Dairy Note Here you can specify the following details CID Number Specify the CID number of the corporate customer Name Specify the name of the corporate customer STR Raised Check this box to indicate that the STR should be raised STR Date Specify the date of STR using adjoining calendar button STR Reference Number Specify the reference number of the STR is ORACLE CB Response Check this box to indicate that the CB should be responded CB Response Date Specify the date of CB Response using the adjoining
157. ancing Is Trade Is Treasury External Products Registration Address Geographic Head Office Name Country Account Number Country Language Debtor Category National Id Risk Profile Exposure Line 1 FT Accounting As Of Location Line 2 Line 3 SWIFT Code First Middle Last Description of Business Incorporation Date Capital Net Worth Country Currency Of Amounts Linked Customers Locker Details Directors Linked Enti Details e ORACLE Registration Address Here you can view the following details Name Country National Id Address Line 1 to 3 First Name Middle Name Last name Geographic Here you can view the following details Country Language Exposure Location SWIFT Code Incorporation Here you can view the following details Date Capital Net Worth Country Currency of Amount Head Office Here you can view the following details Account Number Debtor Category Risk profile 62 ORACLE e FT Accounting as of e Description of Business 8 4 2 1 Viewing Signature Image and Photograph of the customer Click on the Image button to invoke Customer Signatory Details screen Here you can view the signature image and photograph of the customer Customer Signatory Details Signature Branch Code Customer No Name Customer Signatory Details 100 i FI Signature Id Signature Title Signature lmage Oo Sinnatureldmaae Lu Refer the section ti
158. ank level parameter Account consideration for action system will mark current accounts savings accounts all current amp savings accounts as blacklisted accounts In case Current account is selected then system will mark all current accounts as blacklisted account In case Savings account is selected then system will mark all Savings accounts as blacklisted account In case Both is selected then system will mark all current accounts and savings accounts as blacklisted account a ORACLE For joint accounts in case any one of the joint customer is marked as blacklisted customer then the joint account will be blacklisted UNBLACKLIST CUST ACC Unlock all customer accounts only if the customer is not a blacklist customer REVOKE CHQ ISSUE FSL Revoke the cheque Issue facility from customer accounts TY based on the bank level parameter Account consideration for action GRANT CHQ ISSUE FSLT Grant the cheque issue facility to all customer accounts based Y on the bank level parameter Account consideration for action only if the account is not a blacklisted account If the account is blacklisted account then system will not grant the cheque issue facility System will grant the cheque issue facility only if the issue facility is revoked by the system Manually revoked check issue facility will not be grated MARK NSF OVER COUNT Mark the Customer Web branch NSF cheque status as 3
159. aracters that you can enter in this field is determined by the preference that you specified in the Bank Parameters screen However in the advices and statements that are sent to the customer only the first 35 characters of the name will be displayed Address You can specify the mailing address of the customer in the four rows that are provided In each line you can enter a maximum of 35 alphanumeric characters All characters should conform to SWIFT standards Country This is the country as given in the address of correspondence of this customer Click on the option list positioned next to this field a list of countries maintained in the Country Codes screen is displayed You can select the appropriate Nationality Specify the nationality of the customer The list of country codes maintained in the Country Codes Maintenance screen are available in the option list positioned next to this field You can select the appropriate Telephone ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the office telephone number Telephone Specify the telephone number of the customer s ORACLE Mobile ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the mobile number Mobile Number Specify the mobile number of the customer Fax ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the fax number Fax Specify the fax number of the customer Email Id Specify the email address of the customer Language As part of maintaining
160. ary Profile 8 Loans Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing External Products Deposits 4010 Branch Code Account Account Description Currency Current Balance Available Balance Uncollected Amount Blocked A lt Summary of Deposit To enter Period Total Credit Amount From Date Total Debit Amount To Date Standino Instruction Periodic Instructions Retail Deposit Details 1010 Branch Code Account Account Description Currency TermDepositAmount Maturity Date Interest Start Date Tenor in Days lt Recurrina Deposit Details Redemption Details Rollover History Joint Holders Corporate Deposit Details l 1000 Branch Contract Reference Product Description Currency Amount Product Maturity Date Booking Date Value De Summary of Deposits Total Retail Deposits Total Corporate Deposits CASA Deposits Here you can view the following details for an active CASA account e Branch code al ORACLE Description Account Class Related Customer Account Status Status Since Currency Current Balance Available Balance Uncollected amount Blocked amount Debit Interest Accrued Amount Credit Interest Accrued Amount Limit Currency TOD Limit TOD Limit Start Date TOD Limit End Date Account Type Single or Joint Beiosed accounts will not be displayed Retail Deposit Details You can view the following details abou
161. ary of Loans Total Leasing Amount Total Mortgage Amount Total Commitment Amount Total Ordinary Loan Total Syndicated Loan Current Balance Available Balance Blocked Summary Details Total Credit Balance Total Debit Balance Guaranteed Loans 4 1049 b M Branch Code Product Code gi Product Description Account Number Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed Total Guaranteed Loan 66 ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing Customer Entities under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 2 6 Viewing KYC Details Click the KYC Details button to invoke KYC Maintenance screen Here you can view KYC details of the customer The screen is as shown below Maintenance New KYC Reference Full Name of Customer Customer Type Risk Level Retail Customer Corporate Customer Financial Customer Fields Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status ad ORACLE Refer Core Entities for more information about the KYC Maintenance screen 8 4 2 7 Viewing User Defined Fields Click on the Fields button to invoke User Defined Fields screen Here you can view the UDF details of the customer E User Defined Fields UDF Details D E 10m0 gt Field Name x 68 ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing User Defined Fields under View
162. ass transfer is not effective e Closed Select this option if the account class transfer is effective Account Class Select a valid account class if you need to view records based on the account class to which the account is transferred from the adjoining option list Account Select a valid account number if you need to view records based on the account class for which the account class transfer is applied from the adjoining option list Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Branch Code e Account Class e Old Account Class e Account e Next Liquidation Cycle e Effective Date 3 3 8 Maintaining Narratives The Narrative Maintenance screen allows you to define the format of a Detailed Account Statement Invoke the Narrative Maintenance screen by typing CSDSTNAR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button ORACLE If you are defining the details of a new record choose new from the Actions Menu or click new icon from the toolbar The Narrative Maintenance screen is displayed without any details Narrative Maintenance Module Narrative Details Narrative Narrative Tax Event E Order Narratives Charge Interest Commission Q Transacti
163. ate Eligibility Plan Code Details pu Refer the section titled Viewing Schemes Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 8 1 Viewing Relationship Pricing Schemes Linked to the Customer Click RP Scheme Linkage Details to view relationship pricing schemes linked to the customer Customer Scheme Linkage Query Customer Number Linkage Status Scheme Details W scheme d Eligibility Plan Id Benefit Start Date Benefit End Date Linkage Status lt View Benefit Plan Refer Relationship Pricing module for more information about this screen ORACLE 8 4 9 Viewing Alerts Click Alerts tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the alerts for overdue loans matured deposits and so on 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes _ Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Is Trade s Treasury External Products Overdue Loans I 10710 b MH Branch Code Account Number Due Date Currency Overdue Amount Details neu Mel Deposits Matured but not renewed or liquidated 10D gt M Branch Code Deposit Reference Number Currency Term Deposit mount Maturity Date Details Locker Charges Overdue Details 1015 Contract R
164. ate Time Number Authorized Open The following details need to be captured e Branch code This is the code of the branch for which the list of prefixes will be made available The description associated with the branch is displayed in the adjacent field e Prefix1 This is the first prefix to appear in the Customer Name e Prefix2 This is the second prefix to appear in the Customer Name e Prefix3 This is the third prefix to appear in the Customer Name While specifying the prefix in the customer in the CIF screen a list of all the values maintained in this screen is displayed You will also be allowed to key in a prefix of your choice D ORACLE These details will be printed along with the receiver name in all messages sent to the customer If the global tags for prefixes have been maintained in the advice the System substitutes the tags with the respective prefixes maintained in the customer personal details of the receiver This feature is applicable only for individual customers where the media type is Mail 2 7 5 Storing Authorized Variations of Customer s Name In Oracle FLEXCUBE you can indicate whether incoming Funds Transfers Payments and Collections should be processed only after the customer s Account Number and Name correspond to the authorized variations of the customer s name If you have enabled this as a preference in the Product Preference and Product Category screens you will need to
165. ate that the report should be generated for a Netting Reference Number you will have to identify the number in the respective field e Date indicate whether you would like to generate the report for a specific date range or for all dates Depending on your specification the netting details report will be generated for all contracts that were netted within your branch for the given date range start and end date inclusive or it will be generated for all contracts regardless of the date on which they were netted ORACLE e Customer indicate whether the report should contain details of all customers whose contracts were netted or for a single customer For a single customer you will have to identify the CIF ID of the customer from the option list e Currency You can indicate whether the report should be generated for all currencies or for a specific currency Identify the currency for which the report should be generated in case of a single currency Note the following e If you fail to specify a date the generated report will return data for the Current System Date e f you indicate that the report should be generated for a specific Currency and fail to specify the Currency the report will contain details of all currencies Similarly if you indicate that the report should be generated for a specific Customer and fail to identify the customer the report will be generated for all customers 10 11 1 Contents of the Report
166. ate the following for each of the statements whether primary secondary or tertiary Type The first preference that you specify for each account class is to indicate whether the periodic generation an account statement is required If the generation of an account statement is necessary you have to specify the format in which it is to be generated The options available are e Detailed indicating that the statement should be a detailed account of all the customer transactions within the account class e Summary indicating that only a summary of the transaction details is enough e None indicating that neither a summary nor a detailed account of transactions is required ORACLE The system generates the account statement details at a frequency that you specify The frequency can be Annual e Semi annual e Quarterly e Monthly e Fortnightly e Weekly e Daily If you indicate that the statement generation frequency is weekly or fortnightly you should also indicate the day of the week on which the account statement is due Similarly for a monthly statement you should indicate the date of the month To specify the frequency for a monthly statement you can specify a number between 1 and 31 corresponding to the system date If you set the statement date to 30 then account statements will be generated on e last working day for months with lt 30 days e For months with 30 days on the 30th if
167. ation Account Charge Start Date Interest Booking Account Interest Booking Branch Charge Booking Account B Dr Cr Advices Interest Statement Charge Booking Branch Consolidating Account Consolidated charge branch Product Details 4 180f21 Product UDE Currency Waive Generate UDE Change Advice Open 10117 1010 UDE Effective Date C User Defined Elementid User Defined Element Value aj The following details are captured here Branch Code The current branch code is defaulted here Calculation Account Select the valid customer account number for calculation from the adjoining option list Interest Booking Account Select the valid customer account number from the adjoining option list i ORACLE Interest Start Date Select to indicate the effective date to generate interest from the adjoining calendar Interest Booking Branch Select to indicate valid Branch for calculating the interest from the adjoining option list Interest Statement Check this box to generate the interest statement Charge Booking Account Select the valid customer account number for booking the charge from the adjoining option list Charge Start Date Specify to indicate the effective date to generate charges from the adjoining calendar Charge Booking Branch Select to indicate the valid Branch from the option list for calculating the charge Dr Cr Advices Check this box to generate debit and credit related advices Consolidated Ac
168. atus e Net Worth e Net Worth Currency Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The records meeting the selected criteria are displayed e ORACLE 2 4 5 Viewing Customer Net Worth Report To generate the report of the customer s net worth type STRCUSEG in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Branch code 001 STRCUSEG Date ra 27 04 01 24 User 1d 31602A Page 1 Customer Number Loca Branch RMID Customernumber Customemame Locaibranch Rmid Net Worth 029000114 SISISRA 1452 152 50 018000110 HDFC on 1451 1500 CLEARING CUST 2 DEM I 2542 70 000000024 CLEARING CUST 1 037000141 The system displays the following details e Customer Number e Customer Name e Local Branch e RM Id e Net Worth 1 ORACLE 2 5 Viewing Customer Information You can view the customer details maintained in the Customer Maintenance screen using the Customer Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSCIF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Summary Authorization Status Record Status Customer No z Type Name Short Name Customer Category E Country Nationality B Branch Code Advanced Search Records per page 1 5 he 101 Auth
169. ay SAV IND savings accounts of individuals you would like to disallow linkage of all customer accounts of branch 001 and 004 To specify this click on disallowed since the disallowed branch list is smaller than the allowed branch list From the list of Available Branches select 001 and click the adjoining arrow Repeat the procedure for 004 001 and 004 will be listed under disallowed branches o For specifying the allowed list of branches first click on allowed You will notice that the list title changes accordingly to allowed and vice versa You should select allowed or disallowed depending upon the length of the list 3 2 21 Maintaining Currency Preferences For all accounts under this account class you have the option of specifying currencies in which transactions are allowed disallowed Example You want to restrict all account level transactions under the account class Corporations for corporate type accounts to four important currencies only say USD GBP JPY and DEM You can specify the same But currency preference needs to be accompanied by specifications regarding the minimum balance limit in each currency 5s ORACLE To do this click the Currency Preference button The Account Class Currency Preferences screen will be displayed Currency Preferences Account Class Currency Preferences 1010 C Currency Code Minimum Balance ATM Cash Limit Transaction Limit Cash Deposit Limit on Trus
170. ber 10 Number Share Percentage m Company Details Details of Suppliers Details of Clients Details of Company 10f1 10f1 E esi E Supplier Name Country Settlement Mode E Client Name Country Payment Mode a No of Person Employed Mode For Salary Others E m D X Transaction Type 10 E E Transaction Type Count Total Amount Max Single Amount Purpose Country Fund Transfer Purpose Within Country The system displays the following details Customer and Sponsors Information e Name of the group e Country of Parents Company e of the company e Other details e Currency in which KYC amount is maintained Reason of Account e Reason for opening an account e Other details is ORACLE Specifying Nature of Business e Nature of business e Name and details of the product traded in the business e Main source of funds e Borrowing account group e Annual turnover of the company Details of Key Person e Unique identification for the e Name of the key person e Position or title of the key person e Relationship of the key person with the corporate customer e Nationality of the key person e Address of the key person e Country of the key person e International dialling code of the key person e Telephone number of the key person e Tax identification number of the key person e Percentage of share for the key person Specifying Company Details e Details of the company b
171. bit transaction is posted on a particular customer s account s and the Submit Age Proof chosen is Pending then the system throws an error stating that Necessary documents are not submitted for Major e Once the documents are submitted the user has to manually set Submit Age Proof as Verified After the field Submit Age Proof is changed to Verified then all the accounts created for the customer would be allowed for withdrawals s ORACLE Identifier Name Enter the identifier name in not more than 20 characters Value Specify the value of the identifier You have to capture the serial number or any number of significance that is to be associated with the document which helps in identifying the document SSN Specify the SSN available in the identifier 2 3 2 Specifying Corporate Details of the Customer Corporate tab is accessible only when the customer type is selected as Corporate In this tab you need to provide the following information Customer Type Individual Full Name Customer Category Corporate Short Name Private Customer Customer No Branch Code Auto Account Creation Auto Created Account Personal RR Chec List Address For Correspondence Registration Address Additional Details Name Same as Correspondence KYC Status Address National Id o Joint Venture Address Joint Venture Details Country
172. branch code or ALL from the adjoining option list ORACLE You can maintain a New record for Float Extension You can also View Unlock Authorize Delete Close and Open the same 2 7 8 Extending Float Days of a Specific Outward Clearing Transaction Float days are extended for a specific cheque demand draft bankers cheque and also for a group of transactions like all outward clearing transactions of a specific sector or bank sector Invoke the Float extension of a Outward Clearing by typing CGDCFLEX in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Float Extension of a Outward Clearing New Enter Query Branch Code Instrument Number Reference Number Routing Number Account Number Float Extension Clearing Type New Value Date Instrument type Demand Draft Value Date FLEXCUBE Reference Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status You can query the outward clearing transactions based on the following criteria e Account Number e Clearing Type e Routing Number e Instrument Number e nstrument Type Branch Code The system displays the branch code Instrument Number Specify the instrument number for which float extension is done d ORACLE Reference Number The system displays the unique reference number of the float extension maintenance Routing Number Select the Routing Number from the adjoining option list
173. breviated name It helps in conducting a quick alpha search or generating queries regarding the customer At the time of processing of transactions and in any activity which requires entry of the customer identification in addition to the customer code the short name of the customer that you enter here will be available in the options list from which the customer is selected Branch Code The system displays the local branch code Customer Category Specify the customer category The option list displays the values maintained in Customer Categories Maintenance Choose the appropriate one Refer to section 2 2 6 for more information on Customer Category Private Customer Check the box if the customer is a private customer Auto Account Creation Check the box if an account has to be created simultaneously with the customer creation Auto Created Account The system displays the customer account number that is created using Add Account facility 2 3 1 Specifying Personal Details of the Customer Personal tab is accessible only when the customer type is selected as Individual In this tab you need to provide the following information Basic Details Prefix Specify the prefix of the customer SR ORACLE First Specify the first name of the customer Middle Specify the middle name of the customer Last Specify the last name of the customer Telephone Specify the contact number of the customer for correspond
174. ccount Class in all further transactions screen in Oracle FLEXCUBE will not display the expired account class as of the system date However the existing accounts for the account class will be active even after the end date a ORACLE If you do not specify an End Date for the account class the account is taken to be an ended account class Project Account Check this box to track the working capital of the project Dormancy Days You have to indicate the period after which an account in an account class becomes inactive or dormant if customer transactions are not posted into the account The system allows only four numeric characters for Dormancy Days o However while maintaining transaction codes if you have checked the Consider for Account Activity field all transactions posted to any account under this account class linked to the particular transaction code will become active from dormant irrespective of the dormancy period If a customer initiated transaction is posted into the account with the dormant status the account status will be updated to Active from Dormant since the Transaction Code associated with the account has the Consider for Account Activity option enabled Dormancy Parameters As stated above if Transaction Code associated with the account has the Consider for Account Activity option enabled the dormant status of the account will be updated to Active Apart from this you can specify the parame
175. ce For each account class for which account statistics has been enabled an accounting End of Day EOD process updates the statistics table both period wise and according to financial years The book dated balances are used for computation of statistics and the balances are maintained according to accounting periods For information about viewing the period wise account statistics refer the section Querying on Account Statistics found earlier in this chapter Status Change Automatic If you check this option the status of the account will be changed automatically by the system as per the conditions maintained in the Status Rule Definition screen If you do not select this option you have to change the status manually through the Manual Status Change screen These screens are discussed in detail in the subsequent sections of this document This specification will be defaulted to all the accounts reporting to this account class Exclude Same Day Reversal transaction from Statement If you do not wish transactions booked and reversed on the same day to be reflected in the account statement you can specify the preference here This feature is applicable only for the customer account legs and not for the related GL legs Also reversals made through the DE module will not be considered for exclusion Your specification for this at the account class level defaults to all accounts involving the class You can change it for a specific accoun
176. cess rights i e you may have rights to access the CIF screen but not view the photograph of the customer Limits Through this button you can view modify add define the liability details of a customer provided you have been assigned the necessary rights This button appears enabled only if the function Id LATCURES has been added to your User Role If this Function Id has not been added to your User Role the button will ud ORACLE appear disabled CLS Restrictions In case of a CLS participant you can capture CLS currency restrictions MT920 Through this screen you can specify MT920 preferences Domestic Through this screen you can capture domestic details of the customer Professional Through this screen you can capture professional details of the customer Issuer In case of an issuer customer you can capture issuer details Cards Through this screen you can view cards details of the customer OFAC Check Through this button you can call the OFAC service and view the response from the OFAC system Linked Account This button invokes the Linked Account screen where you can view the details of linked accounts KYC Details This button invokes the KYC Details screen where you can view the KYC details of the customer Joint Venture Through this screen you can maintain the joint venture details Account Details This button invoke
177. class you can maintain a derivation rule which would be used during status processing to arrive at the status of each account if status processing is at a contract level or the worst status among all accounts and loans belonging to groups or CIF level if status processing is at a Group CIF level To define the derivation rule you could use a combination of multiple elements and arithmetic and logical operators The following elements may be used e Frozen e Dormant e Nodebits e Nocredits e Stoppayment e Current Status e Customer Classification In addition the following elements will also be available for processing e OD overdraft Days e Inactive Days e Overline Days e TOD Temporary Overdraft Days e Debit Interest OD Days e OD Limit Breach Days e OD Expiry Days e Credit days For details regarding the maintenance of other status control parameters in the Status Rule Definition screen refer the chapter Maintaining Mandatory Information in this user manual 6 9 Provision Processing for Accounts Provision processing for customer accounts is only done if indicated in the account details Provision processing depends upon the status processing for accounts The Provisioning Batch For accounts for which provisioning has been indicated a batch process is run subsequent to the following processes to perform provisioning e Status processing for accounts e Interest and Charges IC batch process 12
178. count Select the valid account number from the adjoining option list Consolidated charge bank Select the valid bank from the adjoining option list Product Details You can specify product details for your account here Product Code Select the valid product code from the adjoining option list UDE Currency The system generates the user defined currency type maintained at Interest Product Preference level dd ORACLE Waive Check this box if you need to waive of interest or charges defined for the selected interest product at the Interest Product Preference level Generate UDE Change Advice Check this box if you need to generate advice for change in values of the User Data elements for the account Open Check this box if you need to apply the selected interest product for the account 3 3 5 3 Maintaining Account Level Charges Conditions Click Charges button in the Account Class Transfer screen to invoke Account level charges conditions screen Account level charges conditions Account Details Branch Code Account Product Detail Product Code UDE Currency Slab Amount 1010 Slab Amount Charge Amount Minimum Maximum Free Items Waive Charges Open 4 180f21 gt The following details are captured here Account Details You can maintain the account details here 67 ORACLE Branch Code The current branch code is defaulted here Account The syst
179. creen Click the Limits button The Liability Summary screen appears Double clicking on a record displays the Limits Line Summary screen which provides a summary view of all the lines linked to the liability of the customer Double clicking on a record in the Limits Line Summary screen displays the utilization summary screen 7 2 9 Viewing MIS Details You can view MIS information about the selected customer through the Customer Position screen Click MIS tab Contract Reference MIS Group Link To Group Input N Floating Rate Related Reference Related Reference Rate Code Related Account Related Account Spread MIS Head Cost Code Rate At Rate Type Interest Method Pool Code Pool Code Contract Level Reference Rate Transaction MIS Code Composite MIS Code Funds MIS Code MIS Group Rate Amendment Rate Change Log Balance Transfer Log For more details on the MIS screen refer the MIS User Manual te ORACLE 7 2 10 Viewing Projections You can view future settlement balances and outstanding FX and FT contracts for the selected customer account through the Customer Position screen Click Projection button Invoke the Customer Projections Query screen by typing ACDSQPRO in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Projections Customer Date Customer Name Bal alance Customer Account Number Balance Description e Debit Credit
180. customer accounts and transacting on behalf of your customer you will need to send periodic updates to your customers in the form of advices statement of accounts and so on You have to indicate the language in which your customer wants the statements and advices to be generated English is defaulted as the language of correspondence you have the option to change the default The list positioned next to the language field contains all the language codes maintained in the SMS module You can select the appropriate Communication Mode Indicate the mode of the communication to the customer to intimate about the beneficiary account credit You can select one of the following options e Mobile e Email ID The above field is enabled only for the product that uses the NEFT clearing network i e Network Qualifier of the Clearing network should be NEFT Registration Address Registration Address contains the registration address of the customer You need to specify the following information ORACLE Same as Correspondence Address Select the check box if the Address For Correspondence is same as Permanent Address If the permanent is same as the address for correspondence you need not provide the details of the permanent address If not you need to specify the permanent address Address Specify the registratioin address of the customer Four lines have been provided for this purpose You can capture a maximum of 35
181. customers you are not allowed to change the customers involved in the linkage However you can alter the relationship that exists between them Only one type of relationship can exist between any two customers The following example will illustrate the manner in which you can maintain relationship details between customers and the need for the same ORACLE John Doe is customer of you bank is running a business named John Doe Building Contractors He is married to Jane Doe but is separated He now lives with Mary Bloggs In addition he also has a partnership with Jack Black and another partnership with Joe Green In order to establish a relationship between the above individuals you have to maintain each individual as a customer in Oracle FLEXCUBE In the Customer Information Maintenance screen set up the details for John Doe John Doe Building Contractor Jane Doe Mary Bloggs Jack Black Builders Joe Green Builders Since you can link loans to a single customer only the following pairs should also be maintained as customers John and Jane Doe John Doe and Mary Bloggs John Doe and Jack Black Builders John Doe and Joe Green Builders The linkage between the above individuals will be as follows Customer 1 Customer 2 John Doe John Doe Building Contractor John Doe John and Jane Doe Jane Doe John and Jane Doe John Doe John Doe and Mary Bloggs Mary Bloggs Joh
182. cy Provision Currency Exposure Category Event Class Code Local Escrow Details Required Transaction Code Transaction Code For Reversal Cash Deposit Limit on Trust Account Account Escrow Transfer Applicable Credit Dormancy Parameters Debit Interest Charge Liquidation Initial Funding Applicable Customer Not Applicable Status B Liquidate Using Receivable Event Class Code Verify Funds Charge Role To Head Charges Debit 8 Charge Start Advice Advice Days Liquidation Days Liquidation Mode Free Period Branch Currency Restriction Customers Categories MIS Preferences Reg Deposit Auto Deposit GL Lines Status Rule Amt Block Maker Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Date Time Authorization Status Defining an Account Class includes the maintenance of the following parameters 1 Assigning a unique Code to the Account Class and associating an appropriate description with the class 2 Indicating the type of account for which account class is being maintained 3 Specifying the period after which accounts in this class should become dormant if no customer transaction is posted into the account 4 Indicating the date from when new accounts can be created under the account class 5 Indicating the end date after which the new accounts cannot be created for the account class 6 Maintaining the different statuses applicable to the accounts for which the account
183. d Telephone The system will display the customer s contact number based on the customer number selected First Name The system will display the customer s first name based on the customer number selected Last Name The system will display the customer s last name based on the customer number selected Address 1 2 3 and 4 Specify the address line 1 2 3 and 4 Areas of Interest Specify the area in which the customer is having interest Remarks Specify any additional information if any 3 3 10 1 Product Tab Specify the product details Product Code Specify the product code which is to be associated to the customer The adjoining option list displays all the product code that are maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Product Description The system displays a brief description of the product ORACLE Interested Flag Check this box to indicate that the product that is selected should be included in the lead creation 3 3 10 2 Offer Tab Lead Details Lead Id Customer No Address 1 Address 2 Email Address 3 Telephone Address 4 First Name Area of Interest Last Name Remarks Product Code 1010 Offer Code Offer Description Response t Oo Accepted B XR Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Specify the offer details Offer Code Specify the offer code that is rendered to the customer The adjoining option
184. d Until Date lt Bill Linkage Details 1010 L BC Reference Currency Loan Details 10115 Account Currency Down Payment D M Here you can view the following details e Operation Code e Issue date e Closing Date e Effective date 89 ORACLE Commission Details Here you can view the following details e Component e Currency e Amount e Good Until Date e Event Sequence Number Bill Linkage details Here you can view the following details e BC Reference Number e Currency e Amount Loan Details Here you can view the Loans details which are related to LC The following fields are displayed e Account e Currency e Amount e Down Payment i ORACLE 8 4 5 3 Viewing Additional Guarantee Details You can view additional details about guarantee in the Guarantee Additional Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking on Guarantee Other Details button E Guarantee Additional Details Operation Code Issue Date Guarantee Type Closing Date Effective Date Commission Details 10117 Component Description Component Currency Good Until Date lt Financing Details 100 Account Currency Down Payment D Here you can view the following details e Operation Code e Issue date e Closing Date e Effective date e Guarantee Type Commission Details Here you can view the following details e Component e Component Descri
185. d at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click on the adjoining arrow button Customer FATCA Classification Enter Query Customer No Customer Type Individual Full Name Local Branch Code Customers FATCA Classification Customers FATCA Details 108 Indicia Present Tax Identification Number Recalcitrant TIN TIN Expiry Date FATCA Classification Remarks Tracking Details For Corporates and Banks Tracking Required Employer Identification No EIN EIN Issue Date EIN Expiry Date GIIN Tracking Closed Date Customers FATCA Audit Log 10 Date Logged ReasonforLogging Criteria Matched US Indicia Updated Recalcitrant Updated IE CTS Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Customer No Select the customer number from the adjoining option list Customer Type The system displays the type of customer Full Name The system displays the full name of the customer Local Branch Code The system displays the local branch code Customers FATCA Classification US Indicia Present The check box US Indicia Present is checked based on the FATCA classification batch or the authorization of a customer record However you can check or uncheck the box after performing due diligence If this box is checked and the FATCA Classification status is PENDING CLASSIFICATION then e Tracking required will be checked e Tracking
186. d clearing transaction is extended based on e Sector Code e Bank Code e Branch Code Invoke the Float Extension Maintenance Screen by typing CGDBFLEX in the field at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Float Extension Maintenance Branch Code Clearing Type Reference Number Float Extension Sector Code Status Unprocessed Bank Code Clearing Branch Cade Transaction Date Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Branch Code Alphanumeric Mandatory m ORACLE The system displays the branch code Clearing Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the clearing type from the adjoining option list Reference Number Alphanumeric Mandatory The system displays the unique reference number of the float extension maintenance Float Extension Numeric Mandatory Specify the number of days by which the float days is extended for clearing the instrument Sector Code Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the sector code from the adjoining option list Status Alphanumeric Optional The system displays the status whether the maintenance is executed or not Bank Code Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the bank code from the adjoining option list Transaction Date Date Format Mandatory The system displays the transaction date as current date Clearing Branch Code Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the specific
187. d click Fetch button to perform a query operation on the selected customer The displayed values are based on the query parameters provided 2 2 11 Other Basic Customer Information You will notice the following buttons in the Customer Maintenance screen Group Through this screen you can associate the customer code with a group Through this you can define the MIS details of a customer for future use Through this you can capture details of joint customers Standing Instructions Through this screen you can view the details of all standing instructions associated with respective the customer code Linked Entities Through this screen you can link different customers to the specific customer whose details you are capturing and specify the relation shared by the two customers For details about linked entities refer to the section Maintaining Customer Accounts under the heading Relationships for Customer in this user manual Through this screen you can store free format text scanned images etc about the customer whose details you are capturing You can store this information either as text documents or as plain text Fields Through this you can capture user defined fields Image Through this screen you can capture the photograph of the customer whose details you are maintaining You will be allowed to access this screen only if you have the requisite ac
188. ddress of the customer for correspondence Mobile Number Specify the mobile number of the customer Language Specify the language for customer communication Communication Mode Choose the mode of communication for the customer The options available in communication mode are e Mobile e Email t ORACLE Registration Address Same as Correspondence Address Check box if the registration address is same as the correspondence address Name Specify the customer s complete name Address Specify the registration address of the customer County Specify the country s name as per the registration address Incorporation You need to specify the details about the company Date Specify the date on which the company was started Currency of Amounts Specify the Currency in which you specify the particular customer s various financial details Capital Specify the initial investment in the company Net Worth Specify the net worth of the company Country Specify the Country of registration of the office of the corporate Description of Business Specify the nature of the business and the business activities carried out by the customer organization i ORACLE Additional Details KYC Status Select the Know Your Customer KYC status of the customer KYC Reference The system displays the reference number The KYC reference number will be generated and displayed while saving this screen National Id Specify the co
189. de Description MARK BLACKLIST CUST Mark the customer as blacklisted customer Cheque return in clearing counter due to NSF Mark the customer as blacklisted customer 0 Blocked Data effective date will be the date on which the customer is marked as blacklisted the expiry date will be the application date expiry period of the active NSF level Suppose action component is assigned to SP3 level and the expiry period is set as 12Months and the customer is blacklisted on 10 Jan 2010 then the expiry period would be 10 Jan 2011 In case the customer is already blacklisted customer then the effective date will be recomputed if the newly arrived expiry date is greater than the existing expiry date then the new expiry date will be updated as the expiry date for that customer Cheque return in clearing counter due to NSF for the customer who is already blacklisted in Central bank then customer will be marked as blacklisted customer 1 Extended Data Customer is part of the Central bank blacklisted customer 2 Blocked data by Central bank UNMARK BLACKLIST CUS Mark the customer as non blacklisted customer only if the T customer blacklist status got expired Otherwise system will keep the customer as blacklisted customer In case the customer is part of the Central bank blacklisted customer 2 Blocked data by Central bank BLACKLIST CUST ACC Mark all customer accounts as blacklisted accounts Based on the b
190. defining CIF records and Customer Accounts you would have noticed that many of the fields have option lists positioned next to them While some option lists contain pre defined values for some option lists to be populated you need to capture data through separate screens For instance while maintaining CIF records you need to associate each customer with a customer category For this purpose you will need to maintain customer categories before you begin to maintain CIF records Similarly each customer account needs to be associated with an account class Therefore you will need to maintain account classes before you start defining customer accounts All such screens have been documented in the subsequent sections 3 2 Maintaining Account Classes In the Oracle FLEXCUBE system you can classify the customer accounts of your bank into different groups and assign each an identifying code For instance you may define a group called INDSB to represent savings accounts held by individuals SB INS to comprise institutional savings accounts COR CU for corporate current accounts Each group is referred to as an Account Class and is maintained in the Account Class screen For each class you also define certain common attributes applicable to all accounts in this class such as the General Ledger lines to which the accounts in this class report to facilities granted to the account holders pass book check book ATM etc In the Customer Accounts M
191. dentification document furnished by the customer to the bank as proof of identity Identifier Value The serial number document number or any identification number by which the identifier name document can be uniquely identified Joint Holder Code The account identifier codes given to joint holders of any customer account Legal Guardian If the account holder is a minor this is the legal guardian of the customer Liability Number A code used to keep track of the credit limit facility granted to a customer Limit Check A validation maintained for all accounts in an account class to see if there are adequate funds in the account Loan Repayment The amount paid towards loan repayment MTD Month to Date Indicates the turnover on an account for the current month and up to the current date It is specified for both Credit and Debit turnovers Narratives Specifications that help achieve a desired format for account statements Natural GL The code of the GL to which the turnovers of all accounts in the account class will be reported Regulation D This is a regulation of the U S Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation D also known as Reg D exempts certain offerings of equity from many of the regulatory requirements that impose costs upon standard public offerings A Reg D offering is intended to make access to the capital markets possible for small companies that could not otherwise bear those costs i ORACLE Reporting Li
192. ditional IRA Roth IRA SEP SIMPLE etc The form contains the following details e Your bank s name and address e customer s name social security number and address e The plan product type for which the form is being generated e year for which the report is being generated e Total rollover contributions this is the total of all contributions into plans of the selected type with Rollover as the contribution code e Roth IRA conversion amount while usually applicable for Roth IRAs this in the general case is the total contribution into plans of the selected type with Conversion as the contribution code e Total re characterized contributions this is the total of all contributions into plans of the selected type with Re characterization as the contribution code e New contributions this is the total of all contributions into plans of the selected type with New as the contribution code e Other contributions this is the total of all contributions into plans of the selected type with contribution codes different from any of those mentioned above e Fair Market Value this is the total year end balance of all the plans of the selected type IRA codes that you have marked for not reporting to the IRS will be left out of all of the above summations 10 6IRS Form 1099 R ORACLE Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to generate Form 1099 R for reporting distributions from a selected t
193. e TAXAMTINTAXCCY The tax amount in tax currency Number INTERESTAMT The interest amount basis amount on which Number the tax has been calculated Individual Certificate Required Check this box to indicate whether an individual tax certificate is required for each transaction An individual tax certificate is a certificate advice which is generated for each individual event in a transaction resulting in computation deduction of tax from the customer s account The advice is linked to the product and is generated at the time of authorization of the contract event Generating Individual Tax Certificate For contracts that have tax defined on interest liquidation an individual tax certificate will be generated by the system provided the tax certificate is linked as an advice for the event and the individual transaction tax certificate is required to be generated for the customer For income other than through interest on customer accounts the advice format for the tax certificate can be maintained depending on the requirement This advice format can be linked to the products For income through interest on customer accounts the advice format for the tax certificate is pre shipped The format of the advice can be modified except for the name of the advice format which is pre shipped Maintaining Tags for Advice Generation The following tags will be available for advice generation for individual transaction
194. e Checklist tab from the Customer Maintenance screen to capture the details of document types that are to be maintained Checklist is an optional tab based on the workflow of the bank In this tab you need to provide the following information Customer Maintenance New E Enter Query Type amp Individual Full Name Customer Category Corporate Short Name C Private Customer Bank Branch Code Customer No Personal Corporate Additional Director Auxiliary 81 Document List M 4 10n Document Category Document Type Document Name Document Reference Date Requested Expected Date Actual Date Expiry Date Remarks MIS Joint Standing Instructions Linked Entities CLS Restrictions MT920 Linked Account Details Joint Venture Account Details NSF Black list status Documents Change Log Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status Specify the following details Document List Document Category Specify the category of the document Document Type Specify the document type The adjoining option list displays all the document types that are maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Document Name Specify the name of the document For example Address Proof Identity Proof etc ORACLE Document Reference Specify the reference number for the document For example if the document submitted is a passport then
195. e are restricted e default NSF_ADV_CCR advice format is generated for sending the advice message to the customers whose cheque has been returned over the counter due to NSF The EOD process will generate and post the above advice message e Advice message types and advice message formats are required to maintain in ST module prior to associate the advice messages to a NSF Level 3 3 3 Maintaining NSF Cheque Parameter You can capture the NSF validation related parameters in the NSF Cheque parameters screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDNSFPR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button NSF Cheque Parameters Screen NSF Cheque Validation Parameters NSF Cheque Clearance NSF validation period Months Expiry Date Holiday Rule Next Working Day NSF Rejection code Account for Consideration Clearance with in Days Treatment of Same Cheque NSF Return Rejection Status Treatment Same Action for NSF Blacklisted Customers Accounts consideration for Action Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status 54 Clearance Allowed ORACLE NSF Cheque Validation Parameters NSF validation period months Specify the period during which the NSF validation is considered for cheque return Expiry Date Holiday Rule Select the Expiry Date Holiday Rule from the drop down list The options are
196. e Account Number Due Date Currency Overdue Amount Details Deposits Matured but not renewed or liquidated 100 gt Branch Code Deposit Reference Number Currency Term Deposit Amount Maturity Date Details details Locker Charges Overdue Details I 10HD gt Contract Reference Component Description Currency Due date Details Cheques Returned 1010 i Branch Account Cheque Book Number Cheque Number Presentation Date Details Amount Block Details 4 Branch Account Amount Block Number Amount Effective Date Expiry Date Block Type Details Stop Payment Details 4 10flD P Branch Account Stop Payment Number Stop Payment Type Start Cheque Number Cheque Number Effective Date Expiry Date Following alerts can be viewed in this screen Overdue Loans Ae ORACLE Here you can view the Loan accounts which have overdue component as on today The following details can be viewed here e Branch Code e Account number e Due Date e Currency e Overdue Amount Deposits Matured but not renewed or liquidated Here you can view the deposit accounts or contracts which are matured but not yet liquidated or renewed The following details can be viewed here e Branch code e Deposit reference number e Currency e Amount e Maturity Date Locker Charges Overdue Detail
197. e C Psy Posted Un pay Posted Account Statistics You will be able to view the following details about the entries which have been posted and those that are not to post e The Posting Date ORACLE e Contract Ref No DD Reference Number e A brief description about the Referral e The amount which is to be debited from the customer account e e Un pay The default option is to approve Pay the check DD amount On occasion you may want to unpay or reject a check DD You will be allowed to levy charges both for approving as well as recalling rejecting checks There are no limits on the charges for recalling a check but you can levy approval charges for a maximum of three transactions only The charges for each accept reject are computed on the basis of the IC Charge Rule linked to the customer account You will not be allowed to recall or unpay future dated transactions typically future dated fund transfers or standing orders The transaction will be initiated and entries posted passed only if the referral decision is to pay Each time you choose to reject a transaction you will have to indicate the reason for rejecting the transaction A list of Reason Codes is available in the option list You can select the appropriate A transaction is considered for charging only if the Waive Charge option has not been enabled for a particular Reject Code You can enable the option if the
198. e Id Name Country Short Name Records per page 15 1 Of 1 Customer No First Name Last Name First Name Customer Type Email Full Name SSN Unique Id Value Advanced Search Customer Type Telephone Email Unique Id Name FullName You can search for records based on any one or all of the following criteria e Customer No e First Name e Last Name e Customer Type e Telephone e Email e Corporate Name e Country e SSN e Fax e Customer Category 110 ORACLE e Short Name e Unique Name e Unique Value Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Customer No e First Name e Last Name e Address Line 1 e Address Line 2 e Address Line 3 e Telephone e SSN e Fax e Customer Category e Short Name e Unique Name e Unique Value 2 7 Multiple Relationships The credit facility granted to any customer is tracked against the Liability Number of the customer You can also track the liability of a customer child against a different customer parent Thus the liability number emphasizes only one kind of relationship that of the parent with the child However a customer of your bank can have relationships with other customers of your bank i e there is a possibility of one to many relationshi
199. e classification is pending or needs due diligence You can monitor such records using the Customer FATCA Tracking query screen To invoke this screen type STSFCTRK in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click on the adjoining arrow button Customer FATCA Tracking Local Branch Customer No FATCA Classification Recalcitrant Date Logged amp Tracking Flag Advanced Search Records perpage 15 v 1 OF 1 Local Branch Customer No Customer Name FATCA Classification Recalcitrant Date Logged Reason for Log In the above screen you can base your queries on any or all of the following parameters and fetch records e Local Branch e Customer No e FATCA Classification e Recalcitrant e Date Logged e Tracking Flag Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The records meeting the selected criteria are displayed If you are allowed to query customer information then system displays the following details pertaining to the fetched records e Local Branch e Customer No e Customer Name e FATCA Classification 4 8 4 8 1 e Recalcitrant e Date Logged e Reason for Logging e Criteria Matched e Tracking Flag Maintaining Intraday Batches You can define the following intraday batches to identify the customers based on FATCA classification e FATCACOM e FATCAINC Processing FATCACOM Batch FATCACOM
200. e field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button NSF Enquiry Enter Query Branch Code Customer No Customer Name Internal Bank NSF Details NSF Level Effective Date Expiry Date IB Blacklisted Status Description Effective Date Expiry Date NSF Details Branch Code Blacklist Status Description Central Bank NSF Details CB Blacklisted Status Description Effective Date Expiry Date Web Branch NSF Details Counter Cheque Status Description Effective Date Expiry Date Select the branch code from the adjoining option list Customer No Select the customer number from the adjoining option list Click on query button to view the list of blacklisted customers for the selected branch code Customer No The system defaults the customer number of the blacklisted customer 52 ORACLE Customer Name The system displays the name of the blacklisted customer NSF Level The system displays the NSF blacklist status of the customer 2 2 17 2 NSF Details You can view interbank blacklisted status in the NSF details screen Click on NSF Details in the NSF Blacklisted Status screen to invoke this screen NSF Details Customer No Name NSF IB Details 10f1 E C CustemerNo NSF level Effective Date Expiry Date CGRefNo AccountNo ChequeNo Cheque Amount Customer No Customer No is defaulted here based on the details queried in
201. e from the adjoining option list The list displays all valid branch codes Customer No Select the customer number from the adjoining option list This list displays all valid customers maintained in the system From Date Select the From date for statement generation By default the current application date is displayed here To Date Select the To date for statement generation By default the current application date is displayed here Click OK button to generate the report Click Exit to return to the Reports Browser 10 12 1 Contents of the Report The contents of the report are discussed under the following heads ORACLE Header The header carries the Customer Name Customer Address Account Class Account Number Opening balance Currency and Branch Body of the Report Account Class This indicates the account class Account Number This indicates the account number Branch This indicates the branch code Opening Balance This indicates the opening balance Transaction Date This indicates the transaction date Transaction Reference This indicates the transaction reference Transaction Code This indicates the transaction code Description This is the description of the transaction Ccy This indicates the currency of the transaction Credit Amount This indicates the Credit amount Debit Amount This indicates the Debit amount Balance This indicates the Balance
202. e old provisioning amount and the differential provisioning entries are passed as usual into the GLs maintained for the new status e ORACLE 3 2 13 Maintaining Auto Deposits Auto deposits are the linked deposit accounts to the savings accounts These accounts are created once the threshold balance exceeds in the customer accounts You can maintain these accounts using Auto Deposits screen Click the button Auto Deposit in the Account Class Maintenance screen to invoke it The screen is as shown below Auto Deposits Account Class Def Rate Code Transaction Code Def Rate Type Currency Sweep Mode Minimum Required Balance Break Method Cluster Identification a Provide Interest On Broken a Break Deposits First Deposit You have to specify the following fields in this screen Account Class Specify the deposit type of account class for the auto deposit account Transaction Code Specify the transaction code DPN New deposit account for the book event to trigger at the time of creation of auto deposit account Currency Specify the currency in which the deposit account has to created Minimum Required Balance Specify the balance that is required to be maintained at the linked savings account If any balance exists beyond this balance in the account then the system creates an auto deposit account as part of batch process Cluster ID The system displays the cluster ID linked with the deposit account class linked
203. ecify if all customers under each of the categories are to be linked to the account class In the Account Class Customer List screen you have the option of specifying the categories that should be linked to this account class and within a category you can also restrict individual customers to be linked to the class lis ORACLE To indicate allowed customer categories click the Customer Categories button The Account Class Customer List screen will be invoked E Account Class Customer List Account Class Description Category Customer Selection Indicator Allowed Disallowed Customer Categories 1010 L Customer Category x In this screen you define the following e Alist of allowed or disallowed customer categories e Alist of disallowed customers if any under the allowed category For an account class you need to specify the customer categories that should be linked to it and also customers within a category who should not be allowed to be linked to this account class Example Requirement You are capturing the features of a Nostro account class called NostroL CY you would like to e Associate the customer category called Banks with NostroLCY e Disallow a customer called Midas Bank associated with the customer category called Banks from using the features of this class e Grant your customer Morgan Stanley linked to the customer category called Financial Institutions all rights associated wi
204. ect the mode of message for balance generation form the option list Report Transaction Since This is a list of all the transactions the accounts under a class have undergone in the interval of balance messages generated for the accounts under the respective classes You can choose the appropriate values applicable e Previous MT940 This indicates all transactions posted and authorized since the issue of a previous MT 940 in the current balance report e Previous MT941 This indicates all transactions posted and authorized since the issue of a previous MT 941 in the current balance report e Previous MT950 This indicates all transactions posted and authorized since the issue of a previous MT 950 in the current balance report ds ORACLE You synchronize the time instance by hours for generation of balance messages by clicking the Times button Generation Time Generation Time 10710 Generation Time This screen is employed to indicate the the time instance in hours for the generation of the balance reports Message Generation Time Specify the timing for generation of the MT 941 MT942 messages You can specify the time interval in hours only A new message type is created for the balance report process which can be run as part of a scheduled task This message type is ACST BALANCE and ACST INT DTL 3 2 17 2 Balance Statement Handoff The balance statement can be handed off as part of schedul
205. ed CB Lines You can maintain the credit and debit details of the Central Bank reporting lines for your account here Credit The line code related to credit is defaulted here You can select a valid line code from the adjoining option list if needed Debit The line code related to debit is defaulted here You can select a valid line code from the adjoining option list if needed 3 3 6 Processing Account Class Transfer Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates the change of account class at the customer level without changing the customer account number Depending on the destination account class system defaults reports the reporting GL lines and IC related values 3 3 6 1 Processing EOD Batch During IC EOD process system considers interest accrual for the back value dated transactions carried out prior to account class transfer and computes the interest from the effective date of transfer based on new account class values If the value date of the back value transaction is before the effective date of transfer then the system does not compute interest for the period between value date and effective date System does not process IC calculation of back valued UDE change back value dated transaction CIF type change and bulk change of the old account class di ORACLE 3 3 6 2 Processing BOD Batch During BOD process system initiates the IC online liquidation of interest accrued on various products for all the customer accounts in t
206. ed Fr 37 8 3 5 Viewing Events Details ite eR PR MESE RR RE HE ets 42 8 3 6 Viewing Schemes Details et e RUE ER ERR Re fr ees 43 6 3 7 Viewing Alerts iae et e HR ERROR PR E ERR SED ERU 45 6 3 8 Viewing Limits Details et t ete eR A Pe t EE RES ATE Ie ERU RUIT I rar eb be Pr eet 49 8 3 9 Viewing P yment Details ii e RA PR I ER ERO ASH saseusoasaabacuaesvuevaseabes 51 6 3 10 Viewing Islamic Deposits Details eese eene neret eene ener nennen 53 6 3 11 Viewing Islamic Financing Details eese eee enne eene tenete nennen trennen teens 55 8 3 12 Viewing External Details ec eet OBERE RR ERRORIS EU rr peres 27 8 4 VIEWING 360DEGREE CORPORATE CUSTOMER DETAILS eene nens 59 6 4 1 Viewing Summary Details sagesse ctetu tere re e erbe rae ERE 61 6 4 2 Viewing Profile Details ied ettet apii E ee DR HERE ECOL ied eas per GERI ied 61 6 4 5 Viewing Deposits Details api caetera pieces ong rte kar be He Ee Ee cep esposa le RS 70 6 4 4 Viewing Loan Details 5i dep ete ete tui a E rere EU 80 8 4 5 Viewing Trade Details ties ccrta ete soda e ES RR Cr e Ree 64 6 4 6 Viewing Treasury Details dapi ete ee etn a rese eere ES RH Re Eee EUR e EGER docu 93 6 4 7 Viewing Events Details tide eso ettet a Et ang selene bgeege Cr e Ree 97 6 4 8 Viewing Schemes Details deperire
207. ed on any customer correspondence While maintaining the Customer Short Name in the CIF Details screen the system automatically appends the Location code to the customer short name when you associate the appropriate Location Code with the Customer Code d ORACLE 3 3 14 Capturing Algorithm Details in Oracle FLEXCUBE In Oracle FLEXCUBE you can choose to generate check digits for Customer Accounts based on the algorithm of your choice You can define algorithms of your choice through the Algorithm Maintenance screen Invoke this screen by typing CSDALGMT the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Algorithm Maintenance Algorithm Name Algorithm Description In this screen you should specify the following details e The Name of the Algorithm This will uniquely identify the algorithm in Oracle FLEXCUBE e brief description of the algorithm After you capture the details of a new algorithm you must write the algorithm through the Algorithm Procedure Generation screen m ORACLE 3 3 14 1 Generating Procedure for Algorithm For every algorithm that you define through the Algorithm Maintenance screen must write the algorithm generation rule through the Algorithm Generation Input screen Invoke this screen by typing CSDALGGN the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoi
208. ed task under Oracle You need to assign its frequency in hours This process is initiated for all accounts requiring a balance account statement As discussed previously the time for generation of the statement is determined and specified In case of no subsequent transactions reports the statement is not generated 3 2 17 3 Assigning Balance Statement as Job The balance statement can be facilitated to run as part of a scheduled job as part of the Oracle jobs initiated during processing The Jobs Browser screen of the application provides you the facility to run the balance statement as a synchronized task subject to specified time intervals in hours Invoke the Jobs Browser screen from the application typing CSSJOBBR the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click on the adjoining arrow button ORACLE The screen is as shown below Jobs Browser Job Module Process Status Advanced Search IRecords per pagel 15 4071 Job Module Process Process Sequence Number Status Status N Stopped T Running H Halted Select the option Generate Balance Report from the Process option list All associated accounts of the particular branch that have been marked for generation of balance statements are procured by Oracle FLEXCUBE The debit and credit accounts considered since the previous issue of an MT 941 are picked for the current processing The previ
209. ed to the customer e Re upgraded Select this option if networth of the customer is more than the maximum amount specified Customer Name The system displays the customer s name Segment Description The system displays the segment s description Click the Default button to view the value of currency of the corresponding Net Worth Net Worth Currency The system displays the currency of the segment s net worth Net Worth The system displays the net worth value of the customer considering the available balance of the accounts ORACLE 2 4 4 Viewing Customer Segment Association Summary Screen You can view the details of the customers segment association in the Customer Segment Association Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSSEGAS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Segment Association Summary Authorization Status Record Status Customer No H Segment Code Segmentation Status Net Worth Net Worth Currency a Customer Currency Search Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v Ue 1 Authorization Status Record Status Customer No Segment Code Segmentation Status Net Worth Net Worth You can search for records based on any one or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Record Status e Customer No e Segment Code e Segmentation St
210. edit on 30 Oct 15 The system will put an amount block of 5000 AED with expiry date as due date i e 05 Nov 2009 and Effective date as Application date i e 30 Oct 2009 The created amount block will have amount block purpose code as 05 and Remarks field will be populated with Loan A c Number Note For a given loan account schedule all the applicable component amounts are summed up and a consolidated amount block will be created m ORACLE These amount blocks created by system for hold on salary purpose cannot be amended by users and only can be closed if required for the purpose of doing a manual liquidation for loan prepayment For multiple Loan instalments No Of Days for Salary Block 15 days Salary credit amount 10000 AED credited on 30 Oct 2009 Loan1 Installment Amt 5000 AED due on 05 Nov 2009 Loan2 Installment Amt 3000 AED due on 10 Nov 2009 In this case 2 block amount transactions will be placed by system on 30 oct 2009 on Salary credit date in the order of loan installment due date with block amounts No of days for Closing Unauthorized Accounts with No Activity Specify the number of days after which the unauthorized accounts without any activity should be automatically closed No of days for Closing Authorized Accounts with No Activity Specify the number of days after which the authorized accounts without any activity should be automatically closed RT Charge Product For Passbook Issue Specify the RT p
211. eference Component Description Currency Due date Cheques Returned 1011 gt M Branch Account Cheque Book Number Cheque Number Presentation Date Amount Block Details 1010 Branch Account Amount Block Number Effective Date Expiry Date Block Type Details Stop Payment Details M 4 1000 Branch Account Stop Payment Number Stop Payment Type Start Cheque Number Cheque Number Effective Date Expiry Date 99 ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing Alerts Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 10 Viewing Limits Details Click Limits tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the limits and collaterals of the customer The screen is as shown below 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Reports Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts imis Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Is Trade 15 External Products Limit Details Utilization Amount Customer Group Id Available Limit Currency Revision Date Limit Amount Line Details 1010 Line Identification Main Line Limit Currency Limit Amount Available Amount Revolving Line Line StatDate Line Expiry lt Collateral Details 10115 Collateral Code Collateral Description Collatera
212. eference Number e Contract Status Islamic Letter of Credit Details Here you can view the following details relating to Letters of credits e Branch Code e Contract reference number e Product Code e Product Type e Product description e Currency e Contract Amount e Customer e Beneficiary e Current Available Amount e Liability e Contract Status e Expiry date Islamic Bank Guarantee Details Here you can view the following details relating to guarantees e Branch Code 109 ORACLE e Contract reference number e Product Code e Product Type e Product description e Currency e Contract Amount e Customer e Beneficiary e Current Available Amount e Liability e Contract Status e Expiry date e Guarantee Type 8 4 15 Viewing Islamic Treasury Details Click Is Treasury tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of Islamic Treasury The screen is as shown below 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Is Trade External Products Islamic Money Market Details 1010 Branch Code Contract Reference Currency Amount Book Date Maturity Date Value Date Islamic Derivatives 100 Contract Reference In Leg Currency In Principal Amount OutLeg Currenc
213. egration GL and new provisioning entries are booked provided the Rebook Provision on Status Change option has been set for the new status of the account In this case the following entries would be passed For reversal of provision amount Dr Provisioning GL Cr Reintegration GL For booking of new provision amount Dr Expense GL Cr Provisioning GL 19 ORACLE 7 Customer Information Query 7 1 Introduction You can access the following information through the Customer Information Query screen Customer Limits specifically relating to Overdraft Limits on Current Accounts and Foreign Exchange Exposure Limits Details relating to a Customer Account Facility to query for Account statement Facility to view future settlement balance contracts Facility to view Asset and Liability Balances of the customer Facility to view summary of Collaterals and Account Details 7 2 Invoking Customer Position Screen Invoke the Customer Information Query screen by typing ACDSCPQR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Customer Information E Linked Customer Customer Relation Customer Current Branch Only Relationship HEE Accounts Loans Deposits FX FT Account Details Asset Liability From Date JE Transaction Date Branch Customer Account Customer Desc
214. elect this option if you need to generate the statement monthly e Fortnightly Select this option if you need to generate the statement fortnightly e Weekly Select this option if you need to generate the statement weekly e Daily Select this option if you need to generate the statement daily On Select a month a date or a day to generate statement from the adjoining drop down list The drop down list displays following values e Displays names of the months when Annual Semi Annual and Quarterly are selected at the Cycle level e Displays numbers from 1 to 31 when Monthly is selected at the Cycle level e Displays names of the week days when Fortnightly and Weekly are selected at the Cycle level e Displays a blank list when Daily is selected at the Cycle level Secondary A c Statement You can generate account statement periodically for secondary account type Type Select the statement type to be generated from the options The following values are available for selection e None Select this option if you do not need an account statement e Summary Select this option if you need a brief account statement e Detailed Select this option if you need a detailed account statement Cycle Select the frequency to generate statement from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Annual Select this option if you need to generate the statement annually e Semi Annual Select
215. elements and not for the Element type Checking against Full Amend indicates that the external system always has to send the complete set of records for the subsystem whether amendment of that node is done or not By default the Full Amend field is unchecked ORACLE In case Full Amend is checked system overwrites the details during amendment even if all field values pertaining to a particular subsystem are not sent In such a scenario Oracle FLEXCUBE updates the fields with the available data sent by the external system during an amendment If no records are passed for a subsystem during amendment the complete subsystem is set to a NULL value In case the flag Full Amend is not checked system copies the details from the previous version and then makes changes to the existing records based on values sent by the external system If any new record comes as part of an amendment record the system inserts the same If the upload table is empty during amendment the system retains the data of the previous version The following points are noteworthy within the context of any amendment maintenance e Only subsystems of a contract or maintenance qualify for being a Node type The master record is never included as part of a Node type and its fields alone are labeled as Elements e This maintenance is required for supporting amendment requests from any external system If no maintenance is done for a particular
216. em generates the account number maintained in the Main screen of Account Class Transfer Product Detail You can specify the parameters related to product here Product Code Select a valid product code from the adjoining option list UDE Currency The system generates the user defined currency type defined for the selected charges product Minimum Specify the minimum charge that can be applied for the account Maximum Specify the maximum charge that can be applied for the account Free Items Specify to indicate the number of items on which the charges are not levied Waive Charges Check this box if you need to waive the charges defined for the selected charges product at the account level Open Check this box if you need to apply the selected charges product for the account Slab Amount You can specify the parameters related to slab amount here You can add additional rows by clicking the button and delete rows by clicking button Slab Amount Specify an amount slab for the charges maintained at the account level Rate will be applied for the amounts less than or equal to the amount slab pa ORACLE Specify the charge amount applied for the selected product at the account Rate Specify the rate to be applied for the charges maintained at the account level 3 3 5 4 Maintaining Account Level Consolidated Charges Conditions Click Consolidated Charges button in t
217. em will pick up the number of leaves to be reordered from the field Reorder Number of Leaves maintained for the account M ORACLE The numbering of cheque leaves for the new Cheque Book will depend the Cheque Number Unique for Branch option in the Bank Parameters screen If this option is checked the numbering will begin from the Last Number 1 of the Cheque Book that was delivered last to any account If you do not select this option the number will start from the Last Number 1 of the Cheque Book delivered to the same account previously The value of Include for Cheque Book Printing and Cheque Type specifications defined in the Cheque Book Details screen will be defaulted from the previous order of the Cheque Book 3 2 4 Capturing Details about Specially Designated Nationals Specially Designated Nationals SDN are those customers with whom you need to refrain from trading in any form The US government publishes a list of such nationals and circulates this list among banks and other financial organizations You can to maintain the details of SDNs in Oracle FLEXCUBE The details of Specially Designated Nationals are updated and published by the US government on a regular basis You could download these details from their web site You have two options to replicate the contents of this file into Oracle FLEXCUBE They are 1 Upload the file into Oracle FLEXCUBE through the SDN Upload screen 2 Maintain the de
218. en e select Submit Age Proof as Pending in customer maintenance screen Note the following e In case of holiday the Minor to Major conversion would be done after the holiday e Debit would be still allowed for the system initiated transactions During EOD BOD even though the documents have not been submitted Customer Advice Generation During EOD batch CASABAT will generate the advice for the customers who are going to attain the Major status based on the number of days mentioned at Branch Parameters level for advice generation The customer will receive an advice in the following sample format RH lt Customer Minor Major Advice gt Date BRANCHDATE Bank Name BANK NAME _ Branch Address BRANCH ADDR Customer Name CUST NAME1 Customer ID CUSTOMER __ You are attaining the Major status on DATE_ Hence please submit the necessary documents on or before DATE B 5 AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY s ORACLE 154 ORACLE 3 Maintaining Mandatory Information 3 1 Introduction As part of capturing customer related information in Oracle FLEXCUBE you need to maintain Customer Information Files CIF records for each entity who is a customer of your bank Apart from creating CIF records for each entity you need to maintain separate accounts for each customer The features of these two screens have been discussed in detail in the preceding sections While
219. ence Fax Specify the fax number of the customer for correspondence Email Id Specify the email address of the customer for correspondence Mobile Number Specify the mobile number of the customer for correspondence Communication Mode Select the mode of communication for the customer The options available in communication mode are e Mobile e Email Sex Specify the gender of the customer National Id Specify the corporate National Identification Number of this customer This is the registration number of your customer organization Date of Birth Specify the date of birth of the customer Resident Status Select the residential status of the customer The options available are m ORACLE e Resident e Non Resident Language The system displays English You can modify it if required Address For Correspondence Specify the address of the customer You need to provide the following address details Name Specify the name of the customer The number of characters that you can enter in this field is determined by the preference that you specified in the Bank Parameters screen However in the advices and statements that are sent to the customer only the first 35 characters of the name will be displayed Address Specify the mailing address of the customer In each line All characters should conform to SWIFT standards Country Select the country of the customer from the adjoining option list Natio
220. ent alphabet or combination You can have a combination that is a maximum of three characters long Alphabet Equivalent Specify the equivalent alphabet or combination for the selected alphabet You can have a combination that is a maximum of 3 characters long For example if you select the alphabet U and maintain OE as its equivalent then during a customer query the system will search for all names that match the given name and its equivalent spelling alternatives In the above case if the name contains the alphabet U the system will replace it with OE and display the results that match both instances Similarly if the given name contains the string OE the system will replace it with U and display the results for both the instances ORACLE The system will search for the alphabet equivalents during a customer name query from of the following screens e STSACSTA Customer Accounts Summary e STSKYOMN Customer Summary e STSCUSSH Customer Search e STSCIF Customer Information Summary e Customer Branch Screen Example Suppose that you have maintained the following equivalent e Alphabet U e Alphabet Equivalent OE Further when you perform a search for the name Sukarni the system will display the results for the following names e Sukarni e e SUKARNI e SOEKARNI ORACLE 2 10 1 Viewing Alphabet Equivalent Summary You can view a summary of
221. ents STSSRQST Service Request Fetch ORACLE Function ID Function Description STDFATCA Customer Type wise FATCA Parameters STSFATCA Customer Type Wise FATCA Parameters Summary STDCFCLF Customer FATCA Classification STSCFCLF Customer FATCA Classification Summary STSFCTRK Customer FATCA Tracking ORACLE ORACLE Core Entities November 2013 Version 12 0 1 15 4 Oracle Financial Services Software Limited Oracle Park Off Western Express Highway Goregaon East Mumbai Maharashira 400 063 India Worldwide Inquiries Phone 91 22 6718 3000 91 22 6718 3001 www oracle com financialservices Copyright 2007 2013 Oracle and or its affiliates rights reserved Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and or its affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners U S GOVERNMENT END USERS Oracle programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation delivered to U S Government end users are commercial computer software pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such use duplication disclosure modification and adaptation of the programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation shall be subject to license terms and
222. eports 1 3 Organization This manual is organized into the following chapters Chapter 1 About this Manual acquaints you quickly with the organization audience glossary of icons and related documents for this user manual Chapter 2 Maintaining Customer Information Files explains the maintenance of various personal and business details of the customers of your bank Chapter 3 Maintaining Mandatory Information explains how you can classify customer accounts into different groups known as account classes and how to maintain specifications for account classes Chapter4 Processing Referrals in Oracle FLEXCUBE details the maintenance required and the processing done in Oracle FLEXCUBE when customer transactions force the accounts involved the transaction to exceed the overdraft limit Chapter 5 Provisioning for Customer Accounts explains the process of provisioning for customer accounts in Oracle FLEXCUBE ORACLE Chapter 1 About this Manual acquaints you quickly with the organization audience glossary of icons and related documents for this user manual Chapter 6 360 Degree Customer View explains how you can view and analyze personal and business details of the customers Chapter 7 Customer Information Query explains how queries to retrieve information on customer accounts can be made Chapter8 Glossary contains a list of important terms used in the manual Chap
223. er Specify the order in which selected action code has to be triggered NSF level is defined in the status code definition screen STDSTCOD and system allows the user to select the code in NSF level maintenance screen Note the following e The Expiry period for the high NSF level is always greater than the lower NSF level System raises an alert message if the expiry period is lesser than the previous order expiry date e Once the formula expression is changed it is applicable for all NSF transactions to arrive at NSF level from the changed date NSF levels arrived by the previous formula will remain unchanged The following SDEs are provided for construction the formula and is used to arrive NSF level changes S No SDE Name Remarks 1 CHEQUE AMOUNT Amount of the cheque which has been rejected for NSF 2 NSF COUNT Number of NSF returned cheques for the validation period 3 CUSTOMER TYPE Type of the customer who has presented the NSF cheque 4 CB BK STATUS The active Central bank blacklist status of the customer SDE will return Y if the customer is blacklisted in central bank N if the customer is not a blacklisted in central bank ie ORACLE 3 3 1 Action Components NSF Level As part of NSF validation functionality predefined NSF action components are provided System triggers the mapped NSF action components whenever the customer status is changed to the new status Action Co
224. er Details for further details ane ORACLE 9 Glossary 9 1 Important Terms Account Class A group of customer accounts with similar characteristics and attributes Account Statement Cycle The periodicity for the generation of account statements Account Statement Type An indicator of the kind of account statement required to be generated periodically this could be either a summary statement or a detailed one Alternate Account Number An unique identifier for a customer account other than the main Account Number This provision is made to enable tracking of accounts existing in the bank before the installation of FLEXCUBE For such accounts you can capture the old account numbers as the Alternate Account Numbers Available The amount available in a customer s account which can be drawn Blocked The amount that is blocked for other transactions which the customer has entered into and not executed At any point of time the account balance cannot be less than the blocked amount Corporate Parameters Information captured under customized parameters for corporate customers Customer Category A group of customers with logically similar features or attributes Dormancy Days The period following which customer accounts under a class are made inactive Exposure Country This is the country of exposure of a customer This information is maintained for Central Liability tracking ORACLE Identifier Name The name of the i
225. er No Minimum No of Signatories Customer Name Account Message Signatory Details 40g gt Signature Id x Signatory Name Signatory Type Approval Limit Signatory Mi Refer the section Specifying Account Signatory Details under the Current and Savings Account module for more information 8 3 3 2 Viewing Standing Instruction Click Standing Instruction button to view the Standing Instruction Details screen In this screen you can view the standing instructions which have debit account as account selected from multiple block Standing Instruction Details 10f10 gt L Instruction Number First Execution Date Next Execution Date SI Expiry Date Processir ORACLE Here you can view the following details Instruction Number SI Type First Execution date Next Execution Date SI Expiry Date Processing Time Credit Account Credit Account Branch SI Amount Currency SI Amount Product Code 8 3 3 3 Viewing Periodic Instructions Click Periodic Instructions button to view the Periodic Instructions screen In this screen you can view the period instructions which have debit account as account selected from multiple block Periodic Instructions 1010 C instruction Reference Number Product Code Product Category Customer Account Branch Counterpa Here you can view the following details Instruction Reference Number Product Code Pr
226. ere ORACLE Branch Code Select the transaction branch of the float extension from the adjoining option list Customer No Specify a valid customer number for which you want to generate the report from the adjoining option list From Date Indicate the date from which transactions are extended The system defaults current date From Date should be lesser than or equal to To Date To Date Indicate the date to which the transactions are extended The system defaults current date To Date should be lesser than or greater to From Date Report Format Select the format in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e HTML Select to generate report in HTML format e RTF Select to generate report in RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format e EXCEL Select to generate report in EXCEL format Report Output Select the report output in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report e View Select to print the report e Spool Select to spool the report to a specified folder so that you can print it later PrinterAt Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location
227. ertaining to service names is factory shipped for your bank Operation Code The relevant operation code This is the operation that the external system wishes to perform within the selected service The operation names are published by Oracle FLEXCUBE As an example you can take ModifyCustomer which is for modification of a customer record Each operation under different service names is identified by a unique code The maintenance pertaining to operation codes is factory shipped for your bank Element Name The relevant field that can be amended On choosing a field its type gets defaulted in the Element Type field It can be one of the following Element These ultimate leaf elements occur directly under the parent node of an amendment request It is displayed as an P Node This is a child node of a main amendment request It has its own child elements and nodes It is displayed as an N 2 2 24 1 Processing for Element If such a field is sent as part of an amendment request and is maintained in this screen then a value for that field is expected when the request comes in from the external system In case no value is passed Oracle FLEXCUBE updates the field to a null value If any value is passed the same is taken as the new value for that field 2 2 24 2 Processing for Node If the field selected is of type Node a check box called Full Amend gets enabled This pertains to only the Node type
228. es screen is displayed as follows Notice Details Account Class Account Description x Advance Interest Monthly Free Amount Notice Days Validity Period The following fields are displayed in this screen e Account Class The unique code assigned to the account class is displayed e Description A short description of the account class is displayed The following are the notice preferences that you can specify for an account class Advance Interest Check this field to levy the advance interest on the account class Note the following xd ORACLE e The customer of the account class is liable to pay this interest in case he she fails to provide the required notice to the bank e The system deducts the advance interest from the credit Interest earned by the customer of the account class on his her credit balance in the account Monthly Free Amount Specify the amount that a customer of the account class can withdraw per calendar month from his her savings account without being liable to pay advance interest Notice Days Specify the number of days before which a customer of the account class should notify the bank if he she wants to withdraw an amount more than the Free Amount from his her account Validity Period Specify the notice validity period in number of days During this period a customer of the account class can do the withdrawal of the amount for which he she notified the bank S ORACL
229. es the NSF level description Account No Indicates the primary account no of the customer who is marked as blacklisted customer ORACLE IB Status Indicates the Internal blacklist status IB Status Description Indicates the description for the internal blacklist IB Effective Date Indicates the effective date from which the customer is marked as internally blacklisted customer IB Expiry Date Indicates the effective date till which the customer is marked as internally blacklisted customer CB Status Indicates the central bank blacklist status of the customer CB Status Description Indicates the description for the central bank blacklist status CB Effective Date Indicates the effective date from which the customer is marked as central bank blacklist status CB Expiry Date Indicates the effective date till which the customer is marked as central bank blacklist status 10 10Report for Actions triggered during NSF Status Change You can generate a report to list the actions which are triggered during the NSF status change You can invoke NSF Action Details screen by typing STRNSACT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button NSF Action Details Branch Code Customer No From Date To Date ReportFormat PDF PrinterAt Client Report Output Print Printer Specify the following h
230. escription of the customer category input above in not more than 35 character alphanumeric Taking the above example you can enter financial institutions Maintain Customer Log Check this box to indicate that customer information has to be tracked After you have made the inputs click the Save icon to save your record A record is not used until a user other than you authorizes it To authorize click Authorize button in the toolbar If any modifications were made the old and the new values will be displayed After which an alert box will indicate that the change will be authorized You will be prompted to conform To confirm click OK button The change will be authorized Your User ID the date and time at which the authorization was made will be displayed in the Auth ID and date and time fields at the bottom of the screen The status of the record will be updated to Authorized If you do not want to authorize the change then click Exit icon you will be returned to the screen from where you invoked the authorization function Remember that you cannot authorize an event that you have input Only another user who has the requisite rights can authorize the event To exit click Exit icon You will return to the Application Browser 2 2 29 Maintaining Customer Groups To track your credit exposure to a group of customers you should e Create Customer Groups and assign credit limits to it e Associate a customer with a group O
231. etails Commitment Details 14 4 1051 P Branch Code Product Code Account Number Description Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed Compo Mortgage MK 4 100 C Branch Code Product Code Account Number Description Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed Outstanding lt Collecion Details Leasing M 4 H Branch Code Product Code Account Number Description Currency Amount Financed sii Component Details Collection Details Syndicate Loan Details 1010 b Branch Code Product Code Collection Details Refer the section titled Viewing Loans Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 85 ORACLE 8 4 4 1 Viewing Component Details You can view details about the components linked to an account in the Component Details Screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Component Details button in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen The screen is as shown below Component Details 1010 F Component Name Component Currency Expected Overdue Out Standing lt Component Schedule Details 1010 C ComponentName Schedule Due Date Due Amount Settled Amount EMI amount Refer the section titled Viewing Component Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 85 ORACLE 8 4 4 2 Viewing Collection Det
232. etails pertaining to initial funding for opening accounts under the account class Event Class Code Specify the event class code maintained for initial funding process for the module code DE This adjoining option list displays all valid event class codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one a ORACLE Charge Role to Head Code Specify the class code that you wish to use for posting charge related accounting entries for initial funding This adjoining option list displays all valid class codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Refer the section Maintaining Event Class for Account Initial Funding in the chapter titled Creating Classes under Modularity User Manual for further details about the event class code 3 2 9 Maintaining Provisioning Details When you define an account class you can specify whether provisioning is applicable for accounts using the class You can make the following specifications in the Provisioning Details section in the Account Classes screen e Auto Provisioning Required Check this box if provisioning is applicable e Provision Frequency Frequency at which the provisioning would be done either daily or monthly Qu frequency you define here is only applicable if you have indicated individual account wise status processing for accounts in the Branch Parameters If you have indicated status processing at Group CIF level then the provisioning
233. ew screen appears for all collaterals linked to the customer liability Double clicking a record in the Collaterals Summary screen displays the details of the selected collateral E Collaterals Summary Authorization Status Record Status Liability ID ai Collateral Code Advanced Search Records per page 15 z 4 08 4 Authorization Status Record Status LiabilityID Collateral Value OffsetMargin Collateral Contribution StatDate El 7 2 7 Viewing Assets Liabilities Details You can view the total asset and total liability for the selected customer through the Customer Position screen Click the Asset Liab button The Assets Liabilities Summary screen appears All Assets and Liabilities transactions are displayed in Asset and Liabilities transaction blocks along with the local currency equivalent for each transaction The total for Assets and the total for Liabilities are also displayed at the end of each block Asset Sum of Current balance of All the account having ve balance Sum of all the Loans outstanding balance Linked to a given customer Sum of all MM placements of the customers Liability Sum of Current balance of all the account having ve balance Sum of all the Deposits Linked to a given customer Sum of all MM borrowings of the customer ORACLE Invoke the Customer Asset amp Liability Query screen by typing A
234. f the Customer Click on the Image button to invoke Customer Signatory Details screen Here you can view the signature image and photograph of the customer Customer Signatory Details Signature Branch Code Customer No Name Customer Signatory Details 101 Signature Id Signature Title Signature Image o Here you can view the following details e Signature Id e Signature Title e Signature e Image 8 3 2 2 Viewing Related Customer Details Click on the Linked Customers button to invoke Linked Entities screen Here you can view other related customer details ORACLE Customer No Relationship Linkage 10f1 Customer x Description Relations x Include Relationship Here you can view the following details e Customer e Description e Relations 8 3 2 3 Viewing Locker Details Click on the Locker Details button to invoke Safe Deposit Locker Details screen Here you can view the locker details of the customer The screen is as shown below Safe Deposit Locker Details 100 gt O Contract Reference SD Vault Code SD Box Code Box Type Box Dimension Here you can view the following details 10 ORACLE e Contract Reference e SD Vault Code e SD Box Code e Box Type e Box Dimension e Box Description e Contract Currency e Deposit Amount e Tenor e Issue Date e Closure date e Expiry Date 8 3 2 4
235. f the Report Field Name Field Description Branch Indicates the branch Account Number Indicates the account number Account Type Indicates the type of the account Account Name Indicates the name of the account Processor ID Indicates the processor Id Authorizer ID Indicates the authorizer Id Customer Name This indicates the name of the customer 10 17 Dormant Account Reactivated Report You can invoke Dormant Account Reactivated Report screen by typing CSRDRMAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below ORACLE Dormant Account Reactivated Report Branch Details All Single Branch End Date From Date 2011 01 04 ToDate 2011 01 04 000 ReportFormat PDF PrinterAt Client Report Output Print Printer Branch Code You can generate this report for all the branches or a single branch alone You can indicate the branch for which the report is being generated using the following options e All If you choose this the system will generate the report for all the branches e Single If you choose this you need to specify the branch code for which the report should be generated The option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one From Date Specify a valid date from when you wish to generate the report from the adj
236. fice ISD Code Visa Expiry Date Office Number KYC Amounts Currency Residence ISD Code Residence Tel Number Mobile ISD Code 4 Mobile Number Holder Name Home Country Fax ISD Code Nationality 2 Permanent US Resident Fax Number Address Status Purpose of Account Visited US in last 3 years Opening Country Others Telephone ISD Code Telephone Number Declared Politically Exposed Person PEP Remarks Local Address Power of Attorney Country Home Country Address Beneficially Owned Company 10f E Company Name Location Holding Annual Income Line of Business Source of Income Related Companies Accounts with Bank Personal Accounts with Bank Salary 10 1 108 Rental Company Account Number E Personal Accounts Number Investment Business Concern Professional Business Overseas Property The system displays the following details of the retail customer Beneficial Owner Information e Whether the beneficial owner is declared as a resident e Whether the beneficial owner is declared as politically exposed person e Remarks on the politically exposed person e Local address of the beneficial owner e Country code of the beneficial owner e Home country address of the beneficial owner e Home country of the beneficial owner e Whether the beneficial owner has a valid US residence status e Whether the beneficial owner has visited US in the last three years e Nationality of the beneficial owner
237. fined Fields UDF Details 1010 Field Name The system displays the following details e Name of the user defined field Value of the user defined field 47 ORACLE 2 2 15 Maintaining Joint Venture Details You can maintain the joint venture details for a customer on Joint Venture Details screen Click Joint Venture button to invoke the screen The screen is as shown below Joint Venture Details Joint Venture Details 1010 Party ID Party Name Ratio Party ID Specify the party ID Party Name The system displays the party name Ratio Specify the ratio between the participants on share s ORACLE 2 2 16 Maintaining Account Details You can maintain account details as a part of auto customer creation process from the Account Details screen Click Account Details button to invoke this screen E Customer Account Customer No 004004436 CustomerName JUNKY Currency GBP Account 01111111208 Account Class SPEND1 EAG Branch Code S SD User Reference Check List AccountDescription JUNKY Options AccountOpenDate 2012 04 02 Replicate Customer AccountType Single Signature Joint Salary Account Spend Analysis Mode of Operation Single Location al Account Facilities List of Joint Holders Cheque Book 10f1 v Passbook Joint Holder Code Description Joint Holder Type StartDate End
238. g drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wish to print the report from the adjoining option list 10 7 1 Contents of the Report The contents of the report are discussed under the following heads Header The header carries the Branch Code Account Type Application Date Body of the Report Branch Code Indicates the branch code Cheque No Indicates the Cheque No which is returned in the counter Account No Indicates the Account Number of the customer whose cheque is returned in the counter ORACLE Blacklist Type Indicates the type of blacklist Account Type Indicates the type of the account whose cheque has been rejected Reason Indicates the reason for the rejection Customer Name Indicates the name of the customer whose cheque has been rejected over the counter Customer Type Indicates the type of the customer Individual Joint Unique Number Indicates the unique reference number for identifying the transaction Date of Birth Indicates the date of birth of the customer Address Indicates the contact address for the customer whose cheque has been rejected 10 8 Report of Blacklisted Customers You can generate a report for blacklisted customers from internal banks and agencies To in
239. h Corporate Deposits User Input Mat Date Contract Input New Enter Query Contract Reference User Reference Product Outstanding Amount Product Description Source Contract Schedules Rollover Preferences Holiday Preferences Customer Amount Customer Name Interest Period Basis Include From Date Currency Local Currency Equivalent Settlement Details Credit Account Credit Credit Account 3 Description pom Debit Account Debit Account sDescription Booking Date Liquidation Value Date Manual Original Start Date Rollover Yes Cluster Id No Size Maturity Date Input By Date Time Authorized By Contract Status Date Time m External Reference Tax Scheme Remarks Payment Method Schedule Type E Authorized For more details on the LD Contract Online screen please refer the Loans User Manual ORACLE 7 2 3 Viewing Deposit Details You can view details of all Deposit contracts for the selected customer through the Customer Position screen Click the Deposits tab The deposit amount that appears is the consolidated amount grouped by Branch Product and Currency The screen appears as shown below Customer Customer Information Linked Customer Customer Current Branch Only L Relationship Address Kel Customer Relation HEE E Customer Id Name ILLI Accounts Loans Deposits FX FT Deposits Deta
240. h the Amendment Maintenance screen that you maintain a set of amendable fields which can amend in Oracle FLEXCUBE whenever a request for the same will be send from an external system Based on this maintenance the amendment request is addressed by Oracle FLEXCUBE Invoke this screen by typing STDAMDMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Amendment Maintenance Detailed External System az Operation Service Name aZ Operation Code laz Amend Nodes E Name New Allowed Deleted Allowed All Records Amend Fields sra W Field Name E laz Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Authorized Open External System Select the relevant external system Based on the maintenance here only the fields that are selected as amendable can be modified if a request comes from the chosen external system The maintenance pertaining to external systems is factory shipped for your bank i ORACLE Source Operation The free format text without spaces which identifies the amendment you are doing This is mandatory Service Name The relevant service name this is a broad level grouping of similar operations within a module in Oracle FLEXCUBE The service names are published by Oracle FLEXCUBE The maintenance p
241. hat you can print it later PrinterAt Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Select printer using which you wish to print the report from the adjoining option list 10 8 1 Contents of the Report The contents of the report are discussed under the following heads Header The header carries the Branch Code Blacklisted Type Application Date ORACLE Body of the Report Cust No Indicates the customer identification number of the customer who is marked as blacklisted customer in central bank internal bank A c No Indicates the primary account no of the customer who is marked as blacklisted customer Brn Code Indicates the branch of the customer account NSF Level Indicates the current NSF level for the customer Description Indicates the NSF level description IB Status Indicates the Internal blacklist status IB Status Desc Indicates the description for the internal blacklist IB Eff Date Indicates the effective date from which the customer is marked as internally blacklisted customer IB Exp Date Indicates the effective date till which the customer is marked as internally blacklisted customer CB Status Indicates the central bank blacklist status of the customer
242. he Account Class Transfer screen to invoke Account Level Consolidated Charges Conditions screen Account Level Consolidated Charges Conditions Account Details Branch Code Account Product Details 4 15001 Product Currency Minimum Maximum Discount Discount Percentage Discount Amount The following details are captured here Account Details You can maintain the account details for an account here Branch Code The current branch code is defaulted here Account The system generates the account number maintained in the Main screen of Account Class Transfer Product Details You can specify product details for your account here es ORACLE Product Code Select a valid product code from the adjoining option list Currency The system generates the user defined currency type defined for the selected consolidated charges product Minimum Specify the minimum consolidated charges that can be applied for the account Maximum Specify the maximum consolidated charges that can be applied for the account Open Check this box if you need to apply the selected consolidated charges product for the account Waive Charges Check this box if you need to waive the consolidated charges defined for the selected consolidated charges product Discount You can specify discount details for the consolidated charges applied for the account Discount Percentage Specify percentage of the amount to be
243. he account class till the effective date of account class transfer Using gateway infrastructure system authorizes and changes the account class based on the parameters maintained at the account class transfer level However GL balance of the accounts processed for account class transfer would be considered for the next day EOC Note the following e Transfer of the account class would be effective only after the liquidation of customer accounts e Errorlog is written for the customer account which has failed in the account class transfer When account class transfer maintenance is saved the system will enforce restriction and display an error message in following conditions e f one of the mask components of the customer account is Account class e f dual currency is enabled for the old account class e fthe account is already linked ILM structure e Ifthe old account class is deposit type e Ifthe new account class has customer or currency restriction on the selected customer and account currency respectively ds ORACLE 3 3 7 Viewing Account Class Transfer You can view a summary of Account Class Transfer maintained at the Account Class Transfer level using Account Class Transfer summary screen You can invoke the Account Class Transfer summary screen by typing STSACTFR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Account Class Transfer
244. he beneficial owner Mobile ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the mobile number Mobile Tel Number Specify the mobile telephone number of the beneficial owner Fax ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the fax number Fax Specify the Fax number of the beneficial owner Purpose of Account Opening Specify the purpose of opening the account Others If you wish to provide any additional information about the beneficial owner use this field Account Type Specify the type of the account Power of Attorney Check this box to indicate that the beneficial owner holds a power of attorney Passport Number Specify the passport number of beneficial owner ORACLE Passport Expiry Date Specify the expiry date of the passport Visa Number Specify the visa number of the beneficial owner Visa Expiry Date Specify the expiry date of visa KYC Amounts Ccy Specify the currency in which KYC amount is maintained Power of Attorney If the FATCA is enabled at the bank and the check box Power of Attorney is checked here then it is mandatory to specify the Power of Attorney information Power of Attorney Check this box to indicate that the customer account is to be operated by the power of attorney holder Holder Name Specify the person who gave the power of attorney Nationality Specify the nationality of the power of attorney holder Address Specify the address of the power
245. he generated message to ensure that all details entered are correct Click on the View button to observe the outgoing message Message Details SWIFT Message Type Reference Number Document Number Version Number Remarks Reject Reason Message Trailer _ You can examine the message for ensuring the information entered is complete You can only view the details of the message no input of additional information is supported at this stage 3 2 18 Specifying Regulation D Applicability for Account Class For an account class you can define whether the Regulation D limits are applicable and the period over which the limits would be applicable In the Account Class Maintenance screen click the REG button to invoke the Reg Details screen You can specify the Regulation D applicability details in this screen B Applicable Periodicity Monthly Statement Cycle None is ORACLE If you indicate the periodicity of Regulation D applicability as Statement Cycle the restricted transactions would be counted over the primary statement cycle defined for the account class The Regulation D applicability details specified for an account class would default to all accounts using the class However you can make changes to these details when you set up a customer account that uses the account class 3 2 19 Assigning Preferred Branches Currencies and Customers In
246. he hot key F11 ORACLE 7 2 2 Viewing Loans Details You can view details of all loan contracts for the selected customer through the Customer Position screen Click the Loans tab The loan amount that appears is the consolidated amount grouped by Branch Product and Currency The screen appears as shown below Customer Customer Information Linked Customer Customer Current Branch Only Relationship Address Customer Relation E Customer id Name Accounts Loans Deposits FT Contract Details Product Description Currency Balance Debit Credit Indicator Collateral Projection Asset Liability Accounting From Date E Transaction Date To Date El Yalue Date Double clicking a record displays the Loan Contracts Summary screen comprising a summary of transactions contributing to the balance displayed in the Customer Position screen The balance displayed is the outstanding principal amount for the Loan product This screen also displays MM contracts that is MM borrowings are displayed under the Deposits tab and MM Placements are displayed under Loans Double clicking a record in the Loans Contract Summary screen displays the corresponding Loan Contract screen comprising transaction details 4 ORACLE The summary screen will not be shown for contracts that do not belong to the current branc
247. he previous year for the previous year Total Contributions Excess Contributions Total Distributions Total Employer Contributions where applicable Excess Employer Contributions Transaction Information Transaction type Contributions Distributions Monetary Account Interest Transaction Reference Number Amount and Currency Transaction Year Monetary Account Breakup Account Branch Account Currency Amount and Currency Withholding Tax information where applicable Tax Withheld Amount and Currency ORACLE Customer Information The CIF Number full Name and mailing address of the customer as recorded in the CIF Maintenance screen Transaction Remark if any Plan Balance after the transaction current and previous year balances Transactions are sequenced in the manner in which they were processed in the system 10 3Minimum Withdrawal Advice Reports This advice is sent to all customers approaching the minimum distribution age The advice contains information about all the plans held by the customer under the plan type Since it is not generated automatically you have to invoke the advice generation screen and identify the Plan Type and the Reference Number of the plan involving the plan type for which the minimum distribution age advice is to be generated 10 3 1 Contents of the Report Apart from the header the following details are printed for the report Body
248. he relevant location code This pertains to a particular area in a country It cannot be more than 15 characters Status Status contains the customer s account information You need to specify the following information Frozen Check this box if the account needs to be frozen A customer s account is frozen when an order is passed by law the customer has deceased or the customer s whereabouts are unknown Deceased Check this box if the customer has deceased Whereabouts Unknown Check this box if the whereabouts of the customer are unknown Eligible for AR AP Tracking Check this box if the Customer is eligible for AR AP Tracking m ORACLE CRM Customer Check this box if the customer is a CRM customer Mailers Required Check this box if you require mailers for the customer CLS Participant Customers of your bank can settle their FX deals via the CLS Continuous Linked Settlements Bank to reduce the risks associated with such transactions To allow the customers to do CLS trades you have to mark the customer as a CLS Participant However you have to ensure that the branch at which the customer operates is also qualified to process CLS deals i e the branch should also be marked as a CLS Participant before allowing the same for the customer Further you can also capture currency restrictions for your customers by maintaining a list of allowed or disallowed currencies for CLS trading Click the CLS Restrictions butt
249. heque book in his personal account but not in the joint account If the customer who is blacklisted is an authorized signatory in a corporate account the corporate account will not be blacklisted If a corporate customer is blacklisted due to cheque returns the authorized signatories will not be blacklisted and their individual accounts will not be blacklisted System should mark the customer status as per the below criteria m ORACLE gt off gt hand off If a customer cheque is returned over the counter or uploads clearance due to NSF the customer status should be set as 0 and it should be reported to CB during the Interface hand off If a customer cheque is returned over the counter or upload clearance due to NSF and the customer is already marked as Central bank blacklisted customer then the customer status should be set as 1 and it should be reported to CB during the Interface hand If the customer is blacklisted in central bank and updated though the interface the customer status should be set as 2 and it should be reported to CB during the interface If a customer cheque is returned over the counter due to NSF the customer status retuned over the counter should be set as 3 and it should be reported to CB during the Interface hand off Here the customer will be reported in two interface hand off status as 1 and status as 3 Treatment of Same Cheque NSF Return Rejectio
250. hich exposure due to loans issued to the CIF will be tracked The exposure category is derived by the End of Day batch program and displayed if the applicable logic has been maintained for the specified customer provisioning group in the Exposure Type Category Linkage maintenance If no logic has been maintained for the group you can specify the applicable exposure category 6 7 Maintaining Rules for Provisioning For each account class for which you have defined account provisioning to be applicable you can define the rules according to which the provisioning amount would be computed when applied to an account using the class You can define the provision rules in the Account Class Provisioning Rule Maintenance screen Invoke this screen by typing LDDPRULE in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Corporate Deposits Provisioning Rule Maintenance New 9 Enter Query Product Code Result Elements Functions Operators Elements Functions Operators Logical Operators Input By Authorized By Modification DL Authorized Date Time Date Time Number open To define rules you can use the following elements for the account for which provision is being made e Outstanding Balance ACY This is the book dated debit balance in account currency in the account for which provision is being made 10 ORACLE Outstanding Balance LCY Th
251. iew screen to view details of Islamic trade The screen is as shown below 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Reports Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits s Financing Is Treasury External Products Islamic Bills 100 Branch Code Product Product Description Contract Reference Bill Currency Bill Amount Maturity Date Outstanding Am 0 m Bills Other Details Islamic Letter of Credits 1010 Branch Code Product Code Product Description Contract Reference Number Currency Contract Amount Current Available Amount iu LC Other Details Islamic Bank Guarantees 1010 Branch Code Product Code Product Description Contract Reference Number Currency Contract Amount Current Available Amount Guarantee Other Details Summary of Islamic Trade Total Bill Amount Total LC Liability Amount Total Bank us Islamic Bills Detail Here you can view the following bills details e Branch Code e Contract Reference Number e Counter party e Product 198 ORACLE e Product Type e Product Description e Beneficiary e Bill Currency e Bill Amount e Maturity date e Outstanding Amount e Discrepancy Flag System will derive this flag based on the availability of discrepancies of bill e Exception Flag System will derive this flag based on exception data e Our LC R
252. ified here by checking against this option Only one location can be marked as a default location The following points are noteworthy e Once you save the above maintenance Oracle FLEXCUBE checks for duplicate location codes To recall existing location codes are maintained through the Location Codes Maintenance screen If a match is found system throws up an error e This maintenance is applicable only for account level address maintenances and not for address maintenances done at the customer level 2 8 Maintaining KYC Type Oracle FLEXCUBE maintains KYC details for all customers For Individuals Salaried employees the is fairly simple and straight forward However for Small and Medium Enterprises SME and corporate customers or Banks the KYC for the company and its Directors should be done The KYC for any share holder having the percentage of stock equal to or more than the defined percentage should be done These share holders may not be the banks customers The System maintains KYC for NON CIF customers also Oracle FLEXCUBE tracks all the sources of funds income of any person company banks undergoing KYC The system also tracks approximate number of transactions they are expected to perform in their accounts ORACLE You can specify the details of type in the Type Maintenance screen You can also invoke this screen by typing STDKYCTP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool
253. ify the charge group of the customer from the option list provided Only the Group codes maintained with type Charge will appear for selection Clearing Group Categorize the customer for levying charges at a customer group level Tax Group You need to specify the tax group of the customer from the option list provided Only the Group Codes maintained with type Tax will appear for selection 18 ORACLE Exposure Select the country of exposure of the customer from the adjoining option list It is maintained for Central Liability tracking For instance for Toyota in the USA the country of exposure is Japan Exposure Category Specify the exposure category under which exposure due to loans issued to the CIF and the accounts of the CIF will be tracked The exposure category is derived by the End of Day batch program and displayed if the applicable logic has been maintained for the specified customer provisioning group in the Exposure Type Category Linkage maintenance If no logic has been maintained for the group you can specify the applicable exposure category Customer classification Specify the customer classification External Ref No To recall if a customer record is created from an external Siebel CRM application after a successful upload into Oracle FLEXCUBE the external reference number is defaulted in the External Ref No field You can amend the same when you unlock a record and make changes Location Specify t
254. ility Name 10f1 22 Exposure Code Exposure Description Exposure Type Exposure Code Select the exposure code from the available option list Exposure Description System displays the description of exposure based on the exposure code selected Exposure Type System displays the type of exposure based on the exposure code selected Quo the following e When an account is created without maintaining liability and later the liability is created and linked to the customer the Limits tracking option at the customer level is automatically selected by the system e Liability can be modified once the customer record is authorized a ORACLE 2 2 20 Maintaining Customer Account Details Click on the Account Details button to invoke the Customer Account screen to specify the customer s account details Customer Account Customer No Customer Name Currency Account Branch Code Account Class SD User Reference BH check ist Account Description Options Account Open Dale Replicate Customer Account Type Single Signature Joint Salary Account Mode of Operation Spend Analysis Location Account Facilities List of Joint Holders Cheque Book 101 Passbook JointHolder Code Description JointHolderType StartDate Date ATM Alternate Account Number More Preferences Auto Debit Card Request Auto Cheque Book Request Cheque Book Name 1 Cheque Book Name 2
255. ill be able to invoke this screen only if you have checked the Auto Cheque Book Request check box in the Account Details screen Branch The branch detail gets defaulted from the account branch Account The system displays the account number First Check Number Specify the number of the first cheque leaf of the cheque book Check Leaves Specify the number of cheque leaves in the cheque book Cheque Book Type Specify the cheque book type The adjoining option list displays the cheque types maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Order Date The order date gets defaulted as the current date However you can change the same eR ORACLE Order Details Specify the order details Language Code Specify the code of the language The adjoining option list displays all valid language codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Request Status The value of this will be defaulted to Requested status Click on Ok to save the cheque book request details 2 2 20 2 Specifying Card Request Details Click on the Card Request button in the Account Details screen to invoke the Debit Card Request Details screen Debit Card Details Card Details Branch Code Request Reference Number Customer No Account No Card products Default Card BIN Name On Card Card Number Card Application Date Primary Card Card Status Requested Y You w
256. ill be able to invoke this screen only if you have checked the Auto Debit Card Request check box in the Account Details screen Branch Code The branch detail gets defaulted from the account branch Request Reference Number The reference number of the request is auto generated and populated when you click on the Default button es ORACLE Customer No The customer number of the account gets defaulted Account No The account number gets defaulted from account details Card Products Specify the card products The adjoining option list displays the card products maintained in the system You can select the appropriate ones Card Bin Specify the card bin The adjoining option list displays the card bins maintained for the specified card product You can choose the appropriate one Name on Card Specify the customer name that is to be printed on card Card Number Specify the debit card number to be requested The adjoining option list displays the valid debit card numbers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Card Application Date The card application date would be defaulted as the current date of the branch However you can change the same Primary Card The primary card check box remains checked by default Card Status The status of the card will be defaulted to Requested Click on Ok to save the Debit card request details m ORACLE 2 2 21 Maintaining Employer Details
257. ils Product Description Currency Balance Debit Credit Indicator C cometes Asset Lisbility From Date E Transaction Date To Date E Value Date Double clicking a record displays the Deposits Contracts Summary screen comprising a summary of transactions contributing to the balance displayed in the Customer Position screen MM borrowings Deposits The Balance is the principal balance for the selected Deposit product Double clicking a record in the Loans and Deposits Contract Summary screen displays the corresponding Deposit Contract screen comprising transaction details 9 ORACLE The summary screen will not be displayed if the deposit does not belong to the current branch Corporate Deposits Simulation Contract Input Contract Reference Product Product Description E Contract Schedules Rollover Preferences User Reference Outstanding Amount Source Holiday Preferences Customer Customer Name Currency Local Currency Equivalent Settiement Details Credit Debit Booking Date Value Date Original Start Date Cluster Id Size Maturity Date User Input Mat Date Amount Interest Period Basis Credit Account Credit Account Description Debit Account Debit Account Description Liquidation Rollover
258. ils Customer and Sponsor s Information Reason of Account Nature of Business Groups Name Purpose of Account Nature of Business Parent Company Country Opening Product Traded of Incorporation Others Main Source of Funds Type of Company Borrowing Account Group Others Annual Turnover KYC Amounts Currency GBP Details of Key Person 10 1 E KYCld Position Or Title Relationship Nationality Address County 150 Telephone Number 10 Number Share Percentage m Company Details Details of Suppliers Details of Clients Details of Company 10f 10 1 zs Pure Supplier Name Country Settlement Mode E Client Name County Payment Mode No of Person Employed Mode For Salary Others Transaction Type 10f1 8 a L Transaction Type Count Total Amount Single Amount Purpose Country Fund Transfer Purpose Within Country Here you can specify the following details Customer and Sponsors Information You can specify the information of customers and sponsors in the following fields Groups Name Specify the name of the group Parent Company s Country of Inc Specify the country of Parents Company The adjoining option list displays all valid countries maintained in the system m ORACLE Type of Company Specify the type of the company The adjoining option list displays all valid company types maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one
259. ils of the customer s profile 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number Status Verified Short Name Since Credit Rating Full Name Reporting Currency Frozen _ Deceased Whereabouts Unknown Summary M Deposits Loans Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Extemal Products Name Unique Identifier Geographic First Name Country Middle Value Nationality Last Language National Id Sex Male Passport Details Legal Guardian Female Passport Number Date of Birth Resident Status Resident issue Date CNominee Minor Non Resident Expiry Date Guardian Joint Customer Submit Age Proof Not Required Domicile Address Permanent Address Line 1 Line 1 Line 2 Line 2 Line 3 Line3 Country Country Mobile Number Locrer Details Domestic Linked Entity Here you can view the following details e Name gt First gt Middle gt Last e Sex gt Male gt Female e Resident Status gt Resident gt Non Resident gt Joint Customer e Domicile address ORACLE gt Line 1 to 3 Country Mobile Number Unique Identifier gt Value Passport Details Passport Number Issue Date gt Expiry date Permanent Address Line 1 to 3 Country Geographic Country Nationality Language National Id Legal Guardian ORACLE gt Date of Birth Guardian Submit age Proof 8 3 2 1 Viewing Signature Image and Photograph o
260. in the account based on the customer type If any document is mandatory at the account class then that document is captured and checked in the Account Class Maintenance screen otherwise the system does not allow saving the account Document Notification Details Send Notification Check this box to indicate whether to send notifications or reminders for not submitting the mandatory documents Frequency Notification Specify the frequency of notification to be sent from the adjoining drop down list The frequency can be one of the following e Daily e Weekly e Monthly e Quarterly e Half yearly e Yearly Days Reminder Specify the number of days left for the expiry or submission due date of the documents for sending the reminder d ORACLE 3 3 2 3 1 2 3 Maintaining Cheque Book Preferences Oracle FLEXCUBE provides you with the facility to automatically trigger the reorder of Cheque Books for all accounts reporting to a specific account class However you have the option of changing your preferences at the account level also To facilitate automatic reordering of Cheque Books you have to maintain the following details Cheque Book To indicate that automatic reordering of cheque books should be allowed and for specifying the details for the same you have to check this option If not selected you will not be able to maintain the automatic reordering preferences for the account class Auto Reorder of Cheque B
261. ing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 2 8 Viewing MIS Details Click on the MIS button to invoke MIS screen Here you can view the MIS details of the customer The screen is as shown below Customer Branch Code MIS Group n Linkto Group Default From MIS Group Composite mis Customer MIS Classes 10f10 MIS Class MIS Code o Change Log Transfer Log ee ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing MIS Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 3 Viewing Deposits Details Click Deposits tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of the customer deposits 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Summary Profile Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Is Trade Is Treasury Extemal Products Deposits 10M P Branch Full Name Branch Code Account Account Description Currency Current Balance Available Balance Uncollected Amount Blocked A lt Summary of Deposit Total Credit Amount Total Debit Amount To enter Period From Date To Date Standina Instruction Periodic Instructions Transactions Undeared Cheaues Statement Gene Retail Deposit Details 1015 Branch Code Oo lt Account Account Description Currency Term Deposit Amount Mat
262. ing the Management Information System screen To invoke this screen click MIS button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen For more details on the Management Information System screen refer to the section 3 2 19 in the chapter Maintaining Customer Accounts of the Oracle FLEXCUBE Current and Savings Account User Manual 2 3 6 Specifying UDF Details You can capture User Defined Fields for the account using the User Defined Fields screen To invoke this screen click Fields button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen For more details on the User Defined Fields screen refer to the section 3 2 26 in the chapter Maintaining Customer Accounts of the Oracle FLEXCUBE Current and Savings Account User Manual 2 3 7 Specifying Details to Change Log You can capture the audit history details for the operations performed on that customer and the account using the Change Log screen To invoke this screen click Change Log button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen d ORACLE For more details on the Change Log screen refer to the section 3 2 34 1 in the chapter Maintaining Customer Accounts of the Oracle FLEXCUBE Current and Savings Account User Manual 2 3 8 Viewing Quick Customer Addition Summary You can view the details of the quick customer addition in the Quick Customer Addition Summary screen Yo
263. iod defined The value you enter should be 0 and 100 2 2 22 1 Pick up Order for Waiver Rule The following table gives the waiver rule pick up order Customer Group Customer No Tax Category Currency Product Account Class Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific ALL Specific Specific Specific ALL Specific Specific Specific Specific ALL ALL Specific ALL Specific Specific Specific Specific ALL Specific Specific ALL Specific ALL Specific ALL Specific Specific ALL Specific ALL ALL Thus for a specific customer in the group the rule is relaxed for the product first and then for the currency If no rule is available for selection then the same process will be repeated where customer number is ALL for the customer group 73 ORACLE 2 2 23 Maintaining Tax Allowance Limit for Customers You can maintain tax free allowance limit at the Customer level Invoke this screen by typing STDCULMT the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Customer Tax Allowance Limit 1 New Customer Tax Group x Description Customer Number Customer Name Tax Category Description From Date ToDate Limit Currency Limit Amount Remarks Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Authori
264. ion Account Message Minimum No of Signatories Name H 4 40ng gt Signature Id L1 Signatory Message Signatory Type 8 4 3 10 Viewing Recurring Deposits Details Approval Limit Solo Sufficient Click Recurring Deposits Details button to view the RD Details screen In this screen you can view recurring deposits if the deposit is recurring RD Details Frequency Days Frequency Months Frequency Years Installment Amount 77 Payment Branch Payment Account Payment Currency Payment Date ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing Recurring Deposits Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 3 11 Viewing Redemption Details Click Redemption Details button to view the Redemption Details screen In this screen you can view redemption deposits of a deposit account The screen is as shown below Redemption Details 10m0 gt M Redemption Date Redemption Amount Principal Amount Interest Amount Penal Interest Amount Ind 8 Refer the section titled Viewing Redemption Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 3 12 Viewing Islamic Deposit Rollover History Details Click on Rollover History button to view Rollover History screen TD Rollover History Branch Code Account No Rollover History 1070 gt Sequence Number Rollover Date Rollove
265. is a status change between two provisioning cycles the Rebook Provision option is set for the status with the higher sequence number For instance while moving from status NORM Normal to PDO1 Past Due Obligation the Rebook Provision option is set for the status PDO1 and while moving from PDO1 to NORM the Rebook Provision option is set for the status PDO1 again If manual provisioning has been done the entries for the differential amount are passed or written back into the GLs associated with the NORM normal status 6 9 4 Maintaining Accounting Entries for Provisioning The computed provision amount is stored and displayed in the Amount Tab in the Customer Account Maintenance The current status and exposure category of the account is also stored along with the balances For account provisioning accounting entries are passed for the following e Changes in provisioning amount without status change 18 ORACLE e Reversal of provisioning amount as a result of status change Accounting Entries for Changes in Provision Amount without Change in Status The entries passed for new provisions or increase of provision amount Dr Expense GL Cr Provisioning GL Entries for decrease in provision amount Dr Provisioning GL Cr Reintegration GL Accounting entries for change in status with without changes in provision Amount and with the Rebook Provision option applicable In this case the existing entries are reversed into a reint
266. is category could be BVE RV RFC x PP Where PA Provisioning Amount 16 ORACLE BVE Balance Value of Risk Exposure Outstanding Overdraft amount which is Principal Balance Overdue Interest RFC Risk free Collateral RV Recoverable Value PP Provisioning Percentage The recoverable value could be computed by applying the discount percentage to the balance expected cash flow as shown Status Minimum Limit Accepted discount Watch 10 25 Substandard 30 50 Doubtful 5096 7596 Loss 10096 100 The resultant amount could be discounted using the overdraft interest rate For loans in status LOSS the recoverable value is zero An example for the provision amount calculation for accounts in impairment loss For an account in respect of which the balance value of exposure is BGN 700 and the balance overdue interest is BGN 100 the outstanding overdraft amount 700 100 BGN 800 If the account is in WATCH status the applicable discount or loss percentage for the account is 25 Therefore the recoverable value of the exposure 800 800 25 BGN 600 If the risk free collateral is BGN 100 the provision amount 800 600 100 100 Retail Customers with Exposure Less than BGN 5000 The expression used for this category could be PA OD RFC x where PA Provisioning Amount OD Outstanding Overdraft Amount Principal Overd
267. is is the book dated debit balance in local currency in the account for which provision is being made Receivable Interest This is the interest receivable on the account for which provision is being made Accrued Interest This is the interest that has been accrued but not liquidated as yet in the account for which provision is being made typically the interest that has accrued during the current liquidation cycle Receivable Interest LCY This is the interest receivable in local currency on the account for which provision is being made Accrued Interest LCY This is the interest that has been accrued but not liquidated as yet in local currency on the account for which provision is being made Account Status This is the user defined status for the account for which provision is being made Exposure Category This is the exposure category of the account for which provision is being made It is picked up from the account details if it has not been specified in the account details it is picked up from the maintenance for the CIF or customer group to which the account belongs Risk Free Exposure Amount This indicates the risk free amount collateral specified in the details of the account for which provisioning is being made Provisioning Percentage The provisioning percentage is generally picked up from the account details If not specified in the account details it is picked up from the Exposure Category Provisioni
268. it No Credit Stop Payment Dormant Frozen e Credit Interest Accrued Amount the system displays the credit interest accrued This value is arrived during query e Debit Interest Accrued Amount the system displays the debit interest accrued till date for an account This value is arrived during query e TOD Limit Start Date e TOD Limit End Date e Limit Currency e TOD Limit e Lind Id e Last Statement Date e Last Statement Balance e Last Statement Number e No Debit e Credit e Stop Payment e Dormant e Frozen 31 ORACLE Nominees 8 3 3 10 Viewing Joint Holder Details Click Joint Holders button to view the Joint Holders screen In this screen you can view the joint holders details Joint Holders 10710 gt L Joint Holder Code Description Joint Holder Type Start Date End Date Authorized Signatory Here you can view the following details Joint Holder Code Description Joint Holder Type Start Date End Date 32 ORACLE 8 3 3 11 Viewing Recurring Deposits Details Click Recurring Deposits Details button to view the RD Details screen In this screen you can view recurring deposits if the deposit is recurring The screen is as shown below RD Details Frequency Days Frequency Months Payment Branch Payment Account Frequency Years Payment Currency Installment Amount Here you can view the following details Frequency
269. it interest or charges are liquidated automatically as part of the BOD process on the liquidation date However after having specified Auto as the mode of liquidation if you wish to liquidate them manually for a specific account the System intimates you with an override message Manual interest liquidation can be triggered through the Debit Interest Liquidation screen Manual liquidation is recommended during Account Closure e Verify Funds enabling this option indicates that an available balance check should be performed for receivable tracking As a result the System performs the available balance check before debiting the account The available balance also includes the limit amount Verification of funds is applicable only in the case of Auto Liquidation If you leave this option unchecked the System performs a force liquidation regardless of whether the account has sufficient funds or not E ORACLE Note the following e You will not be allowed to change these preferences at the account level However in the Amounts and Dates section of the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen both the total debit interest due as well as the charges due are displayed e If there is any outstanding interest or charges the account the outstanding amount is displayed as an override while saving the transaction involving the account e While closing an account closure the System verifies whether there is any outstanding debit inte
270. ithdraw the amount In this case the system breaks the auto deposit account and restores the savings account with balance to allow withdrawing the money Example The customer has the total balance in the account for 5675 including 650 as auto deposit He withdraws 5500 from an ATM As part of intraday batch DESWPBAT the system breaks the auto deposit account of 650 and restores the balance amount to savings So his current standings would be 175 in his savings account and he does not hold any auto deposit account id ORACLE 3 2 14 Maintaining Rules for Automatic Status Change If you have opted for automatic status change for all accounts belonging to an account class you have to maintain the criteria based on which the system will bring about the status change automatically You can define the different criteria in the Status Rule Definition screen Click the button Status Rule in the Account Class Maintenance screen to invoke it The screen is as shown below Status Rule Definition 4 120f21 Account Class Description Sequence Number Derivation Rule Elements Status Rule 1 Logical Operators Status Rule 2 Status Status Rule 3 BH Status Rule 4 Status Rule 5 In this screen you can define five conditions for each status applicable to an account class An account will be said to be in a specific status if any one of the five conditions associated with the status holds true for an account Conversely if
271. klist Status 0 Internal Blacklist Customer is blacklisted in Internal bank 1 Extended data Customer is blacklisted in Internal bank and Central bank 2 Central bank blacklisted customer Customer is blacklisted only in central back 3 Customer Blacklisted Customer is black listed over the counter Processing EOD Batch When a cheque is returned due to NSF then the expiry date is computed for the customer based on the NSF maintenance As part of EOD the system performs below task e Identify all the NSF returned cheque for the validation period e Execute the NSF formula for each cheque one by one in the order of effective date of the cheque and arrive the new NSF level of the customer e Compute the new expiry date for the customer from the 1 returned cheque date This is calculated by adding the first returned cheque date and expiration period e Execute the action components which are associated with the newly arrived NSF level for that customer PEOTI Batch e In PEOTI batch system looks only for NSF level expiry date but not the IB details final expiry date e System generates advice messages warning letters based on the new NSF Level change NSF blacklist status Central bank blacklist status changes PBOD Batch On Processing CASABAT batch in BOD system performs the following process e Identifies the entire Customer whose final expiry date falls on this date In PBOD batch system IB
272. l Currency Collateral Value Lendable Margin Limit Contribution Start Date Refer the section titled Viewing Limits Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 199 ORACLE 8 4 11 Viewing Payment Details Click Payments tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the FT and PC contracts of the customer which is not liquidated 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits 1 Is Trade Is Treasury External Products Funds Transfer Details 1017 Contract Reference Product Code Product Description Credit Account Branch Credit Account Credit Currency Credit Amount m lt Payment and Collection Details 1010 0 Contract Reference Product Code Product Description Account No Customer Account Branch Counterparty Bank Code Count Refer the section titled Viewing Payments Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 101 ORACLE 8 4 12 Viewing Islamic Deposits Click Is Deposits tab the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view details about active CASA account and term deposit 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency
273. l Products Limit Details Utilization Amount Customer Group Id Ayailable Limit Currency Revision Date Limit Amount Line Details 1010 Line Identification Main Line Limit Currency Limit Amount Available Amount Revolingline Line StatDate Line lt Collateral Details 1010 Collateral Code Collateral Description Collateral Currency Collateral Value Lendable Margin Limit Contribution Start Date l Limits Details Here the system displays the following limits details e Customer Group ID e Limit Currency e Limit Amount e Utilization Amount e Available e Revision Date di ORACLE Line Details Here the system displays the following line details Line Identification Main Line Limit Currency Limit Amount Available Amount Revolving Line Line Start Date Line Expiry Date Collateral Details Here the system displays the following collateral details Collateral Code Collateral Description Collateral Currency Collateral Value Lendable Margin Limit Contribution Start Date End date 50 ORACLE 8 3 9 Viewing Payment Details Click Payments tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the FT and PC contracts of the customer which is not liquidated 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number KYC Status Short Name Since Credit Rating Full Name Reporting Currency Frozen Deceased Whereabouts Unknown Summary Profile Deposits Loans Eve
274. lected criteria are displayed d ORACLE The system displays the following details pertaining to the fetched records Customer Name Date of Birth Tax Identification Number Bank Ref No Bank Code Bank Name National Blacklist Ref No Customer Type Identity Number Address 1 Blacklist Expiry Date Account No Account Type Customer No Blacklist Effective Date Customer Type Customer Name Unique ID Value Date of Birth Upload Sequence Number Remarks Quo the following If a new current account is created for an already blacklisted customer then the system displays an error message Customer has been marked as blacklisted customer New account cannot be created for the customer If a new customer is created for a customer who is already blacklisted by the central bank then the system displays an error message Customer is blacklisted by the central bank Customer can not be created for this new customer 58 ORACLE 2 2 17 5 Batch Processing for NSF Blacklisted Customers An Intra day batch STNSFCB is configured to update the NSF Central bank blacklisted customers The unique id is used to identify the customer If no match is found then the customer name and date of birth together is used as key to identify the customer This batch is triggered through intra day batch start BABIDBAT The customer blacklist status is updated based on the internal and central bank blacklist status Customer Remarks Blac
275. lication tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Exposure Category Provisioning Percentage Maintenance Exposure Category Exposure Provisioning Percentage status Description Provisioning Percentage Discount Percentage Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Authorized Open You can view the summary of the provisioning details in the Exposure Category Provisioning Percent Maintenance Summary screen Invoke this screen by typing LDSPRVMN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 6 ORACLE Corporate Deposits Exposure Category Provisioning Percent Maintenance Authorization Status z Record Status Exposure Category Advanced Search Records per page 15 z 1071 IW Authorization Status Record Status Exposure Category Authorization Status A Authorized U Unauthorized Record Status C Closed O Open For contracts and accounts involving a customer whose exposure is being tracked under the exposure category the applicable provisioning percentage as well as the discount percentage is picked up from this maintenance if not specified at contract input or in the case of accounts in the Customer Account Maintenance 6 6 1 1 Specifying Logic for Deriving Exposure Category After you have maintained exposure categories you must also specify how the system would derive
276. list displays all the offer code that are maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Offer Description The system displays a brief description of the offers that are offered to the customer Response Choose the offer response from the drop down The options available are e Accepted e Rejected s ORACLE e Interested e Not interested e Tella friend 3 3 11 Maintaining Service Request Input Details You can maintain the customer and non customer s request complaints in the Service Request Input screen To invoke this screen type STDSRQST in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button Service Request Input New Customer Details Service Details Requester Type Customer Service Request Type Activities Customer No Service No um Short Name Branch Code Full Name Account No Telephone Priority High Mobile Number Status Open Email Nature Subject Criteria Description Contact date Target Date Activation Date Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status You need to maintain the following details Customer Details Specify the following details Requestor Type Select the type of requestor from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Customer e Non Customer l ORACLE Customer No Specify the customer identification number whose request is bei
277. may similarly wish to include the exposure due to outstanding overdraft in respect of a group of customer accounts as a whole and assign the status of all customer accounts belonging to the group as the status of the customer account with the worst status among the accounts and loans belonging to the group 2 ORACLE You can set up such customer groups for tracking exposure due to loans as well as overdraft customer accounts in the Group Code Maintenance screen Invoke this screen by typing STDGRMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Group Code Maintenance Group Code Group Corporate Description Retail Exposure Category Charge Clearing Tax Group Status Since Each group code that you define is associated with an appropriate exposure category that must be used to track exposure due to loans issued to customers in the group as well as customer accounts with outstanding overdrafts The exposure category for a group is either derived from the logic maintained in the Exposure Type Category Linkage maintenance for the group type or explicitly specified If it is derived it is displayed in this screen by the End of Day batch program The type of the group indicates the type of customers that belong to the group retail corporate Charge Clearing or Tax If no logic has been maintained in
278. mend the segment and status ORACLE 2 4 4 Maintaining Customer Segment You can maintain the segment code details in the Customer Segment Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDSEGMT the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Segment Maintenance I Enter Query Segment Code Segment Description Segment Currency Minimum Segment Amount Maximum Segment Amount Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status You need to specify the following information Segment Code Specify the segment code Segment Description Specify a short description on segment code Segment Currency Specify the currency of the corresponding segment amounts If the customer has multiple accounts in different currencies then the relationship tag value or net worth range is calculated in accordance with the bank local currency Minimum Segment Amount Specify the minimum segment amount e ORACLE Maximum Segment Amount Specify the maximum segment amount 2 4 2 Viewing Customer Segment Summary screen You can view the segment code details in the Customer Segment Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSSEGMT the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Segement Code Summary Authorization Status v
279. n Doe and Mary Bloggs John Doe John Doe and Jack Black Builders Jack Black Builders John Doe and Jack Black Builders John doe John Doe and Joe Green Builders Joe Green Builders John Doe and Joe Green Builders Depending on the type of loan availed and the Customer involved in it the exposure report will display the accounts of the individuals as depicted in the table below Hn ORACLE Customer Account John Doe OR Jane Jack Mary Joe John Doe Doe Black Bloggs Green Builder John Doe Personal Car Y Loan John Doe Building Commercial Y Contractor Loan Y Current Y Account Equipment Lease John and Jane Home Loan Y Y Doe John Doe and Home Loan Y Y Mary Bloggs John Doe and Commercial Y Y Jack Black Loan Builders John Doe and Joe Current Y Green Builders Account Commercial Loan Bridging Loan Jane Doe Car Loan Y Mary Bloggs Current Y Account Y Term Loan Jack Black Current Y Builder Account Y Commercial Loan Joe Green Current Y Builders Account 115 ORACLE 2 7 3 Maintaining Customer Groups You can maintain customer groups for any of the following reasons e Tracking Exposure for loans as well as outstanding overdrafts in accounts of customers involving the group in which case it would comprise of either Corporate or Retail customers e Defining Group specific rules in which case it would either be a Clearing or a Charge Gr
280. n Status Treatment Select the rejection status treatment from the drop down list The options are e Same If the rejection status is same then the multiple rejection of the same cheque is considered as single rejection and NSF level is moved only once e Different If the rejection status is different then each rejection of the same cheque will be considered as different rejection and is changed to next level Clearing Clearing Rejection Cheque Status Flag Days Treat Process Movement Yes Less than 7 Same Cleared SP1 to days NORM Yes Less than 7 Same Reject No Change days Yes Less than 7 Different Cleared SP1 to days NORM Yes Less than 7 Different Reject SP1 to SP2 days The system displays the following error message on processing of cheque after clearing days Cheque No XXX1 of account XXXXXXX01 cannot be used again as the clearing days have exceeded 56 ORACLE Action for NSF Blacklisted Customers Accounts consideration for Action Select the accounts considered for blacklisting actions from the drop down list The options are e Current Account e Savings Account e Both Quot the following e f Current account is selected then the system will consider current accounts for executing the actions e If Savings Account is selected then the system will consider all savings accounts for executing the actions e f Both is selected
281. n alert message specifying the status of the customer thereby you can apply the new rates specified for such customers The steps involved for including the SPECIAL STATUS UDF in customer maintenance are as follows 1 Create a new user defined field SPECIAL STATUS 2 Link it to the Function ID STDCIF 3 Specify the value of the user defined field at the time of creating a customer The special status is also displayed in the information retrieval screen when you do a query for such a customer You can do the query using the Customer Summary Query screen ve ORACLE You can invoke this screen by typing ACDCBIR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Summary Query Information Retrieval CustomerNumber a Special Status Current Branch C Linked Customer Trade License Expiry Status Linked Customer 5 sji i gt Account Class Products E Description eh External Account Types E Account Type Description E Module Code m After having captured all the required details save the CIF record It becomes valid only after a user other than you authorizes it ORACLE Check the Linked Customer check box and provide the Customer Number and click Query button to view all linked customers in Linked Customer Details Select a customer from the details an
282. n below Management Information System Branch Code Account No MIS Group Ref Rate Code Transaction MIS Code Composite MIS Codes Link to Group Calculation Method 30 Ref Rate Code Fixed Ref Spread Rate Flag Pool Code Reference Rate Pool Code Contract Level Cost Codes All the parameters are defaulted here You can change the values if needed The following parameters are maintained Branch Code The current branch code is defaulted here dd ORACLE Account No The system generates the account number maintained in the Main screen of Account Class Transfer MIS Group Select a valid MIS group from the adjoining option list Link to Group Check this box if you need to link MIS group to the account Any changes to the MIS group would be automatically applied to the linked account Ref Rate Code Specify a valid reference rate code for the account Calculation Method Select a method to calculate the rate from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e 30 Euro 360 e 30 05 360 e Actual 360 e LBL 30 EURO 363 30 US 365 e Actual 365 Ref Rate Code Select a valid reference type from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Fixed Select this option if you need a fixed reference rate for the account e Floating Automatic Select this option if you need to apply the reference rate maintained at the
283. n by clicking on Other Bill Details button The screen is as shown below ORACLE LM eua Base Date n Loan Linkage Flag Value Date Interest Rate Liquidation Date Interest Accrued Tenor Operation Reimbursement days Discrepancy Details 10f10 Description Resolved Financing Details t 1010 Account Currency Down Payment Here you can view the following details e Base date e Value Date e Liquidation Date e Tenor e Operation e Reimbursement Days e Loan Linkage Flag System will derive this flag based on the loan details of a bill e Interest Rate Current Interest Rate of a bill System picks up during query e Interest Accrued Interest accrued till date System will derive this value during query Discrepancy Details Here you can view the following details e Discrepancy Description ud ORACLE e Resolved Loan Details The loans which are related to Bills will be displayed here The following fields will be displayed e Account e Currency e Amount e Down Payment TR ORACLE 8 4 5 2 Viewing Additional LC Details You can view additional details about LC in the LC Additional Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking on LC Other Details button The screen is as shown below 1C Additional Details Operation Code Issue Date Closing Date Effective Date Commission Details 1010 oO Component Description Component Currency Goo
284. n will be displayed alongside 3 2 12 Specifying Reporting line Details Dr and Cr GL Lines Select the debit GL account to which all debit balances within a specific account class will report to when it moves to the status being defined You can identify the debit GL from the list of existing GLs Likewise all credits within a particular account class will report to the GL account that you have identified to track credits m ORACLE Dr Cr Central Bank Lines Select the Central Bank Debit line to which all debit accounts belonging to an account class should report to when it moves to the selected status You have maintained Central Bank Debit lines in the Reporting Lines Maintenance screen You can select the appropriate CB Debit Line from the available option list Similarly all accounts belonging to an account class if in credit should report to a Central Bank Credit Line for the selected status You can identify the CB Credit Line that should be associated with the status from the option list available Dr and Cr Head Office Lines This is the Debit Head Office GL maintained in the Reporting Lines Maintenance screen to which all accounts belonging to this class will report if they move to the status being defined Similarly select the Credit Head Office GL maintained in the Reporting Lines Maintenance screen to which all accounts belonging to this class will report to when they move to the status being defined a
285. nality Select the nationality of the customer from the adjoining option list Permanent Address Permanent Address contains the permanent address of the customer You need to specify the following information Same as Correspondence Address Check the box if the Address For Correspondence is same as Permanent Address If the permanent address is not same as the address for correspondence you need to provide the details of the permanent address Address Specify the permanent address of the customer Country Specify the country of permanent residence of the customer 8 ORACLE Additional Details Staff Check this box whenever a customer record is created for a staff By default this box is left unchecked KYC Status Select the Know Your Customer status of the customer KYC Reference The system displays the reference number The KYC reference number will be generated and displayed while saving this screen Guardian Specify the name of the legal guardian of the customer if the customer is a minor You can capture the name of the legal guardian not exceeding 35 characters alphanumeric The characters should conform to SWIFT standards Minor Check the box if the customer wants to nominee a minor Submit Age Proof Select the age proof submission status of the minor to major from the following options e Not required e Pending e Verified Note the following e out flow or de
286. nd Currency of the account Information involved in the transaction 10 5IRS Form 5498 Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to generate Form 5498 for reporting contributions to IRA plans for any year to the Internal Revenue Service IRS You can generate this report for e Filing with IRS authorities e Providing a copy to your customer e Keeping an internal copy for you You can generate Form 5498 either as part of initial filing with the IRS or after you have filed tax returns for that particular year ORACLE 10 5 1 Generating Form 5498 as Part of Initial Filing During normal generation of Form 5498 as part of your initial filing with the IRS the system will include all transactions entered in the previous year for the previous year For example during normal generation of Form 5498 on say January 20 2003 all transactions entered during 2002 and pertaining to the financial year 2002 will be reported 10 5 2 Generating Form 5498 after Tax Filing During corrected generation post the date of tax filing the system will include apart from all the transactions included in normal generation such transactions which are entered in the current year for the previous year The report shows the total contributions for the year 10 5 3 Details printed on Form 5498 Oracle FLEXCUBE generates Form 5498 customer wise and plan wise that is for each customer for each type of plan held by the customer The type of plan can be Tra
287. nes The general ledger codes to which balances debit or credit of all accounts in an account class will be reported Sub limit The maximum credit amount that can be used by a customer account without requiring an override The sub limit is specified for accounts for which the credit amount is limited to a part of the available line amount Temporary OD End The date on which the temporary overdraft limit ceases to be effective Temporary OD Limit The maximum overdraft allowed on an account for a specified period of time Temporary OD Start The date on and following which the temporary overdraft limit comes into effect Tenure The duration for which a customer has been in professional employment This information is captured as part of the professional details for a customer Uncollected Funds Limit On any given business day the credit transaction amounts that have not been collected Unposted Credits In a multi branch or online activity such as tele banking or Internet banking transactions that are posted into an account when the system is either not available or during End of Day run are stored to be posted into the system when the system is available Credit transactions of this nature are classified as unposted credits Unposted Debits In a multi branch or online activity such as tele banking or Internet banking transactions that are posted into an account when the system is either not available or during End of Day r
288. ng entries should be all credits The system gives you a break up of the balance by the reference number Example Let us assume that for the month of November 2000 your bank has to spend USD 10 000 on miscellaneous expenses which include canteen charges telephone bills and other maintenance charges When the details of these expenses are entered the following entries are passed entry Dr Misc debit a c for 10 000 Cr Cash a c for 10 000 reconciling entry Dr expense a c for 3000 canteen charges Cr Misc Debit a c for 3000 Il reconciling entry Dr expense a c for 2000 telephone charges Cr Misc Debit a c for 2000 Ill reconciling entry Dr expense a c for 5000 maintenance Cr Misc debit a c for 5000 Thus the entire amount that was debited from miscellaneous debit account has been reconciled The total amount of the reconciliation entries should add up to match the amount of the first transaction e Miscellaneous Credit as in miscellaneous debit account in the miscellaneous credit accounts you post each transaction with a reference number In a miscellaneous credit account a single credit entry is matched subsequently with debit entries with the same reference number The system gives you a break up of the balance by reference numbers e Savings Account e Current Account Line Account This is used for creating accounts for charging limit fees Upon save of the account class with type as line account there will be an o
289. ng Percentage maintenance for the exposure category of the customer of the account and the account status Discount Percentage The discount or loss percentage is used to compute the recoverable value of the account for which provision is being made It is picked up from the account if specified in the account details or from the Exposure Category Provisioning Percentage maintenance for the exposure category and status of the account for which provision is being made Status Seq This indicates the sequence number that represents the status as defined in the Status Definition It can be used with arithmetic operators for ease of status rule definition 6 8 Derivation Rules for Status Change For accounts the basis for processing of status changes is governed by an attribute that you set in the Branch Parameters You could opt for status processing at a group or CIF level or at contract level If processing is done at a customer group or CIF level it is done in two stages The worst status among all accounts and loan contracts belonging to the customer group or CIF is arrived at All accounts and contracts belonging to the customer group or CIF are then moved to the worst status that was arrived at 11 ORACLE In the Status Rule Derivation screen in the Derivation Rule field you can define the conditions according to which the status of all accounts using an account class the aging analysis could be tracked For each account
290. ng maintained The adjoining option displays all the customer numbers that are maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one This field will be enabled only if the requestor type is selected as Customer Short Name The system will display the customer s short name based on the customer number selected Full Name The system will display the customer s full name based on the customer number selected Telephone The system will display the customer s contact number based on the customer number selected Mobile Number The system will display the customer s mobile number based on the customer number selected E mail The system will display the customer s email address based on the customer number selected Subject Specify the subject matter of the request complaint Description Specify the brief description of the request complaint Service Details Specify the following details Service Request Type Select the service request type from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Transactional e Non Transactional e Complaint Service No The system generates the service request number ve ORACLE Branch Code The system displays the branch Account No The system will display the customer s account number based on the customer number selected Priority Select the priority of the requesticomplaint from the drop down list This list displays the following values e High e
291. ning arrow button The screen is as shown below Large Debits Report ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer 10 15 1 Contents of the Report The contents of the report are discussed under the following heads Header The header carries the Report Name Branch Branch Date User Id Module Run Date and Time ORACLE Body of the Report Field Name Field Description Branch Code Indicates the branch code Account Number Indicates the account number Customer Name This indicates the name of the customer Amount Debited Indicates the amount debited Total Amount Debited Indicates the total amount debited Average Debit Indicates the average debit Largest Debit Indicates the largest debit Date of Largest Debit the date of the largest ebit 10 16Daily Account Opening Statistics Report You can invoke Daily Account Opening Statistics Report screen by typing CSRDLACC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Daily Account Opening Statistics ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer ORACLE 10 16 1 Contents of the Report The contents of the report are discussed under the following heads Header The header carries the Report Name Branch Branch Date User Id Module Run Date and Time Body o
292. ning arrow button The screen is as shown below Algorithm Generation Input i Algorithm Name Function Type Algorithm Rule Since the access to this screen is restricted to only a few authorized users at your branch level you will be allowed to invoke the screen only if you have the requisite rights In this screen you can specify e The name of the algorithm for which you are writing the algorithm generation rule A list of all the algorithms you have maintained through the Algorithm Maintenance screen is displayed You can select the appropriate e The Function Type which specifies the type of the function using the algorithm The options available are ii ORACLE gt Validation indicates that the function is using the algorithm to validate the input string For all such functions the input string is validated as being True or False depending upon whether the validation was a success or a failure Check Digit Generation indicates that the function is used for the generation of check digit using the algorithm Such functions will take the input string without the check digit and return the check digit You must enter the algorithm rule in the form of PL SQL code After writing the PL SQL code click Execute button to compile the code The algorithm rule is validated by the system and the success or failure message is shown in the Error editor Click Errors but
293. nt these restrictions get defaulted to all accounts that are linked to the account class But you are allowed to change these restrictions for individual accounts as well To maintain the restrictions click the Restriction button in the Account Classes screen The Product and Transaction Codes Restriction screen is displayed Account Class Product and Transaction Codes Maintenance Account Class Product Details Transaction Details Product List Allowed Disallowed Products and Transaction Codes 10f1 ProductCode Product Description Debit Credit N The restrictions can be based on e Products e Transaction Codes Validation of Restrictions During maintenance or online operations in the respective contract screens for the restricted transactions when you specify the customer account the system checks whether the account class used by the specified account is restricted for the product that has been selected or the debit credit transaction type If so an override is sought when such contracts are saved da ORACLE 3 2 17 Maintaining Details of Account Statements Generation To receive the details of account balances you need to capture the relevant information in the MT 941 MT942 message The account balance details can be linked to the message by employing the statement screen To invoke this screen click on the Statement button in the Account Class Maintenance screen
294. nt Number adjacent to it Click Ok to save the details entered here 2 2 26 Defining Customer Category You may wish to classify the customers of your bank into certain broad categories groups For instance all financial institutions who are your bank s customer can be classified into a single common group head called Financial Institutions Similarly you can have a category called banks individuals etc The classification of customers into categories can be used for retrieving financial information by customer category for generating reports on queries and restricting access of a customer to a product in the front end modules for instance Funds Transfer Data Entry etc You may also retrieve financial information by customer category The categories are maintained in the Customer Categories screen and are maintained at the bank level by your Head Office The customers are allocated different categories maintained in this screen in the Customer Information Maintenance screen m ORACLE 2 2 27 Invoking Customer Category Screen To invoke the Customer Categories Details screen type STDCSCAT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button The screen is shown below Customer Category Details b Customer Category Description Maintain Customer Log Screen you maintain the following e Name of the customer category e
295. nt availability of funds in the account will be made for all accounts belonging to the account class e Overdraft Facility if checked indicates that all accounts belonging to this class would be allowed an overdraft facility facility to draw a specified amount over and above the balance in the account e Interest Charges if checked indicates that for interest and charges computation the Interest and Charges module will process accounts linked to this class 14 ORACLE Track Accrued IC if checked indicates whether accrued interest in the Interest and Charges module on an account linked to this class would be considered while computing credit utilization for the account Passbook Facility if checked indicates that accounts linked to the account class are issued passbooks ATM Facility if checked indicates that accounts linked to the class will avail the ATM facility Daylight Limit if checked indicates that you can specify daylight overdraft limit for all the accounts belonging to this account class While modifying the maintenance if you uncheck this box the daylight overdraft limit will be made zero for all the accounts belonging to this account class Debit Credit Advices If checked indicates that for all accounts belonging to this class the system will generate a debit credit advices on interest liquidation The advices are generated during end of day processing in SWIFT or and MAIL format You can
296. nts Schemes Alerts Limits s Deposits Is Financing External Products Funds Transfer Details 1010 Contract Reference Product Code Product Description Credit Account Branch Credit Account Credit Currency Credit Amount Payment and Collection Details 10107 Contract Reference Product Code Product Description Account No CustomerAccountBranch Counterparty Bank Code Count Funds Transfer Details Here you can view the following Funds Transfer details e Contract Reference Number e Product Description e Credit Account Branch e Credit Account e Credit Currency e Credit Amount e Credit value date e Debit Account Branch e Debit Account e Debit currency e Debit amount al ORACLE Debit Value Date By order of Ultimate Beneficiary Product Code Payments and Collection Details Here you can view the following payments and collection details Contract Reference Number Product Description Account No Customer Account Branch Counterparty Bank code Cpty account number Cpty Name Transaction currency Transaction Amount Booking Date Customer Entry Value Date Counterparty Entry Value date Network Product Code 52 ORACLE 8 3 10 Viewing Islamic Deposits Details Click Is Deposits tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view details about active CASA account and Term deposit 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer
297. o loans issued to customers in customer groups or CIF s as well as due to total overdraft in accounts belonging to customer groups or CIFs for the purpose of ascertaining the amount of provisioning required You can maintain such exposure categories in the Exposure Category Maintenance screen by specifying the name of the exposure category and a short description Invoke this screen by typing LDDECMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Corporate Deposits Exposure Category Maintenance New t Enter Query Exposure Category Description Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Wi Authorized open You can view the summary of the exposure categories in the Exposure Category Maintenance Summary screen 5 ORACLE 6 6 1 Specifying Status wise Provisioning Percentages for Each Exposure Category After you have maintained exposure categories you must maintain the appropriate provisioning percentages to apply to each exposure category for contracts as well as accounts in each of the statuses You must also maintain the applicable discount percentages You can do this in the Exposure Category Provisioning Percent Maintenance screen where you can specify the applicable provisioning percentage and discount percentage for each status Invoke this screen by typing L DDPRVMN the field at the top right corner of the App
298. o or information on content products and services from third parties Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third party content products and services Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss costs or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content products or services
299. o the bank by IRS Customers FATCA Audit Log Date Logged The system displays the date on which the customer record was logged Reason for Logging The system displays the reason for logging the customer Criteria Matched The system displays the US Indicia matching criteria for the customer US Indicia Updated The system displays if the US Indicia is updated by the system or not 4 5 Recalcitrant Updated The system displays if the Recalcitrant is updated by the system or not Criteria for Applying US Indicia The system evaluates the US Indicia of the customer based on the following criteria maintained in Customer Maintenance screen e lf the customer is an individual then the customer record satisfies US Indicia if any one or more of the following conditions are met gt gt gt gt gt If the nationality of the customer is US If the country in the correspondence address or permanent address is US If the international dialing code for telephone number is that of US If the international dialing code for mobile number is that of US If the international dialing code for FAX number is that of US If the country of birth is US If the country in address of Power of Attorney holder is US If the nationality of power of attorney holder is US If the international dialing code for telephone number of power of attorney holder is US If the permanent US residence status flag is Yes If the Visited US in
300. ode e The Account Number e The Name of the customer who holds the account ORACLE e The Current Balance in the account This includes the aggregate of debit credit uncollected unauthorized authorized and unposted transactions e The amount available for withdraw e overdraft limit of the account This is inclusive of the sub limit e Credit Rating or the credit worthiness of the account holder A charge fee or interest debited to the customer account will not be referred to the Referral Queue Using the Referral Queue you can view details of all transactions processed during the day due to which the account has moved into overdraft For example Silas Marner s savings account has a balance of 1000 Euro with no O D facility There are five checks of 300 Euro each drawn on the account on the same day On double clicking on Silas Marner s account number in the Referral Queue the details of all five checks will be displayed for your perusal in the Referral Screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDREFQU the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Referral Queue Account Number Current Balance Temporary OD Start E Available Balance Temporary OD End Overdraft Limit Customer Name Posted NotPosted Referral Queue E Posting Date Contract Reference Referral Description Dr Amount PayFlag UnpayFlag Waiv
301. ode of settlement The adjoining option list displays all valid modes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Details of Clients You can specify the client s details in the following fields Client Name Specify the name of the client Country Specify the name of the country of the client s ORACLE Payment Mode Specify the mode of payment The adjoining option list displays all valid modes maintained in the System You can choose the appropriate one Transaction Types You can specify the details of the transaction types in the following fields Transaction Type Specify the type of transaction Count Specify the count of the transaction Total Amount Specify the total amount of the transaction Max Single Amount Specify the maximum single amount allowed for the transaction Purpose Specify the purpose of the transaction Country Specify the country in which the transaction takes place Fund Transfer Purpose within Country Specify the purpose of funds transfer within the country Audit Date Specify the audit date Use the date button to choose a date from the calendar Account Solicited Check this box to indicate that the account should be solicited Account Solicited Date Specify the date on which the account should be solicited using adjoining calendar button Introducer Details Specify the details of the introducer ds ORACLE Compliance Clearance Specify the date of compli
302. odify a record Additional Details Additional Details contains the details to Know Your Customer KYC KYC refers to Know Your Customer KYC details for customers are maintained using KYC Details screen The system generates a KYC Reference Number during this maintenance You need to specify the following KYC information Staff Check this box whenever a customer record is created for a staff By default this box is left unchecked KYC Status Select the KYC status of the customer s ORACLE Reference Specify the Reference Number The option list displays all valid reference numbers generated Choose the appropriate one The system will link the KYC details of the selected reference number to the customer CIF Guardian Specify the customer s guardian s name Minor Check this box to indicate that the customer is minor Submit Age Proof Indicate the age proof submission status of the minor to major from the drop down list The available options are e Not required e Pending e Verified Note the following e Any out flow or debit transaction is posted a particular customer s account s and the Submit Age Proof chosen is Pending then the system throws an error stating that Necessary documents are not submitted for Major e Once the documents are submitted the user has to manually set Submit Age Proof as Verified After the field Submit Age Proof is changed to
303. oduct Category Customer account Branch Counter Party Account Number 25 ORACLE e Counter Party Name e Transaction Currency e Transaction Amount e Next Generation date e Execution days e Execution Months e Execution Years e End date 8 3 3 4 Viewing Transactions Click Transactions button to view the Customer Account Transaction Query screen In this screen you can query the transactions of an account during a given period Accounting Entry Retrieval Query Criteria Contract Reference Transaction Code Event Code Debit Credit Currency Module Code Value Date Related Reference From Date Query Account Details Branch Code Starting Balance Currency Debit Credit Balance Account Number Account Description Transaction Details E Contract Reference Entry Serial No Related Account To Date Module Code TransactionCode Event Code Transaction Date Account Description The system displays the description of the specified account number based on the details maintained at Customer Account Maintenance level 26 ORACLE Refer the section Querying Accounting Entries under Core Services module for more information 8 3 3 5 Viewing Cheques Click Cheques button to view the Cheque Details screen In this screen you can view the details of the cheq
304. oining calendar To Date Specify a valid date till when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar 10 17 1 Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The header carries the Report Name Branch Branch Date User Id Module Run Date and Time Body of the Report Field Name Field Description bs ORACLE Customer Ac No Indicates the account number of the customer Customer Type Indicates the type of the account Customer Name This indicates the name of the customer Currency Indicates the currency Re activation Date Indicates the re activation date Dormancy Start Date Indicates the start date of dormancy Local Branch Indicates the local branch Branch Code Indicates the branch code Branch Name Indicates the name of the branch MIS Code Indicates the MIS code Checker ID Indicates the identification of the checker who authorized the record Checker Date Indicates the date on which the record was authorized Maker ID Indicates the identification of the maker of the record Maker Date Indicates the date when the record was created 10 18360 Degree Customer Report The 360 Degree Customer report provides 360 Degree Customer details You can invoke the screen by t
305. omer Tab You can specify the KYC profile details for retail customer in the KYC Retail Profile screen Click Retail Customer tab to invoke this screen KYC Retail Profile Beneficial Owner Information Declared PEP Remarks Local Address Country Home Country Address Home Country Resident Politically Exposed Person Permanent US Resident Status Visited US in last 3 years Beneficially Owned Company 10f Company Name Location Nationality Birth Place Birth Country Birth Date Office ISD Code Office Number Residence ISD Code Residence Tel Number Mobile ISD Code Mobile Number Fax ISD Code Fax Number Purpose of Account Opening Others Holding Annual Income Line of Business Account Type Passport Number Passport Expiry Date Visa Number Visa Expiry Date KYC Amounts Currency Power of Attorney Holder Name Nationality Address Country Telephone ISD Code Telephone Number C Power of Attorney Source of Income You can capture the following details on this screen Salary Rental Investment Business Concern Professional Business Overseas Property Related Companies Accounts with Bank 10f1 Company Account Number Beneficial Owner Information Personal Accounts with Bank 10f1 Personal Accounts Number You can specify the following details pertaining to the beneficial owner ORACLE Resident Check this box to indicate
306. on Language Details anguage Description Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Authorized Open After you have entered all the details of a record save the record using one of the following methods e Click Save icon in the toolbar e Select Save from the Actions Menu While maintaining narratives if you choose the narrative type for a module the prompt codes maintained for this module are displayed You can choose the relevant prompt code from the option list For the FT module the prompt codes can be the following e FT EVENTDESC e FT USERREFNO ORACLE For the above prompt codes you have to enter the descriptions in the desired language For instance the description for FT EVENTDESC can be maintained as EVENT DESCRIPTION in the English language The Account statement for the above maintenance will look like EVENT DESCRIPTION REVERSAL where reversal is the actual event happening The word REVERSAL itself is picked up from the same screen for Event type of narratives The same logic applies to the other type of narratives 3 3 9 Maintaining Customer Instruction Details Instructions Maintenance screen allows you to maintain instructions for customers Accounts with the current branch as the local branch You can capture the instructions for each customer or account You can describe the instruction in instruction Description field Instruction pops up when you
307. on to maintain this list Note that currency restrictions will be allowed only for customers who are CLS participants Refer the Continuous Linked Settlements chapter of the Foreign Exchange User Manual for details on maintaining currency restrictions and other maintenances required for processing CLS deals in Oracle FLEXCUBE Issuer Customer If the customer for whom you are maintaining the CIF is an issuer of securities then check this box Treasury Customer Check this box if the customer is a Treasury Customer Joint Customer Check this box if the customer is a Joint Customer MT920 Check this option to indicate that the customer is eligible to request for MT920 messages MT920 Account Update Request A request for an up to date statement from the bank where the referenced Account is held The request may be for an Intra Day Update MT942 or an End of Day Update MT940 and is subject to the service agreed with that bank Relationship Pricing Select this checkbox to indicate that the customer is eligible for relationship pricing This checkbox will be unselected by default For more details on relationship pricing refer Relationship Pricing user manual n ORACLE Customer Check this box to replicate the customer details to system By default system checks this box whenever the new customer is created You can uncheck this box if required so that customer data will not get replicated to ELCM
308. only for interest set off the system does not perform the principal set off for referral Account Limits sub screen of the Customer Account Maintenance screen The Netting Allowed option is defaulted from the Credit Line associated with the customer account If you change the default option the system displays an override message Liability Maintenance sub screen of the Customer Information screen The netting option is defaulted to the Liability Maintenance sub screen of the Customer Maintenance screen This option is defaulted from the Liability Code which is linked to the Credit Line that you associate with the CIF ID If you change the default the system displays an override message 5 1 1 5 Future dated Funds Transfers FT Entries are not passed for future dated FTs and Sls in case of insufficient funds Such transactions are moved to the Referral Queue for Approval pay Rejection un pay The pool balance defined in the LM Structure Maintenance is the balance which is considered for OD ORACLE Status If accounting entries have not been passed Resulting Action Accept the accounting entries are passed and the IC Charge counter is updated Reject No resulting action If you have not performed any action on the contract the transaction is resubmitted for processing the next day 5 1 1 6 Standing Instructions SI Standing instructions are sent to Queue when sufficient funds are not available in the cus
309. ons for any such individual customer your exposure to the corporate entities is also displayed ee ORACLE Silas Marner and Keith Butler are individual customers and they have contracts and accounts with your bank Parivallal Express Limited Gem Granites Limited and Assorted Chemicals Limited are your corporate customers Silas Marner has a shareholding in Parivallal Express Limited and Gem Granites Limited Keith Butler has a shareholding in Gem Granites Limited and Assorted Chemicals Limited While querying limits for Silas Marner your exposure to Parivallal Express Limited and Gem Granites Limited is displayed along with your exposure to Silas Marner You can choose to drill down any of the exposures to see the specific line details and contracts However if you query for exposure to Parivallal Express Limited or Gem Granites Limited your exposure to Silas Marner is not displayed Click Ok button to save the details that you specified Click the windows Close icon to exit the screen without saving the entries that you made 2 2 32 Maintaining Type of Relationships You can maintain the different types of relationships that can exist between customers of your bank in the Relation Maintenance screen Invoke this screen by typing CSDRELMN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Relationship Maintenance Relationship Category
310. ontract screens The individual status of each account and contract is also displayed in the accounts screen as Account Derived Status Refer the Products chapter of the Interest and Charges user manual for more details m ORACLE 3 2 15 Maintaining Sequence for Funds Allocation The allocation of funds will occur as per the product sequence you maintain in the Product Maintenance screen invoked from the Account Class Maintenance screen Click the Amt Block button to access this screen The screen is as shown below Amount Block Details Account Class Description Product Maintenance 1017 Number Product Code x Product Description In this screen you will specify the sequence of products based on which funds will be made available when a credit is posted to an account with a track receivable option The sequence number is automatically generated by the system All authorized products of your bank will be available in the option list On selection of the product the product description will appear alongside Whenever a credit happens to an account with a track receivable option the system will check if the account has any receivable being tracked against it If yes the amount is blocked as a receivable and this process continues until the amount needed for liquidation becomes fully available The batch process run as part of EOD BOD will liquidate the loan contract or retail teller contracts
311. ook You have to select this option to specify that automatic reordering of Cheque Books is required for all accounts reporting to this account class This field will be enabled only if you have checked the Cheque Book option explained above Reorder Level Here you have to indicate the level at which the reordering of Cheque Book should happen Automatic reordering will be set off by the system when the unused number of cheque leaves becomes equal to or less than the re order level that you maintain here This field will be enabled only if you have indicated that automatic reordering of Cheque Books is required i e the Auto Reorder of Cheque Book option is checked Reorder No of Leaves In this field you have to specify the number of leaves that should be ordered for the new Cheque Book This field will be enabled only if you have checked the Auto Reorder of Cheque Book option Max No of Cheque Rejections Specify the maximum number of cheque rejections that can be allowed for an account Processing Automatic Reordering of Cheque Books The automatic reordering of Cheque Books is processed at EOD by executing a batch function The following conditions should be satisfied for initiation of automatic reordering e The Auto Reorder of Cheque Book option is turned on at the account level e The number of unused check leaves for the account is less than or equal to the reorder level maintained at the account level The syst
312. or existing liability system defaults the applicable currency and for new liability system defaults the local branch currency Overall Limit Specify the overall limit in Liability currency for the liability This will be defaulted if existing liability is chosen 9s ORACLE Revision Date Specify the revision date for the liability from the adjoining calender Liability Category Select the category of the liability The adjoining option list displays all available categories You can select the appropriate one User Defined Status Select the status of the liability from the adjoining option list Liability Clean Risk Limit The system displays the liability clean risk limit here Secondary Clean Risk Limit The system displays the secondary clean risk limit here Secondary PSTL Risk Limit The system displays the secondary PSTL risk limit here Unadvised Check this box if the liability is unadvised Netting Required Check this box to indicate that all facility amounts linked to this liability should be consolidated Remarks You can specify remarks if any The system displays all the liability details if you have selected an existing liability You cannot modify the displayed details m ORACLE 2 2 19 1 Specifying Score Details You can maintain score details in the Liability Score screen Click Score button to invoke this Screen E Liability Score 10f1 L Score Name Score Description Score
313. orization Status Record Status Customer No Type Name Short Name Customer Category Country In the above screen you can base your queries on any or all of the following parameters and fetch records e Authorization Status e Customer No e Name e Customer Category e Nationality e Record Status e e Short Name e Country e Branch Code ORACLE Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The records meeting the selected criteria are displayed You can query or modify the customer details whose accounts are permitted to you for the query modification in the Group Code Restriction screen If you are allowed to query customer information then system displays the following details pertaining to the fetched records e Authorization Status e Record Status e Customer No Short Name e Customer Category e Country e Nationality e Branch Code e Language e Address e Frozen e Deceased e Exposure e Location e SSN e Whereabouts Unknown e Account Number e Full Name e SWIFT Code 109 ORACLE 2 6 Searching for Customers You can search for a prospect or customer details in the Customer Search screen To invoke this screen type STSCUSSH in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Party Summary Customer No Last Name Telephone Uniqu
314. osure category in the Exposure Type Category Linkage maintenance Q when the exposure category for a CIF or customer group is derived according to the logic maintained in the Exposure Category Type Linkage screen the outstanding overdraft in all accounts belonging to the group CIF as well as the exposure due to loans issued to the group CIF is summed to compute the total exposure 11 The provisioning percentage applicable is then derived either from the contract and account details or using the exposure category of the CIF and the status of all accounts and contracts involving the CIF according to the linkage maintained in the Exposure Category Provisioning Percentage maintenance 12 Having obtained the provisioning percentage applicable the system then computes the provision amount based on the rule defined in the Loans Provisioning Rule maintenance for loans and the Account Provisioning Rule Maintenance for accounts 13 The computed provision amount would then be stored for the accounts and contracts and appropriate accounting entries passed The computed provision amount is stored and displayed in the Amount Tab in the Customer Account Maintenance The current status and exposure category of the account is also stored along with the balances 13 ORACLE In case of contracts the provision amount is not re computed when a contract amendment value dated amendment or automatic or manual payment is done but only as part of
315. ou can change the values if needed The following parameters are maintained Account You can maintain account details for your account here Branch Code The current branch code is defaulted here Account The system generates the account number maintained in the Main screen of Account Class Transfer Account Status You can maintain account status details for your account here Status The current account status is defaulted here You can select a valid account status from the adjoining option list if needed account class transfer is processed only if the account status is NORM Description The description of the account status is defaulted here GL Lines You can maintain the credit and debit details of the general ledger reporting lines for your account here Credit The GL code related to credit is defaulted here You can select a valid GL code from the adjoining option list if needed Debit The GL code related to debit is defaulted here You can select a valid GL code from the adjoining option list if needed m ORACLE HO Lines You can maintain the credit and debit details of the Head Office reporting lines for your account here Credit The line code related to credit is defaulted here You can select a valid line code from the adjoining option list if needed Debit The line code related to debit is defaulted here You can select a valid line code from the adjoining option list if need
316. oup Clearing Groups are built in order to derive the Value Date of outward clearing check transactions Charge Groups are created in order to levy specific charges on customers belonging to the group You can set up such groups through the Group Code Maintenance screen Invoke this screen by typing STDGRMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Group Code Maintenance Group Code Description Exposure Category Group Status Since Group Type Group Type Corporate Retail Charge Clearing Tax You could use this section to indicate whether the customer group you are defining is e Corporate e Retail e Charge e Clearing e Tax You can select the appropriate option 116 ORACLE Creating Customer Groups for Tracking Exposure You may wish to track exposure due to loans issued to a group of customers as a whole and assign the status of all loans issued to the group as the status of the loan with the worst status among those issued to the group You may similarly wish to include the exposure due to outstanding overdraft in respect of a group of customer accounts as a whole and assign the status of all customer accounts belonging to the group as the status of the customer account with the worst status among the accounts and loans belonging to the group When you set up a group
317. ous messages are based on the parameters maintained for each account This processing produces details of the statement generation i ORACLE 3 2 17 4 Generation of Ad hoc Reports Balance reports for each account under an account class can be generated on an ad hoc basis The Ad Hoc report generation screen is used for capturing details of a balance report sent ad hoc You can invoke this screen by typing ACDADCRP in the upper right corner of the application toolbar and clicking the arrow adjacent it Ad hoc Report Generation Enter Query Balance Branch Code 002 SWIFT Message Type 941 Account Generate Statement Branch Code The branch to which the account marked for balance report generation belongs is displayed you cannot change or modify this value Account Select the account which has been identified for generation of a balance statement from the option list The account balance of this account is generated as an outgoing statement Swift Message Type Select the type of message required to be sent As the message is a balance statement select MT941 MT942 Click on the Generate Statement button to initiate the generation of balance statement for the account you have selected This process would pick up the entire debit and credit component accounts created since the issue of a previous MT941 MT942 MT950 or MT940 are included in the generated statement B ORACLE You can examine the details of t
318. ovide certain identification details to your bank for establishing the customer s identity For instance the passport number or ration card of the customer may serve as the criteria to establish the customer s identity In Oracle FLEXCUBE this is known as Unique Identifier Name Name Enter the identifier name in not more than 20 characters Value You have to capture the serial number or any number of significance that is to be associated with the document which can help in identifying the document You can use a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters to capture the identifier value ORACLE Relationship Manager Every customer in Oracle FLEXCUBE can be designated to a relationship manager You need to specify the following details of the relationship manager RM Id Specify the user ID of the relationship manager of this customer The option list displays all valid user IDs with their roles defined as relationship manager Choose the appropriate one Relationship managers are responsible for helping the customers designated to them in need RM Name Based on the RM ID the system displays the name of the relationship manager 2 2 4 Director Tab Director tab consists of the director s basic information E Customer Maintenance New e Enter Query Type Individual Full Name Customer Category Corporate Short Name Private Customer Bank Branch Code Customer No Personal Corporate Additional Auxiliary Check List
319. p right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Hoat Days Maintenance Branch Code Description Product Code Customer Group Description Customer Number Description Float Days Currency Float Days Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Number Authorized Open Date Time You can define the float days for transactions involving a specific Clearing Bank Branch Product Sector and Currency combination for e All customer groups and all customers within the groups e A specific customer group and all customers within the group e A specific customer group and a specific customer within the group The System resolves the float days in the following order Branch Product Sector Currency Customer Customer Code Code Code Group Number Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific Ten ORACLE Product Sector Currency Customer Customer Code Code Code Group Number Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific ALL Specific Specific Specific Specific ALL ALL Qn float days will be considered as Working Days or Calendar Days depending on your specification in the ARC Maintenance screen 2 7 7 Extending Float Days for Outward Clearing Transaction Oracle FLEXCUBE supports the extension of float days for outward clearing transactions The value date of the outwar
320. payment Transactional KYC SAL TYPE Cash Direct Deposit Company Cheque TT SWIFT CB Null Provide Details KYC SETTL PAY Cash Cheque Wire Transfer LC Documentary Collection KYC TXN DET Monthly Withdrawals Deposits Remittances By Cash Remittances BY Cheque Local Remittance Inward Local Remittance Outward 130 ORACLE Foreign Remittance Inward Foreign Remittance Outward For Salaried Individuals this is required only for Risk level 2 amp 3 customers KYC TYPE ACC Sole Joint KYC OCCUPATION Own Business Employed FI STATUS Ho Branch Central Office Subsidiary Rep Office Others KYC FI TYPE Commercial Bank Investment Bank Offshore Bank Leasing Company Exchange Company Others KYC AREA OF BUSINESS Retail Corporate Investment Transfers Islamic Banking Trade Treasury Others 131 ORACLE KYC OWNERSHIP Government Private Owned Public Held Partly Owned By Gov and part by private or public Investors Partly Traded in Stock Exchange Shares Traded In Stock Exchange amp Partly Held By Private And Public Investors Others KYC PRODUCTS Incoming Transfer MT103 Incoming Transfer MT202 Outgoing Transfer MT103 Outgoing Tranfer MT202 Clearing and Collections Cheques and Drafts LC Advising LC Reimbursements LC Confirmation LG Advising Bill Discounting Bankers
321. played here Our Bank Customer Details Customer Name The system displays the name of the central bank blacklisted customer Customer Number The system displays the customer number maintained in the current bank Customer Type Customer type of the blacklisted customer is defaulted here ORACLE Date of Birth The system displays the date of birth of the blacklisted customer maintained in the current bank Unique ID The system defaults the unique id of the blacklisted customer maintained in the current bank 2 2 17 4 Viewing Central Bank Blacklist Status You can view the blacklisted status of the customer in the Central Bank Blacklist Status screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSNCBQY the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Central bank blacklist status Summary Customer Name Date of Birth Tax Identification Number E Bank Code Upload Sequence Number Advanced Search Records per page 15 Customer Name Date of Birth Tax Identification Number Bank Ref No Bank Code Bank Name National Black In the above screen you can base your queries on any or all of the following parameters and fetch records e Customer Name e Date of Birth e Identification Number Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The records meeting the se
322. porate customer The adjoining option list displays all valid relationships maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Nationality Specify the nationality of the key person The adjoining option list displays all valid nationalities maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Address Specify the address of the key person Country Specify the country of the key person ISD Code Specify the international dialling code for the telephone number Telephone Number Specify the telephone number of the key person Tax Id Number Specify the tax identification number of the key person Share Percentage Specify the percentage of share for the key person ORACLE Company Details You can specify the details of the company in the following fields Details of Company Branches Specify the details of the company branches Number of Person Employed Specify the number of person employed in the company Mode for Salary Specify the mode of salary payment in the company The adjoining option list displays all valid modes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Others If you wish to provide additional information on the company use this field Details of Suppliers You can specify the details of suppliers in the following fields Supplier Name Specify the name of the supplier Country Specify the country to which the supplier belongs Settlement Mode Specify the m
323. press the hotkey F Invoke this screen by typing CSDINSTR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Click the new button on the Application toolbar amp Instructions Maintenance Memo ID Branch Code Category Customer Account No Description Instructions Details 1010 Instruction ID Display Type User Message Instruction Date Instruction Expiry Date Show to Customer Customer Message Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status You need to specify the following details Memo ID System displays a unique system generated memo ID which is associated with customer or account Branch Code System displays the branch code of the customer ee ORACLE Category Select Customer to maintain the memo for the customer Select Account to maintain the memo for the account Customer Account Number Specify the required Customer Account Number from the list of values maintained Customer Account Name System displays the customer ID or account name in this field Instruction Id Unique ID for the instruction is displayed here Display Type Select appropriate display type from the drop down list e If you select Override then system displays all the memos with override category in override screen while saving and authorizing the transaction e If you select info
324. ps between customers Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to define different types of relationships that can exist between two customers For eg Business Husband Wife and Partners etc You can link two customers by specifying the relationship that exists between them The advantage being that when you generate the exposure report for a customer it will display the total exposure of the bank to every customer linked to the liability in question as well as the exposure of every customer who is related to any customer within the liability The example given at the end of this section will further illustrate this concept m ORACLE 2 7 1 Maintaining Types of Relationships You can maintain the different types of relationships that can exist between customers of your bank in the Relation Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDRELMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Relation Maintenance Relation Description Specify the following details in this screen e Relation Define the type of relationship in this field You can use a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters to define a relationship e Description Provide a brief description of the relationship being maintained This will further help you in identifying the relationship The types of relationships defined in this screen will become available for linking two cus
325. ption e Currency e Amount l ORACLE e Good Until Date e Event Sequence Number Loan Details Here you can view the Loans details which are related to guarantee The following fields are displayed e Account e Currency e Amount e Down Payment s ORACLE 8 4 6 Viewing Treasury Details Click Treasury tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of Treasury A ORACLE 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trace BRE Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Is Trade Is Treasury External Products Foreign Exchange Details 14 4 M Contract Reference Buy Sell Book Date Bought Currency Bought Amount Bought Value date Sold Currency Sold Amor lt Money Market Details 14 4 101 Branch Code Contract Reference Currency Book Date Value Date Maturity Date D E lt Security Portfolio M 4 torn gt Portfolio Reference Portfolio Description Currency Auto Liquidate for Corporate Actions Corpus Account ShortPosition Allowed Accrue Withholdin lt Derivatives M 4 400 gt Contract Reference Buy Sell Currency In Principal Amount OutLeg Currency OutPrincipalAmount Book Date Value D lt OTC Options M 4 Con
326. r as well as total outstanding overdraft in all accounts of a customer or a group of customers as a whole and assign the status of all loans issued to the group as well as all accounts under a group as the worst status among all loans and accounts belonging to the group This chapter explains how you can use the system to perform the processes related to provisioning for customer accounts In order to maintain provisioning guidelines you must e Specify whether you wish to track the status of customer accounts and loan contracts at customer group CIF level or at the level of individual contracts or accounts for your branch e Set up the categories under which you wish track exposure and specify the provisioning percentages for each exposure category type e Maintain the logic according to which the exposure category would be arrived at based on the customer type and the amount limits applicable for each customer type e Setup classifications for considering the financial standing of customers for the purpose of status processing e Set up the customer groups for which you wish to track exposure as a whole e Set up rules for deriving the status of accounts for a group or CIF e Set up rules for deriving the provisioning amount for accounts using an account class e Set up the frequency at which the provisioning batch would be executed if the status processing is done at group CIF level 6 2 Specifying Basis for Status Processing
327. r sources e The annual expenses that your customer incurs from sources other than the annual salary e currency in which the customer s financial details like annual salary annual rent expenses annual loan repayment etc is expressed Expenditure Pattern e customer s annual expenditure rent premium on insurance e customer s current annual expenditure incurred on re payment of loans availed e customer s current annual expenditure incurred on payment of expenses other than rent insurance premium or loans e The number of credit cards the customer has subscribed to e The value in terms of money of this customer s house in case he owns one The Other Details Include e The name of your customer s previous employer and the designation that the customer held in the previous job e customer s current designation and the full name of the customer s employer e The complete mailing address of your customer s employer e The telephone telex fax numbers and E mail address of your customer s current employer or business partner After having captured all the relevant details you can save the record You will be returned to the Personal Details section of the CIF Maintenance screen 2 2 9 Capturing UDF Values for Customers In order to know your customer better you may need to capture certain additional information specific to a customer This is in addition to the regular information that you wo
328. r Type Principal Interest Oo Oo n ue ORACLE You can view the following details here e Sequence No e Rollover Date e Rollover Type e Principal e Interest e Rollover Amount e Old Maturity Date e New Maturity Date 8 4 3 13 Viewing Schedule Details Click Schedules button to view the Schedule Details screen In this screen you can view the schedule details of all components attached to the corporate deposit contract Schedule Details 1010 Component Component Description Schedule Type Reminder Frequency Refer the section titled Viewing Schedule Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details m ORACLE 8 4 4 Viewing Loan Details Click Loans tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of the customer s loan nm ORACLE 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Is Trade Is Treasury External Products Summary of Loans Total Commitment Amount Total Ordinary Loan Total Mortgage Amount Total Syndicated Loan Total Leasing Amount Loan Details 4 100 a Branch Code Product Code Account Number Description Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed Outstanding O aj Component Details Collection D
329. rameters e US Indicia Present flag updated to N e FATCA classification as PENDING CLASSIFICATION e Tracking Required flag updated to Y The system inserts a record into FATCA CLASSIFICATION LOG data store with the reason for logging as CHANGE US Indicia Not Present and US Indicia Updated flag set to Y Case 3 The customer is a Bank 8 The system check whether the customer record exist in the FATCA classification data store If the record does not exist then a record is inserted into FATCA Classification data store with the following parameters e US Indicia Present flag set to Y e FATCA classification set as PENDING CLASSIFICATION e Tracking Required flag set to Y The system inserts a record into FATCA CLASSIFICATION LOG data store with the reason for logging as Financial Institution Due Diligence and US Indicia Updated flag will be set to Y If the record is already present and the FATCA classification is maintained as Reportable in FATCA Parameters Maintenance then the system checks the document status for Recalcitrant Flag gt Ifthe expected submission date is prior to the current date and actual submission date in document checklist is null the Recalcitrant flag will be updated to Y The system inserts a record into FATCA CLASSIFICATION LOG data store with the reason for logging as
330. ranches e Number of person employed in the company e Mode of salary in the company e Other details Specifying Details of Suppliers e Name of the supplier e Country of the supplier e of settlement Specifying Details of Clients e Name of the client e Name of the country of the client e Mode of payment i ORACLE Specifying Transaction Types Type of transaction Count of the transaction Total amount of the transaction Maximum single amount for the transaction Purpose of the transaction Country of the transaction Purpose of fund transfer within a country Audit date Whether account should be solicited Date on which the account is solicited Details of the introducer Date of compliance clearance Date of business approval Trade licence number Next date of KYC review Specifying Comments KYC comment about the corporate customer Comments on the corporate customer by the sales and service officers Name and comments of the approvers on the corporate customers ioi ORACLE 2 2 14 3 Viewing Corporate or Audit HO Details Click Corporate or Audit HO Details tab in the Corporate Profile screen Corporate Profile x CID Number CCB Response Name CB Response Date STR Raised Activity STR Date Activity Reason STR Reference Dairy Note The system displays the following details e Number of the corporate customer e Name of the corporate customer e Whether STR should be raised
331. rd Details screen In this screen you can view details about active debit cards which are issued during given period for an account Debit Card Details 10710 C Branch Code Card Number Primary Card Name On Card Card Expiry Date Dispatch Status Refer the section titled Viewing Card Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 3 8 Viewing Other Details Click Others button to view the Other Details Of Account screen In this screen you can view additional details about interest limit statement account and nominees Other Details of Account Interest Details Limit Details Credit Interest Accrued Temporary Overdraft Start Amount Temporary Overdraft End Debit Interest Accrued Amount Limit Currency Temporary Overdraft Limit Line Identification Statement Details Account Status No Debit No Credit Stop Payment Dormant Last Statement Date Last Statement Balance Last Statement Number Frozen Nominees Nominee 1 Nominee 2 Refer the section titled Viewing Other Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details Im ORACLE 8 4 3 9 Viewing Customer Signatory Click Account Signatory button to view the Customer Signatory Details screen In this screen you can view the signature image and photograph of the customer Signatory Details Branch Code Account Customer No Descript
332. red Consolidated Certificate Required Individual Certificate Required Utility Provider Head Office Utility Provider Account Number Utility Provider Type Debtor Category Utility Provider Id Risk Profile Algorithm Id FT Accounting As Of Check Digit Validation Required Additional Fields Labels Additional Fields Labels lt Linked Account Details Joint Venture Account Details NSF Black list status Change Log Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status You need to specify the following details AML Reporting As a CIF level parameter you can specify whether AML Reporting is required for the customer You can check the box positioned next to this field to indicate that AML reporting should be done for the customer whose details you are maintaining AML Customer Group Specify the AML customer group Click on the option list positioned next to this field a list of AML customer group screen is displayed You can select the appropriate Required Check this box to indicate that AML Reporting is required Acode assigned to the customer whose details you are maintaining is defaulted to the Customer Group field since the system recognizes each customer code as a customer group You can choose to either categorize the customer under the same group or choose another customer group ORACLE If you leave the box unchecked the system will suppress the generation of AML report
333. reen type STDFATCA in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click on the adjoining arrow button Customer Type Wise FATCA Parameters New 9 Enter Query Customer Individual Threshold Currency Threshold Amount es 10f1 _ FATCA Classification Reportable Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status You can capture the following in this screen Customer Type Select the type for customer from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e Individual e Bank 4 3 e Corporate Threshold Currency Select the threshold currency from the adjoining option list Threshold Amount Specify the threshold amount Classification Details FATCA Classification Specify the FATCA classification for the given customer type Reportable Check this box to indicate that the FATCA Classification mentioned is Reportable to IRS Document Details Category Select the category of documents from the adjoining option list Type Specify the type of document Verification Limit in Days Specify the number of days allowed to submit the documents for FATCA verification o If the check box FATCA Applicable in the Bank Parameters screen is not checked then saving a record in Customer Type Wise FATCA parameters is not allowed Viewing Customer Type wise FATCA Parameters You can view the customer type details
334. rest or charges on the account You will need to liquidate these before Account Closure An error log is created to store the error details of accounts for which liquidation could not be performed due to the following reasons e Verify Funds option is enabled and partial liquidation is performed e The Verify Funds option is enabled and the account has insufficient funds e Accounting entries do not get passed successfully irrespective of whether the Verify Funds option is set or not Hefer the End of Day processing for Debiting Receivable GLs section in the Daily Processing of IC chapter of the IC User Manual for details on end of day processes on Auto and Manual liquidation 3 2 Maintaining Details for Free Banking For account classes for which a free banking period is being provided you can indicate the free banking parameters These include e The number of days after the account opening date for which no charges would be levied on the account This is the free banking period Charging for the account would commence when the free banking period has elapsed e Whether an advice charge start advice is to be sent to the customer indicating the commencement of charging on the account e The number of days before the charge start date the charge start advice is to be sent to the customer indicating the commencement of charging on the account 3 2 8 Specifying Initial Funding Preferences You need to specify the following d
335. resulting in the account involved in the transaction moving into Overdraft will be sent to the Referral Queue 5 1 1 2 Specifying Referral Cut off Time In branch parameter you have to specify the referral cut off time for accepting rejecting transactions in the referral queue In case a transaction is rejected from the referral queue after the cut off time then system displays the following override message Rejected after cut off time Transactions are accepted into the Referral Queue even after cut off time if account goes into overdraft 5 1 1 3 Enabling Netting Required Option If linked accounts are marked for referral you can choose to consolidate the balances in all the linked accounts before performing the referral check To process linked accounts which are marked for referral you will need to enable the Netting Required option in the following screens 5 1 1 4 Enabling Limit Maintenance Screen Enabling this option indicates that the netting of balances is allowed for accounts linked to the credit line To pool balances across accounts you may need to link a common Credit Line across accounts where balances are to be pooled Therefore you will need to indicate whether balances for the credit line and the respective accounts should be netted As a result while performing the limits check for accounting the system will take into consideration the collective balance across all accounts linked to the line EXAMPLE Let
336. rete e ree EORR RES e EGER Se dec 97 6 4 9 Viewing Alerts 5s iru eet ep Oti e ES RR Cr ie See sita Pob 99 6 4 10 Viewing Limits Details iei tree EUH ebore eee Eee b RE BUYER o bre 100 G4l1l Viewing Payment Details eie dete e brit ebore e eee Ie ee bre eve 101 6 4 12 Viewing Islamic Deposits iiia i e e e OG e e Reb VER repe ER HE Cen eas 102 8 4 13 Viewing Is Financing Details ede e Y rl EE ERE ERR ss sevens ean 106 8 4 14 Viewing Islamic Trade eie net i ere e ib ur ee Re e eate an 108 6 4 15 Viewing Islamic Treasury Details eet see estre trente tete eerie ubera E seb sevens eden 110 8 416 Viewing External Details sid e UHR RR ERR svanvaness MUERTE e M ER ete ES 112 jr 1 Onl IMPORTANT TER S 4 tecto cH ennt 1 10 REPORTS 1 INTRODUGTION S 1 10 2 IRA STATEMENT REPORTS 1 10 2 1 Selection Opti ris ete ete Det e RR HE ORE eb ie ere a 1 10 2 2 Contents of the Report eee e ru e ER ORDER ERES RE Ure pere h 1 10 3 MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL ADVICE enn en ener ener nnne innen innen enne 3 10 3 1 Contents of the Report iis er pee e ER ORE erp deb
337. ried forward to the next period 19s ORACLE 3 4 Maintaining Deposits Instructions You can maintain deposits instructions for auto created deposits The values you specify here will override the parameters you have maintained in the Account Class maintenance Invoke the Deposits Instruction screen from the Application Browser to maintain the deposits instructions specifically for the auto created deposits To invoke this screen type ICCINSTR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Deposits Instruction Branch Code Account Account Class Customer Currency Sweep Branch Deposit Currency Sweep To Account Sweep Amount Sequence Number Tenor Sweep Multiple Of Minimum Required Balance Source Code External Reference Retry Till Date Start Date You can set the terms and a condition for a deposit as follows e Account Number This is the account number of the deposit e Account Class This is the account class to which the account is linked e Customer Number The customer for whom you are maintaining the deposit instructions e Sweep to Account Indicate the account to which the sweep is carried out e Amount This is the deposit amount e Minimum Required Balance The minimum balance indicates that only the amounts above this limit will be used for auto creating deposits e Source Code The code assigned for the sweep
338. right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer FATCA Classification Summary Case Sensitive Authorization Status Record Status Customer No E US Indicia Present FATCA Classification B Employer Identification No EIN Recalcitrant Advanced Search Records perpage 15 v 1 Of 1 Authorization Status Record Status Customer No US Indicia Present FATCA Classification Recalcitrant Empl In the above screen you can base your queries on any or all of the following parameters and fetch records e Authorization Status e Record Status e Customer No e US Indicia Present e Recalcitrant e FATCA Classification e Employer Identification No EIN GIIN Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The records meeting the selected criteria are displayed If you are allowed to query customer information then system displays the following details pertaining to the fetched records e Authorization Status e Record Status e Customer No e US Indicia Present e FATCA Classification e Recalcitrant e Employer Identification No EIN e EIN Issue Date e EIN Expiry Date GIIN e Tax Identification Number TIN e TIN Expiry Date e Tracking Required e Tracking Closed Date e Remarks 47 Tracking FATCA Customers You can track the customers whose FATCA classification or r
339. rinted at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Branch Indicates Branch Code and Branch Name Branch Date Indicates Current Date of the Branch User ID Indicates User ID Date amp Time Indicates the Date and Time when the report was generated Module Indicates module for which report is generated Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Maintenance Program Indicates Maintenance Program Action Indicates Action Mod Number Indicates Mod Number Field Name Indicates Field Name New Value Indicates New Value Old Value Indicates Old Value Maker ID Indicates Maker ID Maker Date Indicates Maker Date Checker ID Indicates Checker ID Checker Date Indicates Checker Date 2 ORACLE 11 Screen Glossary 11 1 Function ID List The following table lists the function id and the function description of the screens covered as part of this User Manual Function ID Function Description ACDADCRP Ad hoc Report Generation ACDCBIR Customer Summary Query ACDCBIRD Customer Account Balance Query ACDCODQS Overdrawn Accounts Query ACDFUNCO Uncollected Funds Query ACDSCPQR
340. ription Currency Current Balance Related Customer Relationship Debit Credit Indicat To Date O Value Date ORACLE 7 2 4 Viewing Accounting Details The screen displays all the accounts linked to the selected customer for the specified date range and grouped by Branch Customer Account and Currency If you check the Linked Customer check box and provide the Customer Number and click Enter Query and Execute Query buttons all linked customers of the customer number entered will be displayed To query on any linked customer displayed select the customer and click Fetch button A query operation is performed on the selected customer and the details are displayed The displayed values are based on the query parameters provided You can use the Balance Enquiry screen to view the account balance details of any particular account of the selected customer Invoke the Customer Account Balance Query screen by typing ACDCBIRD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Account Balance Query 9 Enter Query Account Number Account Description Customer Number Customer Name Currency Account Class Linked Customer Linked Account Accounts 0 Account Number Account Description Current Balance Available Balance Unutilized Line Amount TOD Limit Total Available Uncollected Fund You can query the customer
341. rmational then system displays the memo when you press the hotkey FO e f you select Both then system displays the memo both in the override screen and on the key press Instruction Description Describe the actual instruction here You can describe the instructions in detail as there is no restriction over the number of lines Described instruction pops up when you press the hotkey FG Instruction Date Specify the date on which the instruction is added You can select the date from the adjoining calendar System displays the application date here however you can modify the date to the future date Instruction date cannot be a past date Instruction Expiry Date Specify the date on which the instruction will expire You can select the date from the adjoining calendar The instruction will not be displayed if the expiry date is greater than the application date You can query modify and amend other branch transactions only through the summary Screen i ORACLE Counterparty Name The system displays the name of the specified counterparty based on the details maintained at Customer Maintenance level 3 3 9 1 Viewing Customer Account Instructions on F6 Key Press All the instructions maintained in the Instructions Maintenance screen can be viewed in the Customer Instructions View screen To invoke this screen press the hotkey F6 on customer Id account number If you have selected
342. roduct from the adjoining option list The list displays all the active RT products You can select the appropriate one Enabling Printing of Account Statistics You can enable printing statistics in respect of accounts using an account class either period code wise or financial year wise for the following customer information e Low and High Balance for a period The lowest and highest current balances for the period e Average credit and debit balance for a period This is computed as the sum of credit debit current balances in a period divided by the number of days of credit debit balance during the period e Credit and debit days The number of days the account was in credit debit balance in the period e Credit and Debit Turnover The credit debit turnover for the period e Excess days in debit balance The number of days in a month when the account exceeded the overdraft limits e Overdraft Limit This is computed by summing the temporary overdraft limit and the sub limit of the account For each month this would represent the limit on the last date of the month e Credit grade of the Customer This would be the prevalent rating on the last day of the period For the current period this information is provided up to the previous working day ORACLE 3 2 5 1 To enable printing of this information for all accounts using an account class you must enable the Account Statistics option in the Account Class Maintenan
343. rovide Account Number and click Query to view all Uncollected Fund Account Numbers of the customer and its linked customers When Linked Account is not checked the existing query operation takes place The displayed values are based on the query fields provided ORACLE 8 360 Degree Customer View 8 1 Introduction Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to view and analyze personal and business details of the customers You can query customer limits account statements view settlement balances contracts view assets and liability balances of the customer You can also view summary of collateral and account details The 360 degree customer view facilitates easy and total view of the customer details and reduces customer service complexities 8 2 Invoking 360Degree Customer View Entry Screen Invoke the 360Degree Customer View Entry Point screen by typing STSCUSVW in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 360Degree Customer View Entry Point Customer Number External Reference Short Name E Full Name Unique Identifier Name E Unique Identifier Value Mobile Number H National ID Date of Birth Advanced Search Records per page 15 TOORA Customer Number External Reference Short Name Full Name Unique Identifier Name Unique Identifier Value En E E E E
344. rovisioning Percentages for Each Exposure Category eee 6 6 6 2 Specifying Exposure Category for Customer eese eene neret een eene nennen nenne 10 6 7 MAINTAINING RULES FOR PROVISIONING eeeeeeeeeneee eene nen 10 6 8 DERIVATION RULES FOR STATUS enne 11 6 9 PROVISION PROCESSING FOR 12 6 9 1 Specifying Frequency at which Provisioning Batch is Executed eee 13 6 9 2 Computation of Provision Amount eee esee eee enne een nennen tenete trennen nennen rennen 14 6 9 5 Specifying Rebooking Provision Entries eese eerte 18 6 9 4 Maintaining Accounting Entries for Provisioning eese nennen rennen 18 CUSTOMER INFORMATION QUERY eeeeeeeeee esses este tn sons ta tust n statuas statu sons tatu sons statuo 1 7 1 INTRODUCTION 2 05 te eet 1 7 2 INVOKING CUSTOMER POSITION SCREEN EA EEE T E E E 1 7 2 1 Viewing ACCOUNTING Details i tret er RR E ERU E ep oe Per PU PE EESE pipe 2 7 2 2 Viewing Loans Details et t tret Pe ER UR EEG RR RE Se rt ERE 4 7 2 3 Viewing Deposit Details eerte e Et RE e ise rt Er Ned Rn Reed 6 7 2 4 Viewing FX Details sese etre Pre P e e EET EF RD ERE ret E 8 7 2 5 Vie
345. rporate National Identification Number of this customer This is the registration number of the customer organization Joint Venture Select the check box if you have a joint venture Joint Venture Details Party ID Specify the party ID of your joint venture Party Name The system displays the party name Ratio Specify the ratio between the participants on share Identifier Name Enter the identifier name Value Specify the identifier value You have to capture the serial number or any number of significance that is to be associated with the document which helps in identifying the document m ORACLE 2 3 3 Specifying the Check List Checklist is an optional tab based on the workflow of the bank In this tab you need to provide the following information Customer Type Individual Full Name Customer Category Corporate Short Name Private Customer Customer No Branch Code a Auto Account Creation Auto Created Account Personal Corporate EEE Document List Remarks 1080 Remarks Document Type Checked m Account Details Fields Change Log Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status Document List Document Type Specify the document type The option list displays the document types that are maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Checked Check this box to indicate that the received documents are acknowledged Remarks
346. s Here you can view the Locker charge components of the customer which fall on overdue The following details can be viewed here e Contract Reference Number e Component e Description e Currency e Amount e Due date Cheques Returned Here you can view the cheques returned to the customer The following details can be viewed here e Branch e Account e Cheque Book Number e Cheque Number ORACLE e Presentation Date Amount Block Details Here you can view all active amount blocks related to a customer The following details can be viewed here e Branch e Account e Amount Block Number e Amount e Effective Date e Expiry date e Block Type Stop Payments Details Here you can view active stop payments created for the customer The following details can be viewed here e Branch e Account e Stoppayment Number e Stoppayment Type e Start Cheque Number e End Cheque Number e Effective date e Expiry Date e Amount e Confirmed flag ORACLE 8 3 8 Viewing Limits Details Click Limits tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the limits and collaterals of the customer The screen is as shown below 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number KYC Status Short Name Since Credit Rating Full Name Reporting Currency Frozen _ Deceased Whereabouts Unknown Summary Profile Deposits Loans Events Schemes Alerts NN Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Externa
347. s The Account Details screen where you can maintain the account details NSF Black list status You can view the NSF rejection details and customer blacklisted details in this screen Documents This button invokes the Document upload screen where you can capture the customer related documents in central content management repository Change Log This button invokes the Change Log screen where you can capture the audit history details for the operations performed on that customer and the account s ORACLE 2 2 12 Viewing Debit Card Details Click Cards button to view details about debit cards issued to a customer Cards Summary Screen Branch Code Customer No Account Number 10710 E Authorization Status Record Status Branch Code Request Reference Number Card Number Here you can view the following details Branch Code The branch code is displayed from the main Customer Information Maintenance screen Customer No The customer identification code CIF is displayed from the main Customer Information Maintenance screen Account No The system displays the account number against which you have maintained debit card details Authorisation Status Indicate the authorisation status of the debit card by selecting one of the following values e Authorised e Unauthorised Record Status Indicate the record status of the debit card by selecting one of the following values
348. s displayed in this screen Click NSF Blacklist Status to invoke this screen NSF Enquiry Customer No Blacklist Status Customer Name Description Internal Bank NSF Details Central Bank NSF Details NSF Level CB Blacklisted Status Effective Date Description Expiry Date Effective Date IB Blacklisted Status Expiry Date Description Effective Date Expiry Date Web Branch NSF Details Counter Cheque Status Description Effective Date Expiry Date NSF Details Internal Bank NSF Details NSF Level The system displays the NSF level of the customer SP1 SP2 SP3 or SP3A Effective Date The system displays the effective date on which the NSF level is set based on the Expiry period NSF month defined at STDNSMNT NSF level maintenance Expiry Date The system displays the expiry date of the NSF Level based on the Expiry period NSF month defined at STDNSMNT NSF level maintenance A ORACLE IB Blacklisted Status The system displays the active blacklist status of the customer This is displayed only when Customer cheque is rejected in Internal Bank and is black listed through inward clearing due to NSF Non Sufficient Fund Description Description for the active blacklist status is defaulted here Effective Date The system displays the effective date on which the Customer is Internal Bank black listed due to NSF based on the Expiry period NSF month defined at STDNSMNT NSF level maintenance Expiry
349. s follows e The value date of the transaction is updated to the new value date e reversal of the accounting entries is passed for the transaction e Accounting entries are posted with new value date e Ifthe transaction date is maintained as the date of the day and the status is UNPROCESSED it will be executed by the batch excluding the previous days maintenance e batch updates all the outstanding outward clearing transactions e f multiple maintenances are maintained then the batch executes them in order This is extracted by the maker time stamp For Example e Extend 2 days for all bank amp branch in sector 600 e Extend days for SBI bank 000 branch in 600 sector In the above scenario based on the first maintenance system will extend all transactions sent to all bank branches in 600 by 2 days Then all transactions sent to 000 branch of SBI in 600 sector will be extended by 3 days Thus the transactions sent to 000 branch of SBI in 600 sector will get extended by 5 days Hence you need to take necessary caution on maintaining the bulk float extension The following example briefs about the float extension of a cheque transaction Example The following are the cheques deposited in various accounts of a branch as on September 5 2004 Account Number Cheque Number Value Date Routing Number End Point Account 1 100 September 6 2004 800651123 1000 E1 Account 2 200 September 5 2004 80065
350. s for the customer Consolidated Certificate Required Check this box to indicate whether a consolidated tax certificate is required for all transactions done for a given tax cycle This option would work in conjunction with a similar option in the Tax Category screen and the Tax Details screen accessed from the Branch Parameters Detail screen Generating Consolidated Tax Certificate Depending on the frequency maintained at the branch level the system will generate the Consolidated Tax Certificate for a customer provided the consolidated tax certificate generation is required at the customer level and the option is maintained at the Tax Category level The Tax Certificate will be in a pre shipped advice format and printed on a Year to Date basis Maintaining Elements for Advice Generation The following elements will be available for advice generation for consolidated tax certificates Element Name Description Data Type CUSTOMERNO The customer number for which the tax Alphanumeric summary certificate is printed CUSTOMERNAME The customer name Alphanumeric FROMDATE The from date for which the certificate is Date generated TODATE The to date for which the certificate is Date generated TXNNUMBER The contract reference number Alphanumeric 16 characters CALCDATE The tax calculation date Date TAXCCY The tax currency Alphanumeric 3 characters 23 ORACLE Element Description Data Typ
351. s of the relationship schemes Alerts You can view the alerts for overdue loans matured deposits but not renewed or liquidated Locker Charges Overdue Details cheques returned amount block details and stop payment details Limits You can view the limits and collaterals of the customer 60 ORACLE Payments You can view the FT and PC contracts of the customer which is not liquidated Is Deposits You can view details about active CASA Account and Islamic Term Deposit Is You can view details about Islamic Finance Financing Is Trade You can view Islamic trade details Is Treasury You can the details of Islamic Treasury External You can view external details about products like credit Products cards insurance and mutual fund 8 4 4 Viewing Summary Details You can view the address status Balance sheet asset and liabilities and off balance sheet asset and liabilities under the summary tab Refer the section titled Viewing Summary Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 2 Viewing Profile Details Click Profile tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of the customer s profile 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Reports Summary Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Fin
352. s tn enses tn tnnt tatu sosta snae s tn su 1 Sel C SEN TRODUGTION ses ese O es es a ee Rea a ee etia e pet 1 3 2 MAINTAINING ACCOUNT CLASSES a E ARE 1 3 244 Invoking Account Class Maintenance Screen eese eene nennen eren eene ennt nnne 2 3 2 2 Statement Parameters ra AEE ee TES ED ee ERG 7 3 2 3 Maintaining Cheque Book Preferences eese eene ene ne nne neen trennen rennen 11 3 2 4 Capturing Details about Specially Designated Nationals eese 12 3 2 5 Specifying your Preferences for Account Class eese eene entente nennen nenne 14 3 2 6 Specifying Liquidation Preferences for Debit Interest and Charges see 19 3 2 7 Maintaining Details for Free 20 3 2 8 Specifying Initial Funding 20 3 2 9 Maintaining Provisioning Details 21 3 2 10 Maintaining Escrow Details ica ae ette CHR DOR EH ERG eb eee eo Re RE ute ety 21 3 2 41 Maintaining Status Codes for Account Class eese enne Henne 22 3212 Specifying Reporting line Details iecit etti or e eee re ERR ERE reor Rey 23 3 2 13 Maintaining Auto Deposits ies ite e er er AERE SERRE IE SERVE NN 25 3 2 14 Maintaining Rules for Automatic Status Change
353. se details you are capturing If a particular field is disabled it means that the field is not relevant to the type of customer that you are creating o The system performs the action level access rights validation only on Save operation ORACLE 2 21 Personal Tab If your customer for whom you have defined parameters in the CIF basic screen is an individual you also have to maintain the personal details in order to determine the credit line You can maintain these details in the Personal tab from the CIF Maintenance screen Customer Maintenance New t Enter ry Type Individual Customer No Basic Details Prefix 1 Prefix 2 Prefix 3 First Middle Last Telephone ISD Code Telephone Number Mobile ISD Code Mobile Number Fax ISD Code Fax Number Email Id Sex Communication Mode National Id Birth Place Birth Country Date of Birth Language it Standing Instructions Linked Entities Image Limits CLS Restrictions MT920 Domestic Linked Account Full Name Corporate Short Name Bank Branch Code Corporate Adcitional Director Auxiliary Check List Address For Correspondence Name Address Country Nationality Permanent Address Address Male Female Mobile Email Country Resident Status Same as Correspondence Address Resident Non Resident Permanent US Resident Status Visited US in last 3 years KYC Det
354. splays Corporate Deposits Matured But Not Liquidated or Displays Renewed Details Locker Due Displays Locker Due Details Cheque Return Displays Cheque Return Details Amount Blocks Displays Amount Blocks Details Stop Payments Displays Stop Payments Details Limits Displays Limits Details Line Details Displays Line Details Collateral Details Displays Collateral Details SCHEMES Displays Schemes Details Fund Transfer Details Displays Fund Transfer Details Payments and Collections Details Displays Payments and Collections Details Mutual Fund Displays Mutual Fund Details Insurance Displays Insurance Details Credit Card Displays Credit Card Details 10 19Netting Group Transaction Report The Netting Group Transaction report provides netting group transaction details You can invoke the screen by typing the code STRGRNET the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click on the adjoining arrow button ORACLE Netting Group Transactions Report Group Code Account Number Date All One Report Format Printer At Client v Report Output Printer You can specify the following parameters Group Code Specify a valid group code for which you want to generate the report from the adjoining option list Account Number You can generate the report based on the follo
355. stomer Linkage Maintenance STDCUSPR Customer Prefix Maintenance STDCUSVW 360 Degree Corporate Customer View STDFLTDS Float Days Maintenance STDGRMNT Group Code Maintenance STDGROUP Customer Group Maintenance STDKYCMN KYC Maintenance STDKYCTP KYC Type Maintenance STDLEDMT Lead Maintenance STDREFQU Referral Queue ORACLE Function ID Function Description STDRELMT Relation Maintenance STDRETVW 360 Degree Retail Customer View STDRKMNT Risk Category Maintenance STDSDNMN Specially Designated Nationals Maintenance STDSEGAS Customer Segment Maintenance STDSEGMT Customer Segment Summary STDSRQST Service Request Input STDSTMNT Manual Status Change Input STDTAXWV Tax Waiver Maintenance STDTOLMT Turnover Limit Maintenance STRCUSEG Customer Segment Association STRCUSRP 360 Degree Customer Report STRGRNET Netting Group Transaction Report STRMSMLG Print Maintenance Control Log Report STRNSACT NSF Action Details STRNSFBC Blacklisted Customers from Internal Bank STRNSFC Cheque Return Data Over Counter STRNSFCB Customers from Central Bank STSACTFR Account Class Transfer STSCIFAD Customer Segment Association Summary STSCUSSH Report of the customer s net worth STSCUSVW 360Degree Customer View Entry Point STSREFQU Referral Queue Summary STSSEGAS Customer Search STSSEGMT Alphabet Equival
356. stomer No e TaxID i ORACLE Mobile Number E mail Mailing Address 1 to 4 Permanent Address 1 to 3 8 4 2 5 Viewing Customer Entities Click the Linked Entity button to invoke Linked Entity screen Here you can view details about customers who are linked to this customer accounts for which this customer is linked and loans which are guaranteed by this customer The screen is as shown below 2 ORACLE Linked Entity Account Details of Linked Customers M 4 1070 Branch Code Account Class si Account No Account Description Current Balance Available Balance Blocked Retail Deposits of Linked Customers 4 10D b Branch Code Account No lt Account Description Term Deposit Amount Maturity Date Interest Start Date Tenor in Days Interes 4 Contract Reference i Loan Details of Linked Customers M 4 1080 P M C Branch Code Product Code i Corporate Deposits of Linked Customers Product Description Currency Booking Date Value Date Product Description Account Number Maturity Date Interest Rate Contract Status Currency Amount Financed Amount Di isbursed Outstanding Summary of Deposit Total Credit Amount Total Debit Amount Linked Account Details tong gt as Branch Code Account Class i Summary of Deposits Total Retail Deposits Total Corporate Deposits Account Description Summ
357. submission date is prior to the current date and actual submission date in document checklist is null the Recalcitrant flag will be updated to Y The system inserts a record into FATCA CLASSIFICATION LOG data store with the reason for logging as CHANGE Document not submitted and Recalcitrant Updated flag will be set to Y fthe document expiry date is prior to the current date in document check list the Recalcitrant flag will be updated to Y The system inserts a record into data store with the reason for logging as CHANGE Document expired and Recalcitrant Updated flag will be set t Y If a customer record is marked by the system as Recalcitrant with Recalcitrant flag set as Y the system will not reset it to back to N even if the conditions no longer applies on that customer at a later stage You need to manually deal with such situations by applying due diligence You can set the Recalcitrant flag manually as deemed fit Case 2 If the customer is an Individual or Corporate and does not satisfy US indicia conditions then the process is as follows 6 The system checks whether the customer record exist in the FATCA classification data store If the record does not exist then no processing is required If the record already exists and the US Indicia flag is set to Y then the system updates the customer record in FATCA CLASSIFICATION data store with the following pa
358. system o Once you select the option ELCM customer system will not allow you to unselect it ELCM Customer Number You need to specify the ELCM customer number if the option Generate Customer Number is not selected in ELCM Parameter Maintenance screen If the option Generate Customer Number is selected in ELCM Parameter Maintenance screen then the system will replicate the customer number from ELCM system For each customer you will be allowed to mark one or more statuses For example if the customer has deceased then the customer account will be declared frozen Therefore for the particular customer both the statuses Deceased and Frozen will be applicable If none of the statuses is marked it suggests that this customer s status is normal CIF Status If status processing for your branch is being done at Group CIF level as specified in the Branch Parameters the current status assigned to all loans issued to the CIF as well as all overdraft accounts belonging to the CIF is displayed in the CIF Status field in the Customer Maintenance screen This status is the worst status of all loans contracts and overdraft accounts for a Group CIF and is displayed both at the account as well as the loan level for all the accounts and loans a customer has in the current branch The update applies only to the accounts and loans in the current branch not across branches Segment Details Identifier Each customer is required to pr
359. t Branch Code Product Code Collection Details Account Number Description Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed L Branch Code Product Code Cornponent D 5 Colle Leasing M 4 Branch Code Product Code lt Syndicate Loan Details 4 10710 Branch Code sica Component Details Product Code Account Number Description Account Number Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed Outstanding Description Currency Amount Financed Amount D Collection Details Collection Details 38 ORACLE The loans details are classified as follows Under each of the loan details the system displays the following Commitment Details Loan Details Mortgage Leasing Syndicate Loans details Branch Code Account Number Description Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed Outstanding Amount Book Date Value date Maturity Date Product Code Account Status User Defined Status 39 ORACLE 8 3 4 1 Viewing Component Details You can view details about the components linked to an account in the Component Details Screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Component Details button in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen Component Details 100 IE Component Name Component Currency Expected Overdue Out Standing lt Component Schedule Details 10710
360. t For comparing transactions the System will look for similarity of reference number and date Consolidation for Inward Clearing You need to indicate whether or not consolidation is required for inward clearing transactions in a batch at the Account Class level The indication for this option is carried forward to the Customer Account Maintenance screen If this option is unchecked here it cannot be checked in the Customer Account Maintenance screen Processing for Consolidation of Inward Clearing During the Inward Clearing process the consolidated entry for clearing will be passed according to the following grouping e Remitter s Account e Clearing Product e nstrument Currency e Remitter s branch e End point ORACLE A consolidated clearing entry will be passed using a separate Transaction Code maintained in the Clearing Product Preferences screen This Transaction Code should be set with Cheque Mandatory option as No in the Transaction Code Maintenance screen One consolidated clearing entry will be passed for each of the above groups Entries will be passed against a common reference no generated for each of the groups After the consolidated entry has been passed each individual instrument will be processed separately to pass charge entries if applicable at the transaction level Specifying Turnover Limit Preferences You can specify turnover limits for an account class and thereby monitor the turnover in
361. t DCD type Dual Currency Deposit DCD is a short term currency linked deposit that allows you to earn a higher interest rate than regular time deposits o You will be allowed to check this field only for Deposit Account Type If this box is checked for other Account types system throws an error Natural GL The reporting of all turnovers of the particular account class will be directed to the GL that you identify as the natural GL Based on the characteristic of the account balance you can specify whether the turnover is to be posted to the Debit GL or to the Credit GL For instance if the account class is for overdrafts the balance is normally a debit whereas current accounts normally do not have a debit balance Applicable Customer Status Specify the applicable customer status from the drop down list The available options are e Major e Minor e Both e Applicable Note the following e By default Not applicable option would be selected when a new account class is created e f you select Minor option at the CIF level and Applicable customer status as Major at the account class level then the system throws an error stating that The A c class you selected is for major customer e Similarly if you uncheck Minor option at the CIF level and select Applicable customer status as Minor at the account class level then the system throws an error stating that The A c class yo
362. t Class Related Customer Status Since Currency Term Deposit Amount Maturity date Interest Start Date Account type Joint or single Tenor Tenor will be displayed in terms of days Profit rate the system displays the Profit Rate of a deposit System will pick up the latest profit rate of a deposit during query Latest Profit Effective Date the system will pick up latest profit effective date of a deposit during query xd ORACLE e Profit Accrued Interest accrued till date for an account This will be derived by the system during query e Recurring Deposit this check box will be checked if it is Recurring Deposit 8 3 11 Viewing Islamic Financing Details Click Is Financing tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view details about Islamic Finance 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number KYC Status Short Name Since Credit Rating Full Name Reporting Currency Frozen Deceased Whereabouts Unknown Summary Profile Deposits Loans Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits External Products 1010 Branch Code Product Code Product Description Account Number Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed Outstanding Component Details Islamic Financing Total Here you can view the following details e Branch code e Account Number e Customer ID e Product Code e Product Type e Description e Currency
363. t the customer of some other nationality has a Us resident permit Visited US in last 3 years Check this box to indicate that the customer has visited US in the last three years ORACLE Passport Details You need to specify the passport details of this customer which include the passport number the date on which the passport was issued and the date on which the passport is due to expire Passport Number Specify the passport number of the customer Issue Date Specify the passport issue date The following validations are applicable to passport issue date e This date should not be later than the passport expiry date e This should not be the same as the passport issue date e This should not be the same as the current system date e This should not be later than the current system date If any of the above conditions is not met the system will display a configurable override message The system will validate the issue date against the system date and passport expiry date when you create or modify a record Expiry Date Specify the passport expiry date The following validations are applicable to the passport expiry date e This date should not be the same as the current system date e This date should not be later than the current system date If the above conditions are not met the system will display a configurable override message The System will validate the passport expiry date against the system date when you create or m
364. t the retail deposit Account Number Branch Code Description Account Class Related Customer Status Since Currency Term Deposit Amount 22 ORACLE Maturity date Interest Start Date Account type Joint or single Tenor Tenor will be displayed in terms of days Interest rate Interest Rate of a deposit System will pick up the current interest rate of a deposit during query Latest Interest Effective Date System will pick up latest interest effective date of a deposit during query Interest Accrued Interest accrued till date for an account This will be derived by the system during query Recurring Deposit This check box will be checked if it is Recurring Deposit Corporate Deposit Details You can view the following Corporate Deposit details Contract Reference Number Customer No Product Product Description Currency Amount Maturity Date Booking Date Value Date Contract Status No of times Rollover the system displays the number of times roll over has been done for deposit This is arrived during query Interest Rate the system displays the current interest rate of a deposit This is arrived during query m ORACLE 8 3 3 1 Viewing Account Signatory Click Account Signatory button to view the Signatory Details screen In this screen you can view the signatory details of the selected account Signatory Details Branch Code Account Account Description Custom
365. t to this field a list of countries maintained in the Country Codes screen is displayed You can select the appropriate Nationality Specify the nationality of the customer The list of country codes maintained in the Country Codes Maintenance screen are available in the option list positioned next to this field You can select the appropriate Permanent Address Permanent Address contains the permanent address of the customer You need to specify the following information Same as Correspondence Address Select the check box if the Address For Correspondence is same as Permanent Address If the permanent is same as the address for correspondence you need not provide the details of the permanent address If not you need to specify the permanent address Permanent Address Specify the permanent address of the customer Four lines have been provided for this purpose You can capture a maximum of 35 characters alphanumeric in each line Only characters specified in SWIFT standards are permissible Country Along with the permanent address specify the country of permanent residence of the customer Resident Status Choose the resident status of the customer This indicates whether the customer is a recognized resident of the country in which the particular branch of your bank operates or not Choose one of the following options e Resident e Non Resident Permanent US Resident Status Check this box to indicate tha
366. tails You can view additional details about LC in the LC Additional Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking on LC Other Details button LC Additional Details Operation Code Issue Date Closing Date Effective Date Commission Details 100 Oo Component Description Component Currency Good Until Date lt Bill Linkage Details 1015 EL BCReference Currency Loan Details 100 Account Currency Down Payment Refer the section titled Viewing Additional LC Details under Viewing 360 Degree Corporate Customer Details for further details 104 ORACLE 8 4 12 3 Viewing Additional Islamic Bank Guarantee Details You can view additional details about guarantee in the Guarantee Additional Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking on Guarantee Other Details button The screen is as shown below Guarantee Additional Details Operation Code Guarantee Type Commission Details 1007 Component Description lt Component Currency Issue Date Closing Date Effective Date Good Until Date Financing Details 1010 Account D M Currency Amount Down Payment Refer the section titled Viewing Additional Islamic Bank Guarantee under Viewing 360 Degree Corporate Customer Details for further details 105 ORACLE 8 4 13 Viewing Is Financing Details Click Is Financing tab in the
367. tails e Collection reference Number e Asset Reference Number e Collection Agent e Collection Creation Date e Queue ID e State e Product m ORACLE 8 3 5 Viewing Events Details Click Events tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the details of the upcoming events The screen is as shown below 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number Short Name Credit Rating Frozen Deceased Whereabouts Unknown KYC Status Since Full Name Reporting Currency Summary Profile Deposits Loans I schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Denosits Is Financing External Products Upcoming Events 1010 Event Branch Reference Number Currency Amount Event Date Verified Here you can view the following details e Event e Branch e Reference Number e Currency e Amount e Event date 42 ORACLE 8 3 6 Viewing Schemes Details Click Schemes tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the details of the relationship schemes The screen is as shown below 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number KYC Status Short Name Since Credit Rating Full Name z d En tink Reporting Currency rozen ecease Vhereabouts Unknown Summary Profile Deposits Loans Events BER Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing External Products Non Linked RP scheme details 1010 Pricing Scheme Id Pricing Scheme
368. tails of each SDN manually Both these options have been elaborated upon in the subsequent sections 1 ORACLE Maintaining SDN Details Manually Through the Specially Designated Nationals screen you can capture the details of SDN customers manually Invoke this screen by typing STDSDNMN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Specially Designated Nationals Maintenance Customer Name Date of Birth E r Country of Origin JEH Remarks Alias Names HEE W Sequence Number Alias Name Address 4 Sequence Number Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Address Line 3 Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Authorized Open The following details have to be captured e Name of the Specially Designated National e Date of Birth of the SDN Specify the Date of Birth of the SDN in YYYYMMDD format e Country of Origin You can specify the SDN s country of origin by selecting the same from the option list provided e Remarks Any additional remarks if required can be specified e Alias Names of the SDN You can specify a maximum of fifteen alias names s ORACLE e Addresses of the SDN You can specify a maximum of fifteen addresses of address line 1 to address line 4 for a SDN 3 2 5 Specifying your Preferences for Account Class Preferences are the options or
369. tal exposure figure as shown in the table above the outstanding overdraft in the account as well as the outstanding amounts on all loans issued to the group CIF that the account belongs to are summed Example Customer Exposure Amount BGN Type Account 1 Loan 1 20 000 CI Loan 2 15 000 CI Account Overdraft 12 000 CI Account2 Loan 3 5 000 CI Loan 4 5 000 CI Account 1 Overdraft 26 000 CI 15 ORACLE Account 2 Overdraft 15 000 CI Sum of total exposure amounts 98 000 Exposure to Retail Customers The expression used for this category could be PA OD RFC x where PA Provisioning Amount OD Outstanding Overdraft Amount Principal Overdue Interest RFC Risk free Collateral PP Provisioning Percentage The provisioning percentage could be computed as shown Loan Type Categorization Percentage Retail OD RO Retail Overdrafts 1 596 Retail Mortgages Retail Loans that has mortgages 2 096 RM as collateral Retail Consumer Other than the above 1 596 RC Provisioning for Impairment Losses Impairment losses include loans that are not in the Regular status The provision amount computation could be done as follows according to the following categories All Corporate customers regardless of exposure and Retail customers with exposure exceeding BGN 5000 The expression used for th
370. tatus Documents Change Log Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status You need to specify the following details Domicile Address Domicile Address contains the address of domicile of the customer You need to specify the following details Address Specify the address of domicile of the customer Four lines have been provided for this Each line can have a maximum of 35 characters alphanumeric Only characters specified as per SWIFT standards are permissible Country Specify the country of domicile of the customer A list of all country codes maintained in the Country Codes Maintenance screen is available in the option list You can select the appropriate code Misc Details Misc Details contains the miscellaneous details of the customer In this tab you need to specify the following information Swift Code You can choose to associate a SWIFT Code with the customer whose CIF details you are maintaining This code will be used to send all SWIFT related messages to the customer This is pertinent while creating CIF record for banks as customers Credit Rating Specify valid credit rating for a Customer number from the adjoining option list Credit rating basically indicates the credit worthiness of the customers linked to a particular credit line It is used primarily for information only The Limits Services Module also uses it in generation of reports Charge Group Spec
371. tatus Yet To Verify Address Reference National ld NS C Joint Venture Country Description of Business Nationality Telephone ISD Code Country Telephone Incorporation Mobile ISD Code Mobile Number Fax ISD Code Fax Email Id Language Communication Mode Mobile Date Currency of Amounts Capital Net Worth Country Email Jot Standing intnactons Te CLS Restrictions 20 Linked Account NSF Black list status Documents Change Log Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status i ORACLE In this screen you can maintain generic personal details of a corporate or a bank customer In addition you can also maintain the corporation and registration details of the Corporate or Bank type customers You can do this by invoking the relevant screens by clicking on the respective buttons The information that you capture in these screens forms more a part of a credit line questionnaire Whenever you are deciding on a credit limit for an individual customer you can use these details for verification You have to maintain the following parameters for every individual type of customer Address for Correspondence Name In the lines that are provided you can enter the name of the customer The customer will be addressed by this name in all correspondence sent from the bank These characters should conform to SWIFT standards The number of ch
372. ter 9 Heports provides a list of reports that can be generated in this module and also explains their contents 1 4 Related Documents e The Procedures User Manual e Settlements User Manual 1 5 Glossary of Icons This User Manual may refer to all or some of the following icons ORACLE 2 Maintaining Customer Information Files 2 1 Introduction In the Customer Maintenance screen you maintain various personal and business details of the customers of your bank The CIF details are maintained at the branch level by the sign on branch These details can be accessed by all branches and therefore a duplicate customer record for a customer in two different branches need not be maintained 22 Invoking Customer Information Screen You can invoke the Customer Maintenance screen by typing STDCIF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Maintenance New 3 Enter Query Type amp Individual Full Name Corporate Short Name Bank Branch Code Customer Category Private Customer Customer No Corporate Additional Director Auxiliary Check List Basic Details Address For Correspondence Passport Details Prefix 1 Name Prefix 2 Address Passport Number Issue Date Prefix 3 First Middle Last Telephone ISD Code Telephone Number Mobile ISD Code Mobile Number Fax ISD Code Fax Number Email Id
373. ter that is required for re activating the account To indicate the re activation parameters for the dormant account choose any from the following options e Debit e Credit e Any e Manual In case of a transaction the system will check for the parameter you have specified here and accordingly change the status of the account However the parameter maintained at the account level will super cede the parameter you have specified here Account Statement Format Specify the format in which account statement should be generated The adjoining option list displays all valid formats maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Display IBAN in Advices For an account class you can indicate whether the IBAN number of the customers involving the accounts within the class should be printed on advices sent to the customer If you would like to print the IBAN number of the customers on advices sent to the customers involving the account class you can enable the Display IBAN in Advices option by checking it Your specification will be made applicable to all customers linked to the account class You will be allowed to change this option for a specific account ORACLE IBAN Account numbers for specific customers be captured while defining a specific account through the IBAN Sub screen of the Customer Account Maintenance screen Dual Ccy Deposit Check this box to enable the account class for Dual Currency Deposi
374. th NostroL CY Procedure In the Selection Indicator field click on Allowed since your allowed list is smaller and therefore easier to indicate 1 Highlight and select the Customer Categories called Banks and Financial Institutions in the Available Categories list and click the adjoining arrow 2 Next highlight Financial Institutions and click adjoining arrow against Customers It will display the entire list of customer accounts maintained under the customer category Financial Institutions is ORACLE 3 Select Morgan Stanley It will be listed in the first row To allow this customer the parameters assigned to this account class check the small square box alongside 4 To add a row click the Add icon To delete an extra row click the Delete icon 5 To disallow Midas Bank click on Banks under available categories Click the adjoining arrow against Customers to display a list of all the customers under this category Select Midas Bank Since you would like to disallow this customer do not check the square box against it o Check the square box to allow a customer the parameters assigned to this account class Leave the box unchecked to disallow a customer from being assigned to this account class 3 2 23 Maintaining Notice Preferences You can specify the notice preferences for the withdrawal of amount through the Notice Preferences screen Click Notice in the Account Class Maintenance screen The Notice Preferenc
375. the provisioning batch On maturity of the contract the provision amount is reversed Similarly in the case of accounts the provision amount is written back when the account is closed 6 9 2 Computation of Provision Amount When status processing is done at a group or CIF level e The worst status among all contracts and accounts under a specific customer group or CIF is arrived at e All accounts and contracts with automatic status processing involving the customer group or CIF are then moved to the worst status that was arrived at e total exposure of customers in a group or CIF is considered as the sum of all outstanding overdrafts in respect of accounts belonging to the group CIF as well as the loans issued to the group or CIF This total exposure is considered for deriving the provision percentage and computation of the provision amount e The computed provision amount is stored and displayed in the Amount Tab in the Customer Account Maintenance The current status and exposure category of the account is also stored along with the balances The provision amount is computed for each account using the provision rule defined for the account class that the account uses Typically the computation could be done according to the following guidelines Status of the Accounts For instance let us suppose the statuses for accounts belonging to a CIF are derived according to the following guidelines
376. the NSF Enquiry Screen Name The name of the customer is displayed here based on the details queried in the NSF Enquiry screen NSF IB Detail Customer No The system defaults the customer number NSF Level The system defaults the NSF level while processing the cheque Effective date Effective date of the NSF level is displayed here ORACLE Expiry Date The system displays the expiry date of the NSF level Account No The system displays the Account number of the returned cheque CG Ref No The system displays the CG Reference Number of the cheque returned due to NSF Cheque No The cheque number of the returned cheque is defaulted here Cheque Amount The system displays the cheque amount of the returned cheque Cheque Date The value date of the cheque is displayed here Transaction Date The transaction date is displayed here Branch Code The system defaults the branch code xd ORACLE 2 2 17 3 Central Bank Blacklist Status You can view the current central bank blacklist status in the Central Bank Blacklist Status Screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDNCBQY in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Central bank blacklist status Enter Query Upload Sequence Number Black listed Customer details Customer Name Customer Type Account No Account Type Other Bank Details Bank Ref No Bank Code Bank Name Address 1 Tax
377. the corresponding FX Contract Summary screen Double clicking a record in the FX Contract Summary screen displays the corresponding FX Contract Detail screen comprising the transaction details a ORACLE 7 2 5 Viewing FT Details You can view details of all FT contracts for the selected customer through the Customer Position screen Click the FT tab The screen appears as shown below Customer Customer Information Linked Customer Customer az e L a Current Branch Only Relationship Address Customer Relation Accounts Loans Deposits FX Funds Transfer Details Product Description Currency Balance Debit Credit Indicator Collateral M Projection _ AssetiLiacility imit Accounting From Date E Transaction Date To Date E Value Date The Balance amount displayed here is the incoming cash flow amount or credit balance for the FT product Double clicking a record in the Customer Position screen displays the corresponding FT Contract Summary screen Double clicking a record in the FT Contract Summary screen displays the corresponding FT Contract Detail screen comprising the transaction details ORACLE 7 2 6 Viewing Collaterals Details You can view the collateral details for the selected customer through the Customer Position screen Click the Collateral button The Collateral Summary Vi
378. the following details Branch Code Account No Account Description term Deposit amount Maturity Date Interest Start Date tenor in Days Interest Rate Last Interest Effective Date 16 ORACLE Interest Accrued Account Status Since account Class Recurring Deposit Corporate Deposits of Linked Customers Here you can view the following details Branch Contract Reference Product Description Currency Booking Date Value Date maturity date Interest Rate Contract Status Product No of Times Rollover Related Customer Loan Details of linked Customers Here you can view the following details Branch Code Account Number Product description currency Amount financed Amount Disbursed outstanding Amount Booking Dated Value Date 17 ORACLE e Maturity Date 8 3 2 8 Viewing KYC Details Click on the KYC Details button to invoke KYC Maintenance screen Here you can view KYC details of the customer KYC Maintenance New Enter Query KYC Reference Full Name of Customer KYC Customer Type Risk Level Y Retail Customer Corporate Customer Financial Customer Fields Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Refer Core Entities for more information about the KYC Maintenance screen i ORACLE 8 3 2 9 Viewing User Defined Fields Click on the Fields button to invoke User Defined Fields screen Here you can view
379. the following details Name Specify the name of the share holder Holding Specify the holdings of the share holder Address Specify the address of the share holder City Specify the city of the share holder Country Specify the country of the share holder 148 ORACLE 2 9 4 Fields Tab You can create user defined fields using the User Defined Fields screen To invoke this screen click Fields tab in the Maintenance screen User Defined Fields UDF Details 410 O Field Name x Here you can specify the following details Field Name Specify the name of the field Value Specify the value of the field 149 ORACLE 2 10Maintaining Alphabet Equivalents You can maintain alternative letters for a given alphabet or a combination of alphabets using Alphabet Equivalent Mapping Maintenance screen During a customer name search the system will search for the equivalent or matching names based on this maintenance To invoke this screen type STDALPMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application Toolbar and click the adjoining arrow button Alphabet Equivalent Mapping Maintenance Is Enter Query Alphabet Alphabet Equivalent Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Specify the following details Alphabet Specify the alphabet or a combination of alphabets for which you wish to maintain an equival
380. the plan You also have the option of generation on an ad hoc basis 10 2 1 Selection Options You can choose to generate the account statements for transactions involving all plans within your branch or for transaction within a single plan or for a range of plans You will also have to indicate the date range for the generation of the report 10 2 2 Contents of the Report The options that you specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The contents of the IRA Statement have been discussed under the following heads Header The Header carries the title of the Report information on the branch code the date and time at which the report was generated and the page number of the report ORACLE Body of the Report Customer Information The CIF Number full Name and mailing address of the customer as recorded in the CIF Maintenance screen Plan Number The reference number of the plan involving the transaction Plan Type The plan type involving the plan Period of the The period for which you are generating the statement statement Statement The statement number of the statement Number Plan Balances The balances in the plan at the beginning and end of statement period Current and Previous Years Note The current balance is reflected for the current year and the year ending balance after considering contributions and distributions done during the current year for t
381. ther you want to continue modifying the record If you confirm the same Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to make changes If you choose to ignore the original record is saved Customer No The customer code is the code you assign to identify a customer It is referred to as the customer CIF Number This code should be unique across branches It can be 9 characters long Example Assign a code using a maximum of 9 characters alphanumeric For example assume your customer is DOW Corporation US You can assign him a code which could either be a number representing the customer s serial number or an alphabetic code like DowCorp or an alphanumeric code like Dow1000US or DowUS1000 1000DowUS if he is the 1000th customer to approach your bank Full Name Specify the complete name of the customer in this field Short Name Along with the Customer Code you have to capture the customer s abbreviated name The description that you capture is unique for each customer It helps in conducting a quick alpha search or generating queries regarding the customer Enter the abbreviated name of the customer using a maximum of 20 characters alphanumeric Taking the same example assume your customer is DOW Corporation Its short name could be DOWCORP At the time of processing of transactions and in any activity which requires entry of the customer identification in addition to the customer code the short name of the customer that you enter here will
382. this option if you need to generate the statement half yearly e Quarterly Select this option if you need to generate the statement quarterly e Monthly Select this option if you need to generate the statement monthly e Fortnightly Select this option if you need to generate the statement fortnightly e Weekly Select this option if you need to generate the statement weekly e Daily Select this option if you need to generate the statement daily ds ORACLE Select a month a date or a day to generate statement from the adjoining drop down list The drop down list displays following values e Displays names of the months when Annual Semi Annual and Quarterly are selected at the Cycle level e Displays numbers from 1 to 31 when Monthly is selected at the Cycle level e Displays names of the week days when Fortnightly and Weekly are selected at the Cycle level e Displays a blank list when Daily is selected at the Cycle level Tertiary A c Statement You can generate account statement periodically for tertiary account type Type Select the statement type to be generated from the options The following values are available for selection e None Select this option if you do not need an account statement e Summary Select this option if you need a brief account statement e Detailed Select this option if you need a detailed account statement Cycle Select the frequency to generate statement from
383. tion Address 1 2 3 and 4 Specify the mailing address of the director Four lines have been provided for this purpose You can capture a maximum of 35 characters alphanumeric in each line Country Specify the country of the Mailing Address of the corresponding director uM ORACLE Permanent Address Permanent Address contains the permanent address of the corresponding director You need to specify the following information Permanent Address Specify the permanent address of the director Three lines have been provided for this purpose You can capture a maximum of 35 characters alphanumeric in each line Only characters specified in SWIFT standards are permissible Country Specify the country of the permanent Address of the corresponding director Other Details Nationality Specify the nationality of the corresponding director Permanent US Resident Status Check this box to indicate that the corresponding director is a permanent US resident Shareholding 96 Specify the shareholding percentage of the director in the company ORACLE 2 2 5 Auxiliary Tab Click the Auxiliary tab to provide the auxiliary details pertaining to the customer Customer Maintenance New 3 Enter Query Type Individual Full Name Customer Category Corporate Short Name Private Customer Bank Branch Code Customer No Personal Corporate Additional Director MM Check List AML Reporting AML Customer Group Requi
384. tion Date This indicates the creation date of the customer ORACLE Check ID This indicates the check ID 10 14Large Credit Transaction Report You can invoke Large Credits Report screen by typing CSRCRDR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Large Credits Report ReportFormat PDF PrinterAt Client Report Output Print Printer 10 14 1 Contents of the Report The contents of the report are discussed under the following heads Header The header carries the Report Name Branch Branch Date User Id Module Run Date and Time Body of the Report Field Name Field Description Branch Code Indicates the branch code Account Number Indicates the account number Customer Name This indicates the name of the customer ORACL Amount Credited Indicates the amount credited Total Amount Credited Indicates the total amount credited Average Credit Indicates the average credit Largest Credit Indicates the largest credit Date of Largest Credit Indicates the date of the largest credit Customer MIS code Indicates the customer MIS code 10 15Large Debit Transaction Report You can invoke Large Debits Report screen by typing CSRDEBR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoi
385. tled Viewing Signature Image and Photograph of the customer under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 2 2 Viewing Related Customer Details Click on the Linked Customers button to invoke Linked Entities screen Here you can view other related customer details Linked Entities Customer No Relationship Linkage 1003 M Customer x Description Relations Include Relationship a ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing Related Customer Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 2 3 Viewing Locker Details Click on the Locker Details button to invoke Safe Deposit Locker Details screen Here you can view the locker details of the customer Safe Deposit Locker Details 100 Contract Reference SD Vault Code SD Box Code Box Type Box Dimension Refer the section titled Viewing Locker Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 2 4 Viewing Director Details Click on the Directors button to invoke Directors screen Here you can view the director details of the customer Directors Director Details Permanent Address Director Name Address Customer No Address 2 Taxld Address 3 Mobile Number Mailing Address Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 Here you can view the following details e Director Name e Cu
386. to the saving account class e ORACLE Def Rate Code Select the code of the differential rate whether Mid or Standard Def Rate Type Select the type of differential rate code whether Mid or Buy or Sell Sweep Mode Select the mode of sweep from the following options e Automatic For the deposit to be created as part of the batch e Manual For the deposit to be created manually Break Method Select the method in which the break of auto deposit should happen from the following options e MAXB The system breaks the maximum valued deposit account or the deposit account having the maximum balance in order of descending amount e MINB The system breaks the deposit account having minimum balance in order of ascending amount e FIFO The system breaks the deposit account in order of chronological account creation date e LIFO The system breaks the deposit account in order of reverse chronological account creation date the latest created deposit account breaks first Provide Interest On Broken Deposit Check this field to indicate the system to calculate interest on the deposits This is done when the attached account class is mapped to the IC product Break Deposits First Check this field to indicate the system to break the deposit accounts created and transfer the proceedings to the savings account The system breaks the deposits when the savings account does not have sufficient balance to w
387. tomer account is defaulted here Account Class Select the new account class to which the customer account has to be transferred from the adjoining option list This adjoining option list displays all valid account class When the account class is selected the system checks whether the new account class is a valid one or not a ORACLE Click the Default button to generate default parameters If the old and new account class are of different type then the system will display the following Error Message on Save Old and new A c class belongs to different a c class types Failed to Process the Request Click Ok to reset Account Class parameters If the old and new account class are of same type then the system will display the following Override Message Provisioning details should be manually modified if required Click Accept if you wish to continue The system will display the following Information Message Request Successfully Processed Click Ok to continue The following GL details are defaulted based on the values maintained at the Account Class level e Status e Credit e Debit Effective Date The effective date of account class transfer can be based on either next liquidation cycle or effective value date Next Liquidation Cycle Check this box to indicate that the account class transfer should be effective from the earliest liquidation date of the products mapped to the account Effective Date
388. tomer s account Status If accounting entries have not been passed Resulting Action Accept the accounting entries are passed and the IC Charge counter is updated Reject No resulting action 5 1 1 7 Payments and Collections PC If you have enabled the Override Overdraft option as a preference while defining Outgoing Payments or Incoming Collection products the transactions involving the products will be processed regardless of the overdraft status Else such transactions will be sent to the Credit Exception queue and to the Referral queue as well Upon Accepting or Rejecting a transaction in the Referral Queue these transactions are processed in the same manner as any other transaction in the Credit Exception queue For further details refer to the processing transactions in the Credit Exception Queue refer to the Processing Credit Exceptions section in the Processing a Payment or Collection Transaction chapter of the Payment and Collections manual 5 1 1 8 Clearing CG Transactions If the fund available in the customer account are insufficient the clearing transaction is processed i e the relevant accounting entries are passed and the transaction is sent to the Referral Queue 2 ORACLE If the transaction is rejected the entries are reversed The status of the transaction is updated to Dishonored in the clearing log In case the transaction is accepted no processing is required apart from updating the charge co
389. tomers only upon authorization of the details maintained ae ORACLE 2 7 2 Maintaining Relationships between Customers The Customer Linkage Maintenance screen is used to maintain relationships between customers In this screen you can link two customers and specify the relationship that exists between them You can invoke this screen by typing STDCUREL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Customer Linkage Maintenance New 15i Enter Query Customer 1 Customer Name Customer 2 Customer Name Relation Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Authorized Open Customer 1 and 2 You can select the names of the customers between whom a relationship is to be established All authorized customers of your bank will be available in the option lists provided Relation Specify the type of relationship that exists between the selected customers 1 amp 2 All authorized relation types maintained through the Relation Maintenance screen will be available in the option list provided You can select the appropriate name from this list This linkage of customers will be used for taking exposure report for the customer If you maintain a linkage between Customer1 and Customer2 the system will automatically establish a linkage of Customer2 with Customer1 After you maintain a linkage between two
390. ton to view the errors If any checks fail you must alter the statement so that the validation can be made successfully The algorithm is generated on Authorization of the rule Click the Clear button the Algorithm Rule editor and the Error editor will be cleared for you to enter a new rule in the field The System provides two pre defined key elements both for Check Digit Generation and Validation type of algorithms They are e branch code e customer no You will not be allowed to enter the following keywords in an Algorithm Rule e ROLLBACK e COMMIT e DECLARE e DELETE e UPDATE e INSERT Once defined you will not be allowed to unlock and amend the following fields e Algorithm Rule e Algorithm Description e Function Type You can refer the Clearing user manual for more information 3 3 15 Maintaining Turnover Limits You can maintain turnover limits for a given period of time using the Turnover Limit Maintenance screen You can attach these limits to an account class and thereby track the turnover on all accounts under the account class nm ORACLE You can invoke the Turnover Limit Maintenance screen by typing STDTOLMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Turnover Limit Maintenance Limit Code Description Limit Period Details KM 4 M Period Code Start Date End Date
391. tract Reference Currency Contract Amount Strike Price Premium Currency Option Premium Premium Pay Date Exchange Traded Derivatives Portfolio Details 14 4 4070 gt M Portfolio Reference Portfolio Description D la Foreign Exchange Details Here you can view the following details 94 ORACLE e Contract Reference e Buy sell e Book Date e Bought Currency e Bought Amount e Bought Value date e Sold Currency e Sold Amount e Sold Value date e Deal Rate Money Markets Details Here you can view the following details e Branch Code e Contract Reference Number e Related Customer e Currency e Amount e Tenor e Book Date e Value Date e Maturity Date e Type Borrowing or Placement Security Portfolio Here you can view the following details e Portfolio reference e Portfolio Description e Currency e Auto Liquidate for corporate Actions e Corpus Account e Short Position Allowed i ORACLE Accrue Withholding Tax for Coupons Bankers Acceptance Derivatives Here you can view the following details Contract Reference number Buy or Sell In Leg Currency Out Leg Currency In Principal Amount Out Principal Amount Book Date Value Date Maturity Date Type OTC Options Here you can view the following details Contract Reference Number Related Customer Currency Contract Amount Strike Price Premium Currency Option Premium Premium Pay date B
392. ts Is Financing External Products Prefix Balance Sheet Asset And Liabilities 1010 gt Address For Correspondence Asset Currency Liability Name Address Telephone Fax Email Verified Reoorts Currency Off Balance Sheet Asset And Liabilities Status 1 4 4 1010 Customer Category r1 Asset Currency Liability Charge Group CIF Status Currency The system displays the following details e Customer Number e Short Name e Reporting Currency e Branch e Full Name Click the Reports button to view the 360 Degree Customer Report screen ORACLE 360 Degree Customer Customer Details Customer Number Customer Name The details that can be viewed in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen is classified into 12 broad heads Summary You can view the address status Balance sheet asset and liabilities and off balance sheet asset and liabilities under the summary tab Profile You can view the details of the customer s profile Deposits You can view the details of the customer deposits Loans You can view the details of the customer s loan Events You can view the details of the upcoming events Schemes You can to view the details of the relationship schemes Alerts You can view the alerts for overdue loans matured deposits but not renewed or liquidated Locker Charges Overdue Details
393. ts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing 15 15 External Products Prefix Balance Sheet Asset And Liabilities 1015 Address For Correspondence Asset Currency Liability Currency Name Address Telephone Fax lt Email Off Balance Sheet Asset And Liabilities Frozen 1010 Deceased Whereabouts Unknown KYC Status CIF Status Since Credit Rating Customer Category Asset Currency Liability Currency Charge Group Tax Group The system displays the following details e Customer Number e Short Name e Reporting Currency e Branch e Full Name ORACLE Click the Reports button to view the 360 Degree Customer Report screen Customer Details Customer Number Customer Name The details that can be viewed in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen is classified into 16 broad heads Summary You can view the address status Balance sheet asset and liabilities and off balance sheet asset and liabilities under the summary tab Profile You can view the details of the customer s profile Deposits You can view the details of the customer deposits Loans You can view the details of the customer s loan Trade You can view trade details Treasury You can view the details of Treasury Events You can view the details of the upcoming events Schemes You can to view the detail
394. u can choose the appropriate values applicable e Previous MT942 This indicates that all transactions posted and authorized since previous MT942 would be sent in the current interim statement e Previous MT940 MT950 This indicates that all transactions posted and authorized since previous MT940 MT950 would be sent in the current interim statement If this option is selected user will have to specify the cycle of account statement to be considered Minimum Debit Debit and Credit Amount and Currency Specify the minimum transaction amount for the debit transaction which is eligible for reporting in the interim statement This amount should be qualified by a currency The amount for the corresponding account currency will be defaulted from here while opening the account If you do not specify the minimum credit amount the system will consider the minimum debit amount specified here for reporting the credit transactions also Minimum Credit Amount and Currency Specify the minimum transaction amount for the credit transaction which is eligible for reporting in the interim statement This amount should be qualified by a currency The amount for the corresponding account currency will be defaulted from here while opening the account Generate Balance To indicate that accounts under certain account classes are to be considered for generation of their balance messages check this box The valid values for this action are Y and N Of Sel
395. u can invoke this screen by typing STSCIFAD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Quick Customer Addition Summary Authorization Status Customer No Name Customer Category Nationality Advanced Search Records per page 15 1 Record Status v Type Short Name Country Branch Code Authorization Status Record Status Customer No Type Name Short Name v Customer Category County You can search for the records based on either one or more of the following search parameters e Authorization Status e Record Status e Customer No e e Name e Short Name e Customer Category e Country 100 ORACLE e Nationality e Branch Code Once you have specified the search parameters click Search button The system will display the following information e Authorization Status e Record Status e Customer No Short Name e Customer Category e Country e Nationality e Branch Code e Address e Full Name e SSN 2 4 Customer Seqment Oracle FLEXCUBE calculates the relationship tag value or net worth range The Relationship Manager RM categorizes the customers under segments based on the customer s net worth range or relationship tag value The RM either will take a decision on association of segment and status or can a
396. u selected is for minor customer 3 2 2 Statement Parameters Tab For each account class that you maintain you have the option of generating account statement details periodically for all customer accounts associated with the account class ORACLE If you need to generate account statements that would need to be sent across multiple media generated at different frequencies you can define up to three different frequencies at which the statements could be generated with a primary secondary and tertiary frequency Click Statement Parameters tab to invoke the screen for maintaining these details The screen is displayed below Account Class Maintenance Account Class Start Date Description End Date AccountType Current Primary Account Statement Parameters Secondary Account Statement Parameters Type None Type None Summary Summary Detailed Detailed Offline Limit Tertiary Account Statement Parameters Document List Document Notification Details Type None 100 Send Notification Summary Document Type CustomerType Detailed Reminder Frequency Select Notification Days Reminder lt Branch Currency Restriction Customers Categories mis Preferences Reg Deposit Auto Deposit Status Rule Amt Block Statement Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status As part of specifying the account statement preferences you can indic
397. ual submission date is null e The expiry date of the documents is less than the application date e The US Indicia status is Y but the FATCA classification is not reportable e The US Indicia status is N but the FATCA classification is reportable The processing logic of the batch is available under the section FATCA Classification Data Population into Data Stores 4 8 2 1 Maintenance In order to enable this batch you need to maintain the following details in Batch EOD Function Input screen Function ID Specify the function ID as FATCAINC End of Cycle Group Select the end of cycle group Transaction Input Report Orientation Select Not Applicable For further details regarding Batch EOD Function Input screen refer to the chapter Automated End of Cycle Operations in the Automated End of Day user manual 4 8 3 FATCA Classification Data Population into Data Stores The system populates the data related to FATCA classification into the FATCA classification data stores as per the logic provided below This logic is applicable only if FATCA Applicable flag is set to Y in the Bank Parameters Maintenance screen Case 1 The customer is an Individual or Corporate customer and satisfies US indicia conditions then the process is as follows 4 system checks whether the customer record exist in the FATCA classification data store If the record does not exists then the system will insert a
398. ue Interest RFC Risk free Collateral PP Provisioning Percentage 17 ORACLE The provisioning percentage could be computed as shown Status Provisioning Percentage Watch 1096 Substandard 3096 Doubtful 50 Loss 100 The provisioning would be done for individual accounts as shown above 6 9 3 Specifying Rebooking Provision Entries In the Status Details function you can indicate whether provisioning entries for an account must be rebooked when provisioning is done after an automatic status change for the account Rebooking essentially means that fresh provisioning is done after reversing the previous provisioning amount The provisioning batch process when executed not only computes the provisioning amount it also records the current status of the account and checks whether the current status is different from the status that was prevalent when the process was previously executed If so the old provisioning amount is written back into the write back GL of the old status ifthe Rebook Provision option has been set in the Status Details and the entries for the new provisioning amount are booked into the provisioning GLs maintained for the current status in the Status Details If the Rebook Provision has not been set there is no reversal of the old provisioning amount and the differential provisioning entries are be passed as usual into the GLs maintained for the current status When there
399. ue amount Cheque Process Status System defaults the current cheque processing status ii ORACLE 3 3 5 Maintaining Account Class Transfer Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates the change of account class at the customer account level without changing the customer account number Depending on the destination account class system defaults the reporting GL lines and IC related values The account class transfer can be initiated through the Account Class Transfer Maintenance screen You can invoke the Account Class Transfer screen by typing STDACTFR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Account Class Transfer Branch Code Old Account Class Account Account Class Currency ain Auxiliary Effective Date GL Details Preferences Next Liquidation Cycle Status B Cheque Book Effective Date Credit Passbook Debit ATM Status Change Automatic Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status The following details are maintained here Branch Code The current branch is defaulted here Account Select the account number which requires an account class transfer from the adjoining option list This adjoining option list displays all valid accounts maintained at the account class level Old Account Class The account class to which the selected customer account belongs is defaulted here Currency The currency of the selected cus
400. ues which are issued for a given period The screen is as shown below Cheque Details 10710 Oo Cheque Book Number Cheque Number Presentation Date Here you can view the following details e Cheque Book Number e Cheque Number e Status e Presentation Date 8 3 3 6 Viewing Uncleared Cheques Click on Uncleared Cheques button to invoke Uncleared Cheques screen You can view customer s cheques details which are uncleared in this screen id ORACLE E Uncleared Cheques Uncleared Cheques 10f1 Go DepositDate Cheque Number Amount Value Date You can view the following details related to uncleared cheques e Deposit Data e Cheque Number e Amount e Value Date ORACLE 8 3 3 7 Viewing Statement Generation Click Statement Generation button to view the Account Statement Report screen In this Screen you can generate adhoc statement for an account The screen is as shown below Account Statement Report Account Selection Type One Account Statement Type Brief Multiple Account Detailed Range Date Range From Date To Date Single Account Account Account Currency Charge Book Date Booking Dated Show Linked Account Value Date Details Multiple Account Print Options View M loan Server Spool L Account Number Currency Print Range From Account Number From Account Currency To Account Number To Account Currenc
401. uld capture in the Customer Maintenance screen To capture more details of the customer you can define a set of UDFs and associate them with the function id STDCIF for Customer Maintenance screen After you associate the UDFs they will appear in the Customer Maintenance screen You can then capture the values for these UDFs The UDFs that are displayed in the Customer Maintenance screen depend on your selections in the UDF in Base Table screen A maximum of five UDFs can be made to appear in Customer Maintenance screen 91 ORACLE Refer the manual on User Defined Fields for details on defining a user defined field and associating the UDF with the function id STDCIP The values that you enter for the UDFs will be validated against the rules maintained for them If the entries fail the validations the system will display a suitable message to inform you that the entries made do not adhere to the rules maintained The UDFs will be displayed in the Customer Maintenance Summary screen as well You will also be allowed to perform queries based on these fields 2 2 10 Special Customer Grouping While maintaining the customer information you can place a customer under a special customer group for different rating purposes Through the Special Status user defined field UDF you can link the customer to a group and specify the rating for the group Whenever a contract is booked for such a customer the system will display a
402. ument Path DAFCUBS12Accessibilit Browse Remarks Upload vi E the Document Upload sub screen specify the corresponding document path and click the Submit button Once the document is uploaded through the upload button the system displays the document reference number View Click View to view the document uploaded 61 ORACLE 2 2 19 Maintaining Limits Details You can maintain liability details as a part of auto customer creation process in the Customer Liability Details screen Click Limits button to invoke this screen Customer Liability Details Liability Number Liability Name Main Liabilit Number Liability Branch Liability Currency Overall Limit Utilized Amount Revision Date Credit Rating Overall Score User Defined Status Category Liability Clean Risk Limit Secondary Clean Risk Limit Secondary PSTL Risk Limit a Unadvised n Netting Required Remarks Linkage Details Change Log Liability ID The system displays the liability Id The Id selected in the main screen gets defauletd here Liability Name Specify Liability Name System defaults the name if existing liability id is selected Liability Branch Select the branch assocated with the liability By default system displays the current branch from the existing liability Liability Currency Select liability currency from the adjoining option list F
403. un are stored to be posted into the system when the system is available Debit transactions of this nature are classified as unposted debits ORACLE W 8BEN Form The W 8BEN form entitled Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner for United States Tax Withholding is used in the United States taxation system by foreign persons including corporations to certify their non American status The form issued by the Internal Revenue Service establishes that one is a foreign non resident alien or foreign national performing work outside the United States in order to claim tax treaty benefits such as a lower amount of tax withholding from dividends paid by U S corporations ORACLE 10 Reports 10 1 Introduction Every action that results in a debit or credit to the customer s monetary account is recorded The advices are generated and sent to the customer depending on the advice generation frequency that you have specified You can generate the following reports IRA Statement Minimum Withdrawal Advice Charge Advice IRS Form 5498 IRS Form 1099 R Customer Account Opening Confirmation Float Extension Report Netting Combined Statement Reports Missing Signature Report 10 2IRA Statement Reports An IRA statement is a statement of accounts for an IRA plan You will be able to generate statements for a list of all the transactions carried out in an IRA plan for the statement generation frequency specified for
404. unter If the account goes into overdraft all processed transactions for the day with transaction code marked for referral are moved to the Referral Queue However transactions which have already been accepted will not be marked for referral again If a transaction is to be marked for referral the transaction details are stored in a separate table The details in the referral screen are displayed from this table Note that transactions from Savings module will appear in the Posted tab You can get accounting entries reversed or confirm for the overdrawn account using the Intra Day Batch Start screen You can invoke this screen by typing BADIDBAT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Function Specify the following information Function Specify CSREFQPR or choose this value from the adjoining option list Click OK button to run the batch ORACLE 6 Provisioning for Customer Accounts 6 1 Introduction Your bank may wish to set up certain guidelines according to which provision must be made for outstanding overdrafts on customer accounts For instance it may be necessary to set the provisioning amount for an account in respect of which there is an outstanding overdraft based on the status of the account as well as the financial standing of the customers You might also wish to include exposure due to loans issued to a custome
405. urity Date Interest Start Date Tenor in Days Corporate Deposit Details 1010 Branch o o Contract Reference Account Sianatory Recurrina Deposit Details Redemption Details Rollover History Product Description Currency Product Maturity Date Booking Date Value De Summary of Deposits Total Retail Deposits Total Corporate Deposits Refer the section titled Viewing Deposit Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 70 ORACLE 8 4 3 1 Viewing Account Signatory Click Account Signatory button to view the Signatory Details screen In this screen you can view the signatory details of the selected account Signatory Details Branch Code Account Account Description Customer No Minimum No of Signatories Customer Name Account Message Signatory Details 4 41070 gt C Signature Id Signatory Name Signatory Type Approval Limit Signatory Refer the section Specifying Account Signatory Details under the Current and Savings Account module for more information 8 4 3 2 Viewing Standing Instruction Click Standing Instruction button to view the Standing Instruction Details screen In this screen you can view the standing instructions Standing Instruction Details 10m0 gt M Instruction Number First Execution Date Next Execution Date SI Expiry Date Processir
406. us assume that Silas Marner holds three accounts with your bank 1 SA0000121 2 SA0000122 3 SA0000123 All three are linked to the credit line SA Pool The credit utilization limit you have offered him is USD 10 000 The Available Balance in each of the account is as follows ORACLE SA0000121 SA0000122 SA0000123 Available Balance USD 1000 USD2500 EUR 3000 Debits due to transactions 9000 NA NA processed today Sum of debits for today 8000 2500 3200 in USD Total Debit across accounts USD 2500 8000 5700 After pooling Mr Marner still has a credit utilization limit of USD 7 700 10000 2300 If you have defined temporary overdraft limits for the accounts and the temporary OD limit forms a part of the netting the temporary OD limit will not be considered for netting Rules for Set off for principal in referrals When customer accounts are linked for principal set off the Available Balance summed for all accounts in the arrangement plus the Overdraft Limit for the main account and the Sub limit for the main account minus the Total transactions received on all accounts is less than zero All transactions received are referred even if a transaction is on an account which has sufficient credit balance to pay the transaction If an account is set for principal it means that it is automatically set for interest pooling too However if an account is marked
407. ustomers in the Customer Information Maintenance screen you can specify the customer group to which the customer belongs for e Provisioning and status processing Group Code You must specify a group code defined for a group type that is the same as the customer type for instance if the customer is a retail customer you must specify a group defined for retail customers e Classifying the customer as a Clearing customer e Categorizing the customer for levying charges at a customer group level e Classifying the customer as a taxpayer If you select this option the Exposure Category field will be disabled n ORACLE 2 7 4 Capturing Customer Prefixes While maintaining the CIF details of an Individual customer you can capture the academic titles like Prof Dr etc of the customer along with the salutations like Consulate Senator Chancellor etc Therefore you must maintain the list of possible options for each of these academic titles and salutations referred to as prefixes through the Customer Prefix Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDCUSPR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Customer Prefix Maintenance Branch Code PE Branch Name Prefix Details EE Prefix 1 Prefix 2 Prefix 3 Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time D
408. uy or sell Tenor Book Date Value date Maturity date Type 96 ORACLE ETD Portfolio Details Here you can view the following details e Portfolio Reference Number e Portfolio Description e Fund ld 8 4 7 Viewing Events Details Click Events tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of the upcoming events 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury NI Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Is Trade Is Treasury External Products Upcoming Events 1010 Event Branch Reference Number Currency Amount Event Date Refer the section titled Viewing Events Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 8 Viewing Schemes Details Click Schemes tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of the relationship schemes The screen is as shown below d ORACLE 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Is Trade Is Tressur External Products Non Linked RP scheme details M 4 100i P Pricing Schemeld Pricing Scheme ID Description Scheme StartDate Scheme End D
409. verride specifying that the reporting GL s for the accounts should be contingent GLs There will not be any accounting entries passed into the accounts of line account type This will only be used as the calculation account for calculating the limit fees Hence the account balance of this account will always remain as 0 To ensure the line account functionality you will have to maintain the following ORACLE In the Customer Account Maintenance screen you will have to create new customer accounts with Account Class type as Line Account and ensure the following parameters for every new line associated with a liability e CIF of the account in the Customer Account Maintenance screen will have to be the same as the liability to which the line will be linked in the Limits screen e currency of the account in the Customer Account Maintenance screen will have to be the same as the currency of the line that will be attached in the Limits screen e interest calculation account maintained in the Interest and Special Conditions Maintenance screen will have to be the same as in the Limits screen However the Interest Booking Account maintained in the Interest and Special Conditions Maintenance Screen can be some other account belonging to other account class types Since accounts can be of different types you need to indicate the type of account for which you are defining an account class It could
410. voke Blacklisted Customers from Internal Bank screen type STRNSFBC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button BlackListed Customers From Internal Bank Branch Code From Date To Date Report Format Printer At Client Report Output Printer a Specify the following here Branch Code Select the transaction branch of the float extension from the adjoining option list ORACLE From Date Indicate the date from which transactions are extended The system defaults current date From Date should be lesser than or equal to To Date To Date Indicate the date to which the transactions are extended The system defaults current date To Date should be lesser than or greater to From Date Report Format Select the format in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e HTML Select to generate report in HTML format e RTF Select to generate report RTF format e PDF Select to generate report in PDF format e EXCEL Select to generate report in EXCEL format Report Output Select the report output in which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Print Select to print the report e View Select to print the report e Spool Select to spool the report to a specified folder so t
411. wance Limit The following table will be used to derive the tax free allowance limit Customer Tax Group Tax Category Customer No Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific ALL 2 2 24 Amendment Maintenance To recall you need to identify the fields that can be amended by an external system say a Siebel CRM application Every amendment request coming from such a system has the following data Service Name This is a broad level grouping of similar operations within a module in Oracle FLEXCUBE The service names are published by Oracle FLEXCUBE As an example you can consider FCUBSCustomerAccountService This service is exposed by the FCUBS Interface Gateway to do a permissible operation on a customer account Operation Name This is the name of the operation that the external system wishes to perform within the service These operations names are published by Oracle FLEXCUBE As an example you can consider ModifyCustomer which is for modification of a customer External Operation Name This is the specific area of operation that an external system is performing on its side within the broad context of the Oracle FLEXCUBE s amendment In an external system if the personal details of a customer are changed this has a unique name by which it is identified within Oracle FLEXCUBE Similarly if the limits related details of a customer are modified it also has a unique name ds ORACLE It is throug
412. wing FT Details isse eer ee e b ERE HE REO 9 7 2 6 Viewing Collaterals ertt te are 10 7 2 7 Viewing Assets Liabilities Details eme tiet ter 10 7 2 8 Viewing Limits Details oie rte e dee ye steady Re re 12 7 2 9 Viewing MIS Details EE 12 7 2 I10 Viewing Projections ettet aget cese te OR enar Ere Ye Eia seo de ege ERE Reto en 13 7 2 11 Viewing Accounting ENIES prionn inseriu eene tenete teen nest ne ener ener 14 7 2 12 Overdrawn Accounts Query eese esee eese ener epsa SERCE enne rente 15 7 23 13 Uncollected Funds Query ieiuno eee ee etta ony ebore pte Ee Y TARE E geb Eae piod 16 8 360DEGREE CUSTOMER VIEW sssssssssssssssesssssssersssessersssessessssessessesessessesesessesesessesessessesessessesessersesess 1 8 1 INTRODUCTION esiti credere teer quien bovebs ut ieeiegcere este e tese egere uve eue 1 8 2 INVOKING 360DEGREE CUSTOMER VIEW ENTRY 1 8 3 VIEWING 360 DEGREE RETAIL CUSTOMER 5 2 8 3 1 Viewing Summary Details ee aee a RU npe pe xA 5 8 3 2 Viewing Proftle Detdilst s ges ete rU ET qe qe gaius 7 6 3 3 Viewing Deposit Details t tee RR PR YR ER EE E ERE eR OPERE FR 21 6 3 4 Viewing Loan Details ispisiri sii ate RR RUP EE REPE HIE PR p Es ER Rx D
413. wing account number criteria The following options are available for section e All e One Specify a valid account number for which you want to generate the report from the adjoining option list if you have selected One Date You can generate the report based on the following date criteria The following options are available for section e All e One Specify a valid date for which you want to generate the report from the adjoining option list if you have selected One 10 19 1 Contents of the Report ORACLE The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Branch Indicates Branch Code and Branch Name Branch Date Indicates Current Date of the Branch User ID Indicates User ID Date amp Time Indicates the Date and Time when the report was generated Module Indicates module for which report is generated Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Netting Reference Number Indicates Netting Reference Number Netting Date Indicates Netting Date Account Number Indicates Account Number Account Branch Indicates Account Branch Account Currency Indicates Account
414. y Refer the section Account Statement Report under Current and Savings Account module for more information i ORACLE 8 3 3 8 Viewing Cards Details Click Cards button to view the Debit Card Details screen In this screen you can view details about active debit cards which are issued during given period for an account Debit Card Details 100 O Branch Code o Card Number Primary Card Name On Card Card Expiry Date Dispatch Status Here you can view the following details e Branch Code e Card Number e Primary card e On Card e Card Expiry Date e Dispatch Status e Pin Mailed Status e Card Status e ATM Limit Unit e ATM Count Unit e ATM Amount Limit e POS Limit unit e POS Count Limit e POS Amount Limit 30 ORACLE 8 3 3 9 Viewing Other Details Click Others button to view the Other Details Of Account screen In this screen you can view additional details about interest limit statement account and nominees Other Details of Account Interest Details Limit Details Credit Interest Accrued Temporary Overdraft Start Amount Temporary Overdraft End Debit Interest Accrued Amount Limit Currency Temporary Overdraft Limit Line Identification Statement Details Account Status Last Statement Date Last Statement Balance Last Statement Number Nominees Nominee 1 Nominee 2 Here you can view the following details No Deb
415. y Out Principal Amount Book Date 110 ORACLE Islamic Money Market Details Here you can view the following details Branch Code Contract Reference Currency Amount Book Date Maturity Date Value Date Tenor Type Islamic Derivatives Here you can view the following details Contract Reference Buy In Leg Currency In Principal Amount Out Leg Currency Out Principal Amount Book Date Value date Maturity Type 111 ORACLE 8 4 16 Viewing External Details Click External products tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view external details about products like credit cards insurance and mutual fund 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Reports Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Is Trade s Treasury Credit Card 1010 Card Number Card Type Credit Limit Billed Amount Min Amount Due Available Limit Due date lt Insurance 1010 Product Name Policy number Number of units Insured amount Premium amount Purchase Date lt Mutual Fund 100115 Name of Fund Number of Units Purchase NAV Purchase Value Current NAV Current Value Processing Date Refer the section titled Viewing External Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Custom
416. y or not If yes the parameters for the same Specifying liquidation preferences for debit interest and charges to notify your customers through a Debit Interest Notification message in the case of charges a Charge Notification message before debiting the customer s personal current account for debit interest or charges Maintaining initial funding details for new accounts Indicating whether Escrow transfer is applicable or not for new accounts Each of the parameters has been discussed in detail in the subsequent sections Account Class and Description The account class code is a unique 6 character code which identifies the class Along with the class code you need to assign an appropriate description to the account class For instance let us assume you are defining a class for savings account of individuals You could associate the code SB IND with it Similarly the description that you associate with it could be something like this Savings accounts of individuals Account Type The six different types of accounts that you can maintain are e Nostro account your bank s accounts with another bank ORACLE e Miscellaneous Debit Each transaction is entered with a reference number In the miscellaneous debit account a single debit transaction is matched subsequently with credits against the same reference number While posting transactions into this account if the first entry is a debit the subsequent reconcili
417. you can maintain the passport number here Date Requested Specify the date on which the document was requested Expected Date Specify the date by which the document has to be submitted If you do not specify the expected submission date then save the system calculates and defaults the expected date in this field The system calculates this date based on the requested date the verification time limit in days maintained in Customer Type Wise FATCA Parameters screen Actual Date Specify the date on which the document was actually submitted Expiry Date Specify the date till which the document is valid If you do not specify the expiry date then it will be considered to be valid till perpetuity Remarks Specify the additional information if required Checked Check this box to indicate that the received documents are acknowledged BR ORACLE 2 2 7 Maintaining Domestic Details of Individual Customer As part of maintaining personal details of the customer you can capture Domestic details about the customer like the customer s educational status marital status number of dependents etc Click on Domestic button The Customer Domestic Details screen will be displayed Domestic Details Marital Status Spouse Name Spouse Employment Status Educational Status Accommodation Dependents Children Others In this screen you can capture the following details for each individual type of customer e
418. ype of IRA plan for any year to the Internal Revenue Service IRS You can generate this report for e Filing with IRS authorities e Providing a copy to your customer e Keeping an internal copy for you You can generate Form 1099 R either as part of initial filing with the IRS or after you have filed tax returns for that particular year 10 6 1 Generating Form 1099 R as Part of Initial Filing During normal generation of Form 1099 R as part of your initial filing with the IRS the system will include all transactions entered in the previous year for the previous year For example during normal generation of Form 1099 R on say January 20 2003 all transactions entered during 2002 and pertaining to the financial year 2002 will be reported 10 6 2 Generating Form 1099 R after Tax Filing During corrected generation post the date of tax filing the system will include apart from all the transactions included in normal generation such transactions which are entered in the current year for the previous year The report shows the total contributions for the year 10 6 3 Details printed on Form 1099 R Oracle FLEXCUBE generates Form 1099 R for each customer for a distribution code You have the option of combining distributions with the same code from any number of different plan product types IRA codes that you have marked for not reporting to the IRS will not be available for generation of 1099 R forms Form 1099 R contains the
419. yping the code STRCUSRP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click on the adjoining arrow button a ORACLE 360 Degree Customer Report Customer Number Customer Name ReportFormat PDF PrinterAt Client Report Output Print Printer You can specify the following parameters Customer Number Specify a valid customer number for which you want to generate the report from the adjoining option list Customer Name System defaults the customer name of the selected customer number 10 18 1 Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Branch Indicates Branch Code and Branch Name Branch Date Indicates Current Date of the Branch User ID Indicates User ID Date amp Time Indicates the Date and Time when the report was generated Module Indicates module for which report is generated ORACLE Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Customer Details Displays Customer Details Retail Deposit Details Displays Retail Deposit Details Corporate Deposit Details Displays Corporate Deposit Details Islamic
420. ysis for the accounts that are associated with this account class If you check this box the system allows you to enable spend analysis at the account level However you can disable spend analysis for individual accounts by unchecking the checkbox Spend Analysis at the account level If you do not check this box the system disables spend analysis for all accounts associated with this account class In that case you cannot enable spend analysis at the account level You can modify the status of this checkbox While modifying this the system verifies whether spend analysis is enabled for any customer account associated with this account class If spend analysis is enabled for a customer account the system will not allow you to modify this option In that case you need to disable it at the account level first and then modify the status for the account class No of Days For Salary Block Specify the number of days for salary block At the time of salary credit in to a customer account the system will place an amount block for the number of days specified here from the date of salary credit The amount blocked will be equal to the loan instalments due during this period Example For single loan installment No Of Days for Salary Block 15 days Salary credit amount 10000 AED credited on 30 Oct 2009 Loan1 Installment Amt 5000 AED due on 05 Nov 2009 System will check for the Loan installments falling due till 14 NOV salary cr
421. ystem You can select the appropriate one Head Office Account Number The Head Office Account Number is the customer s account number with the Head Office of your bank You need to capture this value only if the Customer Type is a Bank It is used only for reference purposes e ORACLE Debtor Catagory Specify the category of the Debtor from the adjoining option list Risk Profile Specify the risk profile from the adjoining option list FT Accounting As of For funds transfer contracts involving certain customers you may need to generate messages on the booking date of the contract while the actual accounting may be deferred to the debit value date This facility could be required in respect of future dated funds transfers involving specific customers for which the requisite messages need to be sent on booking the contract itself whereas posting of accounting entries must be deferred to the debit value date You can indicate whether such a facility of allowing message generation before accounting is available for the customer in the FT Accounting As Of field You have the following options for accounting for FT contracts e Accounting as of message date accounting entries will be posted on the date of message generation e Debit Value Date accounting entries will be posted on the debit value date Additional Fields Labels You can specify the additional details if any en ORACLE 2 2 6 Checklist Tab Click th
422. zed Open Customer Group You need to specify the tax group of the customer for whom you wish to define tax free allowance limit Select from the option list provided Customer Number You need to specify the customer number for which you wish to define tax free allowance limit Only customers belonging to the selected tax group will be available for selection You may also select the All option This is indicative of all customers for the selected Tax Group Tax Category You need to specify the tax category for which you wish to define tax free allowance limit Select from the option list provided From and To Date You need to specify the date from which the tax free allowance limit is effective as well as the date up to which this limit is applicable The To Date should be greater than or equal to the From Date The To Date field can also be left blank which would indicate that the maintenance is open ended dd ORACLE Limit Currency You need to specify the currency in which the free allowance limit is being defined Limit Amount You need to specify the maximum waiver for the taxable amount Basis Amount for the customer for each tax cycle if the End Date overlaps tax cycles or for a particular tax cycle if the period falls within a specific tax cycle Remarks You can specify any remarks you think necessary for the tax limit you have defined This will be in free format text 2 2 23 1 Deriving Tax Free Allo

Core Entities User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents